Matt Suggs, Author at PartnerSlate

Find Your Perfect Manufacturing Partner

Turnkey Manufacturing Services for the Food Industry

1. R&D

Research and development (R&D) in food manufacturing is the process of creating new food products or further developing existing products. While each co-man may facilitate this differently, R&D is a multistep process that takes new product concepts from ideation to a viable product and often requires collaboration between the co-man and the customer.

In the initial stages, market, consumer, and competitor analyses are conducted to inspire new ideas for food products or find ways to enhance existing goods. Once the R&D team selects an idea to build on, they move into concept development. This step involves fleshing out the commercial details surrounding the potential food product such as its unique features, target market, positioning, and potential benefits.

This is followed by an assessment to determine the feasibility of the food or beverage, taking into consideration factors like technology and equipment needs, ingredient sourcing, costs, regulatory barriers, and potential risks.

If feasibility checks out, initial samples of the new or enhanced product are made. This typically takes several rounds of experimentation with formulas to reach the desired result.

Prototypes then undergo testing from sensory evaluations (taste, texture, appearance, and overall acceptability) to nutritional analysis, stability testing, and shelf-life studies. Based on these evaluations, iterative tweaks and improvements are made to amend any issues. Finally, the product can be ramped up to full-scale production.

2. Ingredient Sourcing

Ingredient sourcing is a critical step in food production since it plays a major role in determining the quality of the final product. With turnkey manufacturing, identifying and procuring the best raw materials and or components needed for your product is all done by your manufacturing partner.

There is a sizeable amount of work that goes into this part of the food production process, including:

Identifying the best suppliers
Monitoring quality, price, and lead time
Negotiating contracts and terms with suppliers
Managing ongoing relationships with the suppliers to ensure timely delivery of materials and consistent quality

To prevent bad batches and low-quality products, it’s important to work with a turnkey manufacturer that sources from raw food producers that are appropriately certified and that have strict testing ranges for their materials.

3. Manufacturing

Manufacturing encompasses the entire process wherein your product is made via a predefined set of processes and equipment. There are as many unique processes as there are unique products, and turnkey manufacturers provide the proper supply chain services, facilities, equipment, processing, and packaging capabilities to manufacture specific products for clients.

For example, if you’re manufacturing a soda product, the entire clarification, ingredient mixing, carbonation, and packaging process would be handled by your turnkey partner.
However, all manufacturers are different and offer limited sets of unique product manufacturing capabilities.

So if you’re a baked goods brand looking for a manufacturer to produce gluten-free cookies, you’ll need to find one that is certified to make gluten-free products in their facilities. The same goes for organic, kosher, vegan, or products with any other dietary restrictions.

4. Product Testing

Product testing is a vital step in ensuring customer safety as well as product quality and consistency. Testing may be done in-house by the manufacturing team or outsourced by your turnkey team to a third-party testing service.

Product testing happens throughout various stages of the production process and can include:

Nutritional analysis
Analytical chemistry testing
Sensory testing
Microbiology testing
Packaging quality testing

Regular testing helps detect contamination or inconsistencies and allows businesses to identify and address issues quickly, protecting consumers and the company’s reputation. As a food brand, it’s especially important to vet potential partners to find a manufacturer with product testing processes that adhere to local, national, and international regulations.

5. Packaging

The packaging process in turnkey manufacturing involves everything from visual appeal to functional design. From the look of your label to the proper sealing and protection of your final product, there’s a wide variety of packaging methods your product may require based on its size, shape, durability, and contents:

Vertical and horizontal form, fill, and sealing
Individual and multi-pack wrappers and over-wrapped trays
Heat seal and cold seal
Rigid and semi-rigid bowl and tray packaging
Flat and stand-up packaging
Hot pack and cold pack
Bottling (glass, plastic)
Canning
Boxing, and packaging bag-in-boxes
Cartons
Dual and multiple-compartment pouches
Re-packing
Shrink sleeve and cut & stack labeling
Carbonation and nitrogen dosing
Skin packaging
Map packaging
Wet packing and dry packing

By utilizing appropriate packaging materials and processes, manufacturers can reduce the risk of damage, maintain their brand’s reputation for reliable, quality products, and support branding.

Many turnkey manufacturers offer design and testing services to help develop labeling and packaging that not only represents your brand well but guarantees your products make their way through the delivery environment in top condition.

6. Quality Control & Assurance

Quality control and quality assurance processes are designed to promote and prioritize consistent quality and safety in food products. These processes involve auditing the procedures, equipment, facilities, and raw ingredients that go into creating finished food products.

Albeit extensive, these measures are essential to avoid foodborne illness or product contamination, ensure ingredient quality, and maintain adherence to safety and quality regulations. Turnkey manufacturers keep accurate records of quality checks during the entire process to support quick identification and issue resolutions.

By implementing effective quality control and assurance processes, manufacturers can reduce the risk of product issues, improve customer satisfaction, and again, maintain your brand’s reputation for reliable, quality products.

7. Warehousing & Shipping

Manufacturers offer inventory management by providing warehousing facilities where your products, and all the materials that go into making them, are stored.

Efficient warehousing–whether dry storage, freezer storage, or refrigerated storage–ensures the finished product is safe and readily available for shipment, reducing lead times and improving the entire production flow.

For instance, manufacturers making frozen meals or products with fresh produce will have the appropriate temperature-controlled facilities with refrigerated and frozen storage units to protect your materials and products from spoiling.

Shipping involves the transportation of finished products from the manufacturing facility to the customer or retailer. Shipping processes may include selecting the appropriate transportation mode, arranging for delivery schedules, and tracking shipments to ensure timely delivery.

Ready to Find Your Perfect Co-packer?

Benefits of Turnkey Manufacturing

Flexible Manufacturing

In comparison to managing all elements of food production yourself, turnkey manufacturing can be more adaptable and responsive to changing customer demands, production requirements, and market conditions.

Since the manufacturer owns the entire process, production is designed to be modular and scalable, allowing manufacturers to quickly adjust production levels or change product configurations in response to changing demand. This approach allows your product to remain competitive in a rapidly changing market, while also empowering your manufacturing partner to meet any evolving needs of your brand.

Improved Quality

While turnkey manufacturing isn’t required for great products, when everything is managed at one facility, quality management is conducted at every part of the process. Instead of you managing production and packaging quality on your own, an experienced team takes this over–helping brands to achieve the best quality result and the happiest customers possible at scale.

Efficient & Cost Effective

When one team is overseeing all logistics with effective, clear communication channels, your brand receives an integrated manufacturing process, from intentional design to smooth delivery. Instead of having to pay separate manufacturers for different parts of your process, an all-in-one approach can be more cost effective (though the initial investment may be higher).

With advanced automation technologies, leaned-out manufacturing processes, and rigorous quality control and assurance strategies, turnkey manufacturers can improve your end result, use of capital, and deliver high-quality products to their customers in an efficient way.

Disadvantages of Turnkey Projects

Larger Initial Investment

Turnkey manufacturing partnerships can require a larger investment to get started since they take over your entire process. Instead of just paying for packaging your product and doing everything else in house, turnkey manufacturers do it all–and are compensated for that.

The initial dollar amount required depends on the complexity of the production system, the size of production, and the type of product being manufactured.

Risk of a Mismatch

The risk of handing over all aspects of your business to another party lies in the possibility of mistakes. If your final product doesn’t turn out as planned because of a miscoordination or miscommunication between the parties involved, you might find yourself in a sticky spot.

A mismatch can also occur if there is a lack of alignment between the customer’s expectations and the manufacturing team’s understanding of those expectations, or even just a poor culture fit.

Thankfully, you can minimize this risk by using PartnerSlate. PartnerSlate’s Project Marketplace matches brands with high-quality production partners from our extensive network of Food & Beverage Manufacturers & Packagers. Food businesses create a detailed project and post it anonymously to the marketplace where qualified manufacturers with the right capabilities can come and show interest in your project. PartnerSlate will get you connected directly and cut the search process down from months to days.

Our goal to align you with the best partners in the business–suited to your most nuanced needs–ensures this sort of risk is avoided.

Service Model: Turnkey vs Tolling in CPG contract manufacturing

As we explore the intricacies of working with contract manufacturers in the CPG industry, it’s essential to understand the distinction between “turnkey” and “tolling” service models. This knowledge will not only streamline your decision-making process but also ensure that your partnership aligns with your brand’s operational goals and market strategy. Let’s delve into these models to discern which path best suits your business needs, whether it’s the comprehensive solution offered by turnkey services or the more hands-on approach characteristic of tolling arrangements.

What are Turnkey and Tolling?

When you begin working with a contract manufacturer, one of the questions that will arise is if you are looking for “turnkey” or “tolling”. These two terms define what are called service models, or ways in which a brand engages with a manufacturer.

Turnkey

This term describes the type of manufacturing relationship a brand has with a co-man, in which the co-man makes the entire product. They will be in charge of ordering the ingredients and packaging and making the product, and you will be billed for the finished product.

This type of relationship favors businesses who have a large number of products or a high volume, and don’t want to manage all of the components.

Advantages

Streamlined Process: the manufacturer handles the entire production, which often results in a more streamlined and efficient process as they have control over all aspects. This may result in lower costs
Reduced Complexity: By outsourcing the entire production process to a turnkey service provider, brands can reduce the complexity and burden of managing multiple suppliers and logistics, and focus on the brand itself.
Potential lower COG’s (cost of goods) by tapping into manufacturer’s buying powder
More direct view of final pricing: you’ll see upfront what your price is, rather than

Disadvantages:

Cost: Turnkey services may come at a higher cost compared to other service models. Food manufacturers need to consider the added expenses of outsourcing the entire production process to a single provider.
Limited Control: With a turnkey service model, the food manufacturer relinquishes some control over the production process. They may have limited visibility into specific aspects of production, which can be a disadvantage for those who prefer more hands-on involvement.
Dependency: Relying on a turnkey service provider means the food manufacturer becomes dependent on their capabilities and performance. Any shortcomings or delays from the service provider can impact the manufacturer’s ability to meet deadlines and fulfill customer orders.

Tolling

This term describes the type of manufacturing relationship a brand has with a co-man, in which the brand is in charge of purchasing the ingredients & packaging, and sending it to the co-man. The co-man will manufacture the product, and will charge you for the use of their machines and their labor.

This type of relationship favors businesses who are looking to produce smaller quantities of products, or on an as-needed basis.

Advantages:

Cost Efficiency: With a tolling service model, the food manufacturer only pays for specific processing or manufacturing services provided by the toller. This can be cost-effective, especially for smaller manufacturers who may not have the resources to invest in their own production facilities or equipment.
Control: you as the brand have more control over the raw materials being used, and you retain ownership over the intellectual property related to the finished product.
Flexibility: Tolling allows food manufacturers to have more flexibility in their production capabilities. They can leverage the toller’s expertise and equipment for specific processes without committing to long-term investments
Focus on Core Competencies: By outsourcing certain aspects of production to a tolling service provider, food manufacturers can focus on their core competencies, such as product development, marketing, and sales.

Disadvantages:

Coordination: as the co-man is only in charge of the actual manufacturing, you as the brand have a lot more to coordinate. Ingredients and packaging need to arrive before production, testing may need to occur after production, and distribution needs to align with production dates.

Find the Right Turnkey Manufacturing Partner For Your Food Business

When scaling your product, it takes time, energy, and investment to find the perfect manufacturing partner. That’s where Partnerslate comes in.

Whether or not turnkey manufacturing feels like the best approach for your brand’s next chapter, you can trust in PartnerSlate to find a manufacturer suited to your needs. Team with us to team you with the perfect manufacturing partner, so you can spend your time on the aspects of the business that brought you here.

Find your perfect co-packer

The post Turnkey Manufacturing: How Turnkey Services Can Support Your Food & Beverage Business appeared first on PartnerSlate.

What is Co-packing or Contract Packaging? Food & Beverage Contract Packaging Explained

Matt Suggs — Thu, 29 Feb 2024 23:21:39 +0000

What is Co-packing or Contract Packaging? Food & Beverage Contract Packaging Explained

For many food and beverage companies, a big challenge is physically getting your product into the hands of customers. It’s a good problem– people want your product– but between manufacturing and distribution fees and the lack of resources when starting a business, it can be difficult to scale without a food or beverage contract packager.

Contract packaging and contract manufacturing can help take the stress out of trying to distribute a product to your customer base all on your own. Owning and managing your own packaging facility– with extensive equipment and a fully skilled packing team– gets expensive and time consuming. Co-packers allow you to leverage a third party production partner to package your products without needing to invest in your own warehousing, technology, and staff.

With the right food and beverage co-packer in your corner, you can return your focus to other aspects of your business– and PartnerSlate can help get you there. PartnerSlate is the leading discovery and connection platform in the consumer packaged goods (CPG) industry connecting brands with manufacturing and packaging partners. We match you to the best food and beverage contract packagers in the business based on capabilities and capacity, so you can spend your time innovating, designing, and selling the best products for your customers. Get started now.

What is co-packing or contract packaging in the food and beverage industry?

Contract packaging, co-packing, co-packers…there are a few different terms we’re using in these posts, so let’s review what we all mean before diving in.

Contract Packager (co-packer)

This is a manufacturer that focuses on packaging finished products. While contract packagers can often handle raw products, they don’t typically produce any in their facility– their job is to package the food or beverage to brand specifications. Whether they’re boxing, bottling, or re-packing, co-packers get you your finished product. These are the services we’ll focus on in this post.

Contract Manufacturer (co-man and sometimes also called a co-packer)

A contract manufacturer is a food production facility that produces food and/or beverage products on contract for other brands (their clients). They make the products to the exact specification of the brand owned formula. Contract manufacturers can also be co-packers, which means they not only manufacture your product, but package it so it’s ready to sell at retail, wholesale, or direct to consumers. Most smaller brands will want to find a contract manufacturer that can both produce and package their products. So when we’re referring to co-packing services in this post, know that if a co-packer is a co-man as well, they do a lot more.

Co-packers will receive your finished product either directly from you, or from your co-manufacturer. Or, if they’re your co-manufacturer as well, they might receive raw ingredients, produce your food or beverage, and then package it so it’s ready for sale.

Private Label Manufacturer

Private label manufacturers are similar to contract manufacturers in that they produce food and beverage products. The difference is that they produce products under their own recipe and then sell those products to other brands, typically retailers. The products are then packaged and sold under the brand’s own label, such as how you see Target brands like “Good & Gather,” Whole Foods brands like “365 Everyday Value,” and Trader Joe’s brands like “Trader Jacques.”

Contract Packaging Services

There are a wide variety of services that food and beverage co-packing providers can offer to help streamline your business and supply chain, and this is not an exhaustive list.

Note that if a co-packer is also a co-manufacturer, their services will include the actual creation of the product from raw materials as well as the packaging of the final product. For this post, we’ll be focusing purely on the co-packing side of the co-man/co-pack duos. Of course, not all co-packers provide all of these services–and some provide more.

Here at Partnerslate, we can help connect you to the right co-packer or co-manufacturer with the services you’re looking for. Contact us now!

Product Packaging

With product packaging services, contract packagers will assemble and package your products. Where you may not have the equipment to package your products yourself, co-packers will have machines that can perform various tasks taking that responsibility off your back.

They’ll also take measures to ensure that adequate protection and sealing are tailored accordingly to the products being shipped directly out to customers and retailers.

Packaging services might include:

Vertical and horizontal form, fill, and sealing
Individual and multi-pack wrappers and over-wrapped trays
Heat seal and cold seal
Rigid and semi-rigid bowl and tray packaging
Flat and stand-up packaging
Hot pack and cold pack
Bottling (glass, plastic)
Canning
Boxing, and packaging bag-in-boxes
Cartons
Dual and multiple compartment pouches
Re-packing
Shrink sleeve and cut & stack labeling
Carbonation and nitrogen dosing
Skin packaging
Map packaging
Wet packing and dry packing

Package Testing & Safety

With package testing services, your product’s packaging is tested to ensure it will arrive at its destination without harm. A contract packager can provide either a standard or a tailored testing process to guarantee the quality of the packaging produced for your products.

Product packaging testing & safety measures might include:

Tamper evident banding
Quality assurance
Thread caps
Mylar or induction sealing
Compression testing
Thickness measurements

Packaging Design

Providing exceptional packaging design is an essential part of protecting and promoting a company’s brand and product, whether the items are shipped directly to the customer or a retailer. With packaging design services, everything involved in packaging a product, from brand graphics to sizing, is taken care of in the contract packaging process.

Of course, not all co-packers provide assistance with packaging design. If this isn’t something that a co-packer offers, there are many food and beverage co-packing consultants that can help them.

Product packaging design might include decisions on:

Graphic design
Material choice
Sizing
Labeling
Marketing

Warehousing, Logistics, & Shipping Services

Although some contract packagers may only handle the packaging and labeling process, many will also provide warehousing of products. They also might help coordinate outbound and inbound shipments with 3rd party logistics companies . Such providers will prepare, ship, and deliver your packaged products for you to ensure quick turnaround times.

These services might include:

Dry storage, refrigerated storage, freezer storage
Shipping
Expiration tracking
Wholesale and order fulfillment
Supply chain management
Inventory

Benefits of using a co-packer for your food and beverage product

The process of producing, packaging, and shipping your products into the hands of customers and retailers can involve many steps. Outsourcing some of the work to partnered companies can help alleviate some of the burdens from your own company while allowing you to expand and focus on your business.

Here are a few reasons why food and beverage brands should turn to contract packaging services to expedite their production.

Time Saving

Organizing and building the capabilities necessary for packaging your goods takes time that could be spent focusing on other parts of creating and marketing your product. Instead of taking the time to purchase equipment, find staff, manage staff, and actually do the packaging, the best co-packers can do all of this–effectively helping with time and project management.

And if you find the right co-packer, they’ll have a lot of experience in this process, so they can walk you through anything that might be new for you, or you can trust them to take the project right out of your hands.

Plus, if your co-packer is also a co-manufacturer, and provides all the design, shipping, and warehousing we mentioned, the time saved working with them will be priceless.

Reduced Costs

Packaging all your products takes time and quite a lot of capital. You need to account for the packaging costs of building facilities, acquiring equipment, and hiring labor. If you’re just starting out and don’t necessarily have a lot of profit or guaranteed profit, that can be a huge investment–and risk.

This can be avoided by hiring a co-packer, allowing you to quickly scale your product packaging and getting into the hands of your excited customers.

Product-Specific Expertise

Product-specific expertise is invaluable when you have a unique product or are just starting out. Many co-packers specialize in specific areas, whether it be in:

Packaging and shipping large quantities of your product
Designing detailed packaging for specialized items or private labels
Meeting very detailed labeling requirements
Offering an allergen-free facility (nuts, lactose, gluten, etc.)

This is where a service like PartnerSlate can help you–from finding a contract packaging service that has the engineering capability for your specific needs, answering any questions you may have on the co-packer finding process, and connecting with a co-packer with product-specific expertise that is a perfect match for you.

Increased Productivity

In addition to saving time and reducing costs, partnering with a co-packer will boost your productivity. Rather than spending your time working out the logistics of delivering your products to your customers and retailers, you can instead spend that time working on a new product line or creating new business opportunities for continued growth.

Plus, co-packagers can simply package your product at a faster rate than you can unless you have your own packaging facility. So with more product, additional service support like shipping and branding, and more time and capital to invest into other parts of your business, co-packers are an overall win.

How to find the right co-packer for your food or drink product

When deciding on which contract packaging company to partner with, there are a few things you should consider before you negotiate a deal to outsource your products for packaging. PartnerSlate can help streamline this process and avoid any mistakes that can be made by choosing the wrong co-packer.

1. Research

Unless you already have a co-packer in mind, you’ll need to spend some time online looking into your co-packing options, taking notes, and somehow figure out which co-packers might be a good fit. This can be challenging with limited online information, or if you’re just not sure where to look.

Packaging and shipping capabilities are not the only things to consider when looking for the right co-packer. You need to consider whether your partner can scale with you as you reach new markets and customers. Even if your partner has the professional package engineering capability and quality, if they cannot scale with you over the next couple of years, then they may prove troublesome to work with as you look to expand your business.

2. Outreach

Once you have a bunch of co-packing options, it’s outreach time. Whether it’s cold calls, emails, or online forms, plan on spending a good amount of time at this step–especially to complete follow ups if you don’t hear back.

Make sure to work on your inquiries so that you have a higher chance of hearing back. For example, you might not get a response if you say:

I’m trying to bake and sell a new type of cookie. What services do you offer for a smaller budget? I’ve never done this before. (Product Type: Cookie; Volume: Not totally sure, but not a lot for now; Number of SKUS: Not sure what this means)

And that’s valid on the co-packers part, because someone at that stage probably isn’t ready for co-packing. Instead, you should let them know what successes you’ve had so far, exactly how many you’ll need, more details about your cookies (are they big, small, gluten-free, have nuts, etc.), and some goals for growth.

Most co-packers are bogged down with inbound requests that are ill-informed and a waste of their time. Here at PartnerSlate, we have a trusted relationship with co-packers who know we’ll introduce them to the right products for their facility. And we help brands understand exactly what information they need to provide to find the right facility for their product.

Instead of each side having to compare and contrast needs and capabilities, Parternslate uses a matching process to narrow down options that will be the best fit–saving the months (or years) it can take to find a partner. And all without paying exorbitant consultant fees.

An inquiry example on PartnerSlate.

3. Checking Certifications & Facilities

While some food channels may not require stringent certifications from their manufacturers, there will come a time when one of your channels will – especially if they are a large retailer. In such cases, it could be problematic if your supply chain has gaps in its certification and quality standards.

You also need to check that their facilities and equipment meet your requirements. That means visiting the facilities in person to ensure they are fit and have the engineering to handle any workload assigned to them. This includes a comprehensive review of their current equipment and machinery, too.

For instance, you’ll want to verify that their fill sealing machine and thermoforming machine are fully functional, as well as any other tools and resources they keep at their facility. Visiting and inspecting manufacturing facilities is time-consuming, especially when you must visit more than one, but you need to make sure they have all the capabilities your product requires.

Protecting your brand is one of the key aspects of growing your business, and ensuring the quality of your goods by enforcing strict certification across your supply chain is one way to protect your brand.

4. Finding Shared Missions & Values

After you’ve found your match, you want to confirm your co-packer has the same mission and core values as your team so you know that they will uphold your product to your standards. At PartnerSlate, brands come to us to not only cut down the time it takes to get their product produced, but also by finding the right match for them based on capabilities, capacity, interests, experience, and shared missions.

Finding the right fit in multiple ways is so important to creating an efficient, productive, and enjoyable partnership that you can hopefully work with for years to come.

5. Signing a Contract

Sometimes companies still make agreements without a proper contract, but that can lead to different views as to what the parties intended when they originally made the agreement. This can lead both sides to spend time, money, and stress to figure things out.

From defining terms to protecting secrets to protecting your brand, a well-written contract between food and beverage brands and co packers clarify the responsibilities and alleviate uncertainties. At PartnerSlate, once two parties are matched they both have access to the engagement platform, where they can e-sign NDA’s, securely share documents, schedule an introductory call and access content to help guide them through the process.

6. Getting Support Finding the Right Fit

It can be overwhelming to have to research and decide on a contract packaging partner without help, especially if you are a new and budding business that is still uncertain about what is co-packing or contract packaging services and if they’re relevant to you.

When finding the right fit for a co packing partner, consider:

The age of your company. If you’re a young brand, choose a company comfortable working with startups that appreciates the teaching process.
How much support you need, and what support you need. Do you need storage? Help with shipping logistics? A co-manufacturer as well?
This seems obvious, but, your product! Do you need canning? Bottling? Both? Not sure? Finding a co packer that has all the options you need–or might need is important.
Your budget. You’re going to need to find a co packer that fits your price point, or that can be flexible with your budget. Take into account their order minimums when figuring this out.

However, rather than figuring this out all on your own, PartnerSlate will help match you with a partner based on both sides preferences–making it easier on everyone. Your copacker doesn’t have to field poor inquiries, and you don’t have to complete endless forms, cold calls, and emails.

So instead of researching, comparing notes, making calls, determining certifications, making visits (and repeating that a few times), you can save serious time and effort by using PartnerSlate to identify which co-packing company will be a perfect fit. PartnerSlate does all that work for you–and then some–helping reduce the time and expenses needed to find the best beverage co-packer or drink manufacturing company for you.

Evaluating Co-Packers and Co-Mans

To seamlessly transition from the theoretical framework of choosing the right contract manufacturer to the practical aspects of ensuring a successful partnership, it’s imperative to delve into a meticulous evaluation process. This entails a comprehensive checklist that scrutinizes every facet of potential manufacturers, from their production capabilities and quality assurance measures to their logistical efficiencies and pricing structures. Such a detailed evaluation not only guarantees the alignment of the manufacturer’s services with your brand’s specific needs but also lays a solid foundation for a fruitful long-term collaboration. It’s this strategic approach that transforms the daunting task of selecting a co-manufacturer into a calculated decision, paving the way for your brand’s successful market entry and sustained growth.

A step by step guide:

Assess Capabilities and Expertise:
- Begin by evaluating each manufacturer’s capabilities and expertise. Consider their experience in producing similar food products. Ask for references and inquire about their track record in meeting quality and safety standards.
  - Can you provide examples of similar food products you’ve manufactured in the past?
  - What is your experience with unique or challenging production processes?
Quality and Safety Standards:
- Quality and safety are paramount in the food industry. Ensure that each manufacturer complies with relevant regulations and certifications (e.g., FDA, USDA, HACCP).
  - Can you provide documentation of recent third-party audits?
  - What quality control measures do you have in place throughout the production process?
Production Capacity:
- Determine if the manufacturer has the capacity to meet your production requirements, both in terms of volume and timing. Discuss any scalability plans you have for the future to ensure they can accommodate your growth.
  - What are your minimum order quantities, as well as where is your ideal run size?
  - What is your production lead time, and can it accommodate our timelines?
Location and Logistics:
- Evaluate the manufacturer’s location in relation to your distribution network. Proximity can impact transportation costs and delivery times. Additionally, discuss their logistics and warehousing capabilities.
  - How does your location impact transportation costs and delivery times?
  - Do you offer warehousing or storage services for our products?
  - How do you manage transportation and distribution logistics?
Cost and Pricing Structure:
- Carefully analyze the cost proposals provided by each manufacturer. Look beyond the initial price quote to understand the entire pricing structure, including setup fees, minimum order quantities, and any additional charges. Consider what a turnkey or tolling style would mean for the cost as well as the work you’d need to do to manage the project.
  - What is the breakdown of costs, including setup fees, ingredients, labor, and packaging?
  - Are there any hidden or additional charges we should be aware of?
  - Can you provide pricing options for different order quantities?
Flexibility and Customization:
- Assess each manufacturer’s willingness and ability to accommodate your specific product needs and customization requirements. A manufacturer that can adapt to your unique specifications is valuable.
  - Are you open to adapting your processes to meet our specific product requirements?
  - How do you handle product formulation changes?
  - Can you accommodate last-minute adjustments or changes in production schedules?
Communication and Collaboration:
- Effective communication and collaboration are essential for a successful partnership. Evaluate how responsive and transparent each manufacturer is during the evaluation process.
  - What is your preferred method of communication during production and project management?
  - How do you handle unexpected issues or changes during production?
Sampling and Testing:
- Request product samples from each manufacturer and conduct thorough testing for taste, texture, and quality. This step will help you assess the consistency and quality of their production.
  - Can you provide product samples, and are there associated costs?
  - What testing and quality assurance processes do you have in place?
  - How do you handle quality deviations or non-compliance issues?
Sustainability and Ethical Practices:
- In today’s market, consumers are increasingly conscious of sustainability and ethical practices. Inquire about each manufacturer’s sustainability initiatives, ethical sourcing, and corporate social responsibility efforts.
  - What sustainability initiatives are integrated into your manufacturing processes?
  - Do you have a policy for ethical sourcing of ingredients?
  - Are there specific corporate social responsibility (CSR) efforts you are involved in?
Legal and Contractual Considerations:
- Consult with legal counsel to review the contracts and agreements proposed by each manufacturer. Ensure that terms regarding confidentiality, intellectual property rights, liability, and dispute resolution are clear and acceptable.
  - What are the terms of confidentiality, intellectual property rights, and liability in your contracts?
  - How do you handle dispute resolution and conflicts?
  - Are there any penalties or clauses related to production delays or quality issues?
Visit the Facilities:
- Whenever possible, visit the manufacturing facilities in person. This allows you to see the production processes firsthand, assess cleanliness, and meet the team responsible for your product.
Long-Term Relationship:
- Consider the manufacturer’s willingness to build a long-term relationship with your brand. A partner who shares your vision and is committed to your success is invaluable.
  - How do you envision supporting our brand’s growth and success in the future?
  - Can you share examples of long-term collaborations with other clients in similar positions to ours?
Trust Your Gut:
- Finally, trust your instincts. Choose a manufacturer that aligns with your brand’s values, vision, and goals. A strong sense of trust and partnership is essential for a successful collaboration.
  - How do you perceive our brand fitting into your production portfolio?
  - Do you share our brand’s values and vision for the product?
  - How would you describe the chemistry and rapport between our teams?

Evaluating co-packers and contract manufacturers for your brand is a meticulous and strategic process that lays the foundation for a prosperous partnership. Remember that your chosen co-manufacturer will not only be responsible for producing your food product but can also become a valuable resource with connections and insights that can benefit your brand in the long run.

Conclusion: Find the right co-packer for your product today

Co-packing or contract packaging services exist to help manufacturers focus on the manufacturing of their products and business administration. They are a cost-effective way of streamlining and increasing the capabilities of your business by allowing professional contract packagers to assist you in delivering your goods to customers and retailers across the world.

The typical brand takes about six months to a year to find a manufacturer that has the capabilities and capacity to take their project on–after reaching out to about 50-100 manufacturers. And even after all that time and effort, it might not even be an ideal fit. Katlin Smith, Founder & CEO of Simple Mills puts it clearly: “Contract Manufacturers are classically difficult to find…The one you end up working with is typically on the 12th page of Google and you have to call every one of them.”

If your business is ready to work with a contract packager, then save months of time and energy by getting started with PartnerSlate today to find your perfect co packing match.

The post What is Co-packing or Contract Packaging? Food & Beverage Contract Packaging Explained appeared first on PartnerSlate.

Food & Beverage Consulting Firms to Know [2023]

Matt Suggs — Fri, 01 Sep 2023 01:34:50 +0000

As the dynamics of the food and beverage industry continue to evolve, businesses are constantly rethinking strategies and adopting innovative methods to remain competitive. This is where food and beverage consulting firms can help, by offering expert insights and solutions based on in-depth industry knowledge and analysis. These firms play a vital role in guiding business decisions, helping to improve efficiency, and enabling growth.

PartnerSlate is all about supporting food entrepreneurs, so we’ve curated this list of some of the top food and beverage consulting firms you can work with. Whether you’re a young food startup or an established business looking to scale, we’ve covered them all!

What is Food and Beverage Consulting?

Food and beverage consultants are professional advisers specializing in the restaurant and hospitality sector. They bring a wealth of industry-specific knowledge and expertise to help businesses to identify areas that need performance improvement, and how to improve them.

What do Food and Beverage Consulting Firms Do?

Food and beverage consulting firms lend a hand in numerous areas within the food industry, including supporting food product development, managing supply chains, formulating brand strategies, running business operations, and enhancing overall performance and profitability.

These firms provide valuable insights into market trends, consumer preferences, and industry best practices. They may also offer solutions for challenges in areas like food safety, quality control, sustainability, and regulatory compliance.

For example, if a food and beverage consulting firm offers supply chain management services, they may help businesses optimize their sourcing, production, and logistics for better efficiency and sustainability.

Or, consultants can assist with safety and compliance, ensuring businesses meet all food and beverage regulations and quality standards, such as HACCP and FDA guidelines. Marketing and branding consulting is also quite prominent, involving crafting effective strategies to enhance businesses’ visibility and customer appeal.

Top Food & Beverage Consulting Firms

Food and beverage consulting firms can serve a range of businesses. The companies on this first list are best suited for larger food and beverage businesses, and primarily offer financial, legal, tax, and analytics consulting services.

1. Bain & Company

Bain & Company is a global consulting agency that services multiple industries, including the food and beverage industry, particularly for restaurant businesses. They offer services to businesses experiencing industry issues including marketing, sustainability, and finances. A few of Bain & Company’s services are procurement, private equity, sales and marketing, and customer experience.

Services:

Sales and Marketing: Offers clients insights to increase their marketing potential to create the best possible marketing strategy for their product.
Procurement: Helps clients develop sourcing strategies to make the best possible decision for sustainability.
Strategy: Can build strategies for corporate and finance, business, and innovation.
Sustainability: An integrated approach to add sustainability into the company’s overall strategy and operations with emission, investment, and more.

2. Deloitte

Deloitte is a large consulting agency that helps various food companies, ranging from dairy and confectionery manufacturers to alcohol and tobacco products. This consulting firm helps with supply chain management, strategy creation, local and tax consulting, and more. Deloitte provides services to multiple industries outside of food and beverage, such as health care, real estate, automotive, and insurance.

Services:

Supply chain management: Helps their clients with planning, strategy, and sourcing for their food products.
Food Brand Protection: Offers protection services to clients by making data-driven decisions for brand health.
SAP ERP implementation: Help food businesses reach their performance goals via insights, case studies, press releases, and more.

3. KPMG

KPMG is all about bringing sustainable change to their clients. This global consulting agency operates in over 100 countries and territories, offering services to help food and beverage companies with their taxes, marketing strategies, analytics, growth, and more.

Services:

Audit and Insurance: Provides data and financial information to clients to help increase their overall efficiency.
- KPMG Clara: An audit platform powered by Microsoft Azure that gives clients 24/7 access to their audit status.
Tax and Legal: Clients receive data-driven insights and work with tax professionals to streamline their tax and legal management.
Advisory: Offer clients advice on deals, marketing, strategy, and consulting to get the best results.
Private Enterprise: Offers trusted advisors and access to KPMG’s global resources and alliance network to help clients meet their business goals.

4. L.E.K. Consulting

L.E.K. Consulting is dedicated to helping companies facing difficult situations in researching, modeling, benchmarking, analysis, and strategy. This firm works with companies across 14 industries and performs target research to find the best solutions.

Services:

Strategy: Provide data to make integrated strategic choices for the best results.
Sustainability: Find ways for companies to be more sustainable when making their products.
Marketing and Sales: Uses insights from consumers, markets, and business environments to create the best commercial strategies for products, programs, and customer segments.
Mergers and Acquisitions: Combine data and financial analysis to help clients understand the full value of the merger or acquisition, target identification, due diligence, joint ventures and alliances, integration, and exit support.
Digital: Assist clients with digital security and threats, strategy, customer experience, supply chain and production.
Data and Analytics: Helps clients make commercial decisions using data insights and strategies. They also offer clients custom-built analytics they can run on their own.
Advisory: Deploys multidisciplinary teams with expertise and experience with capital projects to provide advice through the project life cycle.

Best Food & Beverage Consulting Firms For Startups

When it comes to food start-ups and smaller businesses, these food and beverage consulting firms are ready to help get their products on the shelves.

1. Ashley Sutterfield

Ashley Sutterfield is the CEO and owner of Sage, a firm that provides coaching and consulting to up-and-coming food and beverage businesses. Sage helps food entrepreneurs find co-mans and co-packers, build professional relationships, grow profits, and more.

Services:

Coaching Program: A 16-week program that helps food entrepreneurs learn about connection, investments, profits, and more.
6 Step Co-Packing & Beyond Course: This is a six-week course that teaches small businesses about co-packing and how to find a co-packer.

2. Boyle Brands Consulting

Boyle Brands Consulting is a CPG development firm that works on commercialization, co-packer matching, and operation optimization for food and beverage clients. Boyle Brands provides an operations director or innovation manager at the beginning of a food business growth stage to help them reach their product development goals.

Services:

Commercialization: A tailored program designed for food and beverage entrepreneurs to launch their products.
Operation Optimization: Offer clients fractional management services like warehouse searching, ingredient and packaging sourcing, and more for the best operations class.
Co-packer Matching: Connect companies and entrepreneurs with vetted co-manufacturers.

3. Bravo CPG

Bravo CPG offers food startup operations management and fractional COO services. They aim to work as part of the client’s team to help them achieve faster and better results. Bravo CPG specializes in planning, sourcing and procurement, shipping, and other services.

Services:

Operations Management: Act as an extension of the client’s team by taking on responsibilities.
Fractional COO: Identifies ways to streamline processes, leverage technology, and reduce costs to scale clients’ businesses.
Advisory: Package advisory support for 10,20 or 40 hours for projects. Projects are completed on a case-by-case basis.

4. Edge Beverage

Edge Beverage is a beverage consulting firm that works with small and mid-sized beverage brands. With Edge Beverage, brands can work with retail account executives and sales teams to help them in local markets nationwide. They aim to increase their client’s brand awareness and sales with national retailers.

Services:

Chain Account Sales: Handles outreach, run analysis, and executes chain programs between suppliers, distributors, and chain accounts.
Distribution Sales and Expansion: Uses analysis and projections, oversees brand pitching and contract negotiations, and procures orders and organizes logistics with suppliers and distributors.
Salesforce Program: Give clients access to their free Salesforce territories map and streamlines onboarding for immediate market representation.
Importation: Provides clients with warehousing and importation needs while pitching their products to chains and retailers.

5. Food Business Consulting

Food Business Consulting is a consulting firm with expertise and resources with more than 25 years of experience. They offer services that help with product ideation, formulation, packaging design, sourcing, and more. Food Business Consulting works with companies of all sizes, including startups.

Services:

Ideation: Provides clients with all the help they need to bring their product from ideation to commercialization.
Product Development: Work with the client throughout the entire process, from formulation to launch.
Regulatory and Quality Assurance: Makes sure food is made in compliance with certifications, requirements, laws and regulations.
Commercialization: Get support while bringing your products to the shelves, from initial concept to final product launch.
Acquisition Advisement: Get consultation from an experienced team to help with food acquisition, manufacturing, and more.
Packaging Development: Branding and Marketing: Collaborates with clients to create a communication strategy and marketing tactics that are successful.

6. Food Ops LLC

FoodOps LLC is a consulting firm founded in 2016 that offers services for multiple aspects of food and beverage, such as manufacturing, research, logistics, and more. The firm’s mission is to improve food businesses using fractional operational leadership and acts as a part-time COO for their clients, helping them pick co-manufacturers, handle forms, and other tasks.

Services:

CPG: Gives clients services to scale their brand, start the food product development process, production planning, manufacturing, and food safety and quality.
Food Producer: Has food safety programs to prevent FDA, SQC, and BRC audits.
Investor: Portfolio support for companies experience issues and handle due diligence to prevent product recalls.
Product Commercialization: Transcribes receipts into weight and percentages so that there’s no confusion for the manufacturing partner.

7. Food Startup Help

Food Startup Help has a combination of services catered to food startups. They assist their clients with any operational challenges they may face during food product development, kitchen design, and more. Food Startup Help specializes in services needed for bakery and restaurant operations.

Services:

Bakery and Restaurant Operations: Clients can conceptualize their retail or wholesale bakery and more under the guidance of Food Startup Help.
Food Product Development: Clients can work with the firm’s team of chefs for production, growth strategy, and product launching.
Kitchen Design Service: Works with clients to choose the best cooking and kitchen equipment for their operations.
Culinary Curriculum & Course Creation: Help create online topics, training, find textbooks, write exams, student toolkits, etc.

8. JPG Resources

JPG Resources was founded in 2009 and has been working hard since to deliver the best results to their food and beverage clients. This firm is composed of over 50 professional food experts who guide their clients from prototype to launch. Some of JPG Resources’ services include prototype creation, commercialization, raw material, analytics, and more.

Services:

Product development: Their R&D team helps with prototype creation, recipe formula development, analysis, plant trial support, and commercialization.
Wheelhouse: Designs and implements supply chains for increased scalability so clients can focus on business tasks.
JPG Advisory: Guides clients with expert advice with one-on-one advisory or cohort styling.
M&A Services: Balances two types of due diligence, “pressure test” and “skeletons in closet” for transaction agreements, compliance, and more.

Rodeo CPG is a consulting firm looking to break into the always-changing retail environment. The firm provides services for management and analytics, helping their clients find the best markets, pricing, and more. Rodeo CPG also has admin support for retail and distribution customers to help their clients’ products stay on the shelves.

Services:

Sales Management and Execution: Helps clients get their products on the shelfs with curated strategies for retailers and handles relationships for active accounts.
Sales Order Management: Sets up infrastructure, processes orders, manages logistics, maintains inventory, and helps with integration planning.
Dedication Analysis: Groups deductions by distributor for easy, exportable analyses.
Dispute Resolution: Find any unauthorized deductions and dispute them on behalf of the client.
Sales Planning: Identifies the market, key contact, review timelines, and build the sales plan.
Data Analysis: Tracks sales using data from distributor’s datasets, PO’s, and POS data.

Work with the Best Food and Beverage Consultant for Your Brand

One of the most important parts of launching your products is having a solid support team. A food and beverage consultant can be helpful for both large companies that need more time to focus on other tasks and startups wanting to forge their way in the competitive food and beverage industry.

Choosing the right consulting firm is as important as finding the co-man to produce your food product.

PartnerSlate simplifies that process by connecting you to a 6,000 network of incredible manufacturers. Just list your project on the PartnerSlate marketplace and our matching system will connect you with multiple interested co-manufacturers that have the right capabilities to produce your food or beverage product.

After you’re connected, our platform streamlines document sharing, communication, and onboarding so you can start getting your product right to the shelves. Plus, a matching advisor courtesy of PartnerSlate will accompany you throughout the process to ensure a seamless experience.

Let’s get your product onto shelves!

The post Food & Beverage Consulting Firms to Know [2023] appeared first on PartnerSlate.

Food Branding: Everything You Need to Know [2023]

Matt Suggs — Thu, 17 Aug 2023 02:50:09 +0000

STōK Cold Brew is one of the fastest-growing brands in the United States, beating out Zelle, Adobe, and the MLB. Other food brands that top the list include Walmart’s Great Value Cream Cheese, Chobani Greek Yogurt, and Celsius Fitness Drinks.

While a lot goes into their success–innovative leaders, great manufacturing partners, extensive product development–there’s no doubt that food branding plays a huge role.

Food branding is no longer just about a visually appealing logo or a catchy tagline. It’s a cohesive way to communicate your story, vision, and values, setting the tone for customer experiences. In an age when consumers are increasingly concerned about what they eat, the right food branding not only ensures that your product grabs attention on the shelf or online platform, but also builds trust and loyalty among consumers.

This guide is here to help break down food branding and offer effective tips and strategies for your food or beverage brand. We’ll explore essential aspects such as formulating a unique brand identity, understanding your target audience’s needs and preferences, the importance of effective packaging, and more.

Whether you’re an established neighborhood bakery or an aspiring food startup, this food branding guide will provide valuable insights into making a strong and distinct food brand that stands out amidst the tough competition.

What is Food Branding?

Food branding is the strategic process of creating a unique name, image, design, sound, and emotional reactions that consumers associate with a particular food product or company.

Brand recognition plays a significant role in consumers’ decision-making processes. When a brand is established, consumers are likely to choose a product from a known brand over an unknown one because they expect a certain quality and taste.

The primary objective in the food industry is to develop a loyal customer base that consistently buys the product. This could be due to its taste and quality, an emotional association with the brand, or the belief that no other brand can match its value. Food branding is the heart and soul of your business that can differentiate you from your competitors–irrespective of the size of your venture.

Why Is Branding Important For Your Food or Beverage?

Food branding can support your food product’s success in multiple different ways:

Differentiation: With numerous products in the market, food branding helps set your item apart from the rest. It gives your product a unique identity and value proposition that separates it from similar products.
Recognition: A strong brand will be recognized and remembered by consumers. This can lead to increased customer loyalty and repeat purchases. It can also lead to word-of-mouth referrals, which is valuable in the competitive food industry.
Customer Loyalty: If consumers associate positive attributes and experiences like colors and images with your brand, they will likely keep coming back and even recommend your product to others.
Increased Sales: Effective branding can lead to increased sales and market share. The more familiar and reliable your brand appears to consumers, the greater the chance they’ll prefer your product.

Examples of Food Branding

Here are some great food branding examples you’ve probably already noticed:

1. Lay’s Chips

The Lay’s Chips logo is a globally recognized symbol identifying the popular snack brand and has generated over $4.1 billion in sales this year. Lay’s Chips pops off the shelves and grabs consumers’ attention using bright colors, red and yellow. The logo also works well with Lay’s different colored bags, such as green, blue, orange, brown, and more.

Olipop

Olipop brands itself as a “new kind of soda,” and it certainly is. This beverage product works as a prebiotic and is made with botanicals and plant fiber, boasting only 2-5 grams of sugar and 9 grams of plant fiber per serving.

Olipop’s branding focuses on its health benefits while taking advantage of brand recognition: its Vintage Cola flavor uses a red and white can, Ginger Ale is in green, Cream Soda in white and browns, and their Lemon Lime looks a lot like a Sprites can.

Olipop makes the principles of food branding work for them in multiple ways! And it shows: Olipop became a $20 million/month company in just five years.

Panera Bread

Panera is a popular restaurant chain known for its sandwiches, soups, salads, and bakery and its mission to create a happier and healthier world through its food. Anchored in the promise of providing “Food as It Should Be”, it prioritizes organic food, sustainability, and freshness.

Panera reflects this through its branding by leaning on natural colors like greens and browns, sharing images of colorful, vegetable-filled foods, including calorie information on their menus, and more.

Food Branding Elements to Know

Here are some food branding elements every food entrepreneur should know.

Logo

The logo is a visual representation of the personality of your food product and brand. It should be unique, compelling, and symbolize your brand’s core values. Logos can also be used to send messages to your consumers about your food product, company, and its values.

Ideally, create easy-to-read logos with symmetry, no more than 2-3 colors, and simple imagery, if any.

What is the best logo for food branding?

There’s no perfect logo. Logos need to be eye-catching and unique above all else. This is the face of your product and consumers should be able to recognize your logo anywhere they go. You can probably guess these food brand logos even without their names:

Get some additional inspiration from some of the most famous food product logos:

McDonald’s
Oreos
Doritos
Coca Cola
Starbucks

Packaging

Packaging is crucial in food branding: it’s the first encounter a customer has with the product and serves as a communication tool between the brand and the customer. In addition to your logo, you can include your brand’s unique value point that will resonate the most with your ideal customer.

The same goes for the design of the package. An effective design helps distinguish your product from competitors, giving it a unique identity and carrying your brand’s message directly to the customers. It ensures the secure transportation of the product, maintains its freshness, and provides all product information.

The actual physical packaging should also be top-quality—no holes, dings, or dents, or breaks. You don’t want a tear in your packaging to lead to stale food or worse: food-borne illnesses.

This is why having a good copacker is so critical for a successful product. The right co-packer can be the difference between getting your product successfully on shelves in a matter of months–and not at all. Plus, their food quality control teams can help you avoid any potential PR disasters and real disasters.

With such weight on that decision, finding the best copacker for your food or beverage can be time-consuming and even discouraging at times…but not when you use PartnerSlate.

PartnerSlate can help you find the best co-packing options for your business. With our extensive network of vetted manufacturing companies organized by capacity and capability, the easy-to-use platform quickly matches you with the best potential partners.

To begin, set up a profile on our platform and share the details of your project requirements. We will connect you with potential partners. Once a match is made, our platform lets you directly communicate with your new partners.

Get connected with PartnerSlate!

What is the best color for food branding?

The best color for your food brand is going to depend on the product you’re selling and who you’re selling it to.

Traditionally, the best colors for food branding are red, orange, and yellow. These colors have been associated with hunger and the warmth of their colors tends to draw the eye. Think of fast food restaurants like McDonald’s, Chick-fil-A, and Wendy’s, or snack foods like Cheetos and Nilla Wafers.

However, let’s say you’re making an organic product marketed to individuals focused on their overall wellness. In this case, neutral tones, greens, and blues are going to be a better fit, since they invoke messages of growth, health, and environment.

You can see these colors used by brands like Sunset Organics, Cascadian Farm, Amazing Greens, and restaurants like Sweetgreen and Chopt.

What is the best typography and fonts for food branding?

First and foremost, the font should be easy for consumers to read. You’re relaying important information–from the ingredients in your food to the name of your product–and you want that to reach the consumers.

Often, this information is connected to your unique value proposition. If you’re selling a low-sugar hard seltzer, you’ll want the number of grams of sugar right on your can. Or if you’re selling a unique product like rabbit cat food, you want to make sure your customers know your product is almost 100% rabbit.

While readability is key, you also want it to stand out from the shelves of competition. This means Times New Roman or Arial fonts probably aren’t the best choice (at least for your logo).

Some of the most popular fonts used by food brands and companies are:

Fatheya Food Font
Original Burger
Hot Pizza
The Brands
Olive Village

The Food or Beverage Product

One of the most important aspects of the product is…the product itself! The product’s look, taste, and textures, must be as appealing as the brand.

Your branding should also accurately represent the food or beverage product. You don’t want to mislead any consumer in any way. Images of your food or beverage product should look as similar to the products as possible in size, color, and texture.

Let’s say you’ve been promoting your food product as soft, chewy, cookies, but they turn out to be rock-hard. Customers are likely to feel deceived or that they’ve wasted their money.

Branding is all about building relationships with consumers. If the consumer doesn’t trust you, even unconsciously, that makes selling that much harder.

Website

Ideally, your website should reflect your food or beverage product brand. That means colors, logos, and fonts should match or at least complement the packaging.

Beyond that, your product’s website serves as a central hub where consumers can learn everything they need to know about your product and your food brand. Your website should have enough information to answer basic questions, offer consumers a way to purchase your product, discuss company values, provide product nutrition details, and more.

This also gives you more opportunity to personalize your brand. Provide any interesting company history, share your missions and values, and put some faces behind your product.

For example, Annie’s, a famous organic food brand, has an entire page dedicated to its mission. Annie’s primary focus is to “cultivate a healthier, happier world by spreading goodness through nourishing food, honest words, and conduct that is considerate and forever kind to the planet.” This page helps promote the company’s branding and appeal to its ideal customers.

Do you donate any to foundations or volunteer? Do you practice sustainable manufacturing? Are you born and raised in the city you’re selling your product? If so, include it on your website! Use it as a chance to humanize your brand and connect with consumers.

Social Media

In today’s work, it’s essential for a brand to have a strong, engaging, and consistent presence on various social media platforms. Make it easy on yourself: take advantage of design tools, AI-powered caption writers (Chat GPT could help), social media schedulers where you can plan out posts in advance, and more!

You must consider your demographic when choosing a social media channel to promote your brand and product. If your food products are popular with Gen Z, consider using TikTok. If you notice that your demographic is primarily millennials, Instagram or even Facebook might be a better channel to showcase your brand. Wherever your social presence is living, just keep your branding consistent across all potential sales channels, from the colors to the language to the post styles.

Another effective way to market a product is through influencers. In fact, marketers have found that influencer-generated content gets eight times more engagement than branded content. Reach out to influencers and have them create personalized videos to help promote your food or beverage product. Influencers are real people who can appeal to your consumers emotionally and drive them to try and buy your product.

Merchandise

_{This summer-loving hard seltzer product sells branded bucket hats, beach bags, and sweatshirts for cooler summer nights.}

Selling merchandise is another way to drive revenue and share your brand. When creating merchandise for your food brand product, include any aspect of your logo, such as fonts and colors. This makes your brand more visible and serves as a way to advertise.

For instance, if you’re a food brand that makes popular products among kids, selling plushies, action figures, or toys could help drive sales.

If you’re a beverage brand that adults enjoy, consider selling shirts, baseball hats, mugs, or anything adults can incorporate into their day-to-day lives.

Bonus tip: Have your consumers post or take a picture with your product to spread the word!

Top Food Branding Strategies & Ideas

Now that you know what elements to include in your food branding strategy, here are some additional Ideas to help your product stand out!

1. Identify Your Mission & Values

Identifying the mission and values of your food brand helps build authenticity and creates an emotional connection with consumers. Values may include sustainability, innovation, integrity, customer satisfaction, and community involvement.

For example, your food brand’s mission could be sourcing sustainable, locally-produced ingredients. Then, you might focus on delivering high-quality food, promoting health and wellness, or using sustainable and ethical sourcing practices.
By clearly identifying your mission and values, you create a brand identity that consumers can relate to and trust, helping you build a loyal customer base. Include your mission and values statement on your website, social media, and packaging.

2. Understand Your Customer

Understanding our ideal customer will be critical to your food product’s success. This understanding provides insights into what appeals to them, assisting in creating products, packaging, and marketing that resonate.

As dietary preferences evolve, consumers now look beyond taste and price; they value nutritional content, source of ingredients, sustainability, and convenience. Understanding your consumers involves identifying and analyzing your target audience’s needs, preferences, habits, and purchasing patterns.

Moreover, understanding customers also helps tailor marketing messages that engage and persuade them, enhancing brand recognition and loyalty.

3. Determine Your Unique Value Proposition

Start by analyzing your product’s distinct qualities, such as taste, nutritional value, ingredients, or preparation method. To identify what makes your product unique, consider the problems it solves for consumers, whether providing a healthier snack or a more convenient cooking solution.

Your UVP should concisely tell your consumers why your food product is superior to or different from others, effectively addressing customer needs and desires.

4. Work with the Right Co-packing Partner

Choosing the right copacker will influence your brand’s quality, efficiency, and reputation. They must share your commitment to high standards, ensuring your product’s quality and safety are consistently maintained. They must demonstrate expertise in food safety standards, reliability in sourcing ingredients or materials you require, and adaptability to evolving market trends or business requirements.

Working with a copacker that aligns with your brand’s values and objectives allows you to improve your production potential while concentrating on brand growth, confident that your manufacturing and packaging tasks are handled appropriately.

PartnerSlate is your go-to solution for finding top co-packing solutions for your business. With a vast network of screened manufacturing companies assorted by capability and capacity, our user-friendly platform ensures you are swiftly paired with the most suitable partners.

We can find you the best copacker for your product in no time. Just make a profile with us, including all the details for your project, and we’ll do the rest!

5. Create a Story & Stay Honest

Every brand has a story. Sharing yours can help your customers feel like they’re part of something larger and drive strong connections. Honesty helps build trust, which leads to loyal consumers.

Talk about what inspired you to create this product and why the product is important to you.

6. Keep Your Brand Cohesive

Consistency is crucial in your logo, color scheme, typography, or messaging across all platforms, including your website and social media channels. Packaging should also consistently reflect your brand. All packages should have the same logo, fonts, and colors.

Conduct routine audits to guarantee all branding elements remain consistent across all platforms and always be open to customer feedback. Every customer interaction with your brand reflects your brand identity, so ensuring a consistent, positive experience is vital.

7. Prioritize Your Product

As stated before, the food product needs to be good. You’re not selling the packaging but what is inside the packaging. If the product doesn’t taste good, feels weird, has a weak shelf life, or has an ugly appearance, consumers won’t buy it.

Make sure you work with your food scientists to develop the best recipe for your product. Consider all aspects such as nutrition, texture and consistency, taste, colors, and everything that your food or beverage product will need.

Test the product before releasing it to the public and use that data to make alterations necessary.

Branding is only useful if the product itself is good.

Scale Your Food Brand with PartnerSlate

Various factors go into creating a brand for your food or beverage product, and they’re all equally important. As a food entrepreneur, you must ensure that whatever logo, colors, and advertising method you choose relays your product accurately and positively. Your brand needs to draw in consumers, but more than that, they must be loyal customers who keep returning for more.

One of the best ways to see success in the food industry? Finding the perfect copacker to bring your food product to the shelves. This is where PartnerSlate comes in.

With PartnerSlate, you can connect with a suitable manufacturer within days rather than weeks or months. The process is straightforward: create a free profile, upload your project details, and post it in our marketplace. You’ll get matched with food manufacturers that have the ability and interest to take on your product, and then you can use the comprehensive platform for effortless sharing of documents, easy communication, prompt onboarding, and expedited production run timelines.

Ready to start scaling?

Find the perfect copacker

The post Food Branding: Everything You Need to Know [2023] appeared first on PartnerSlate.

8+ Great Soft Drink Manufacturing Companies in the U.S. [2023]

Matt Suggs — Tue, 15 Aug 2023 00:35:00 +0000

Whether you’re looking for the next big product for your soda company or just starting to produce your own soft drinks, finding the most suitable manufacturer for your beverage brand can take a lot of effort.

There are plenty of reliable soft drink manufacturing companies out there–which is great–but that makes reviewing their offerings and capabilities a time-consuming process. To help narrow your options, we’ve come up with a curated list of some of the best soft drink manufacturing companies and co-packers in the country.

Where are soft drinks manufactured?

Most soft drinks are made inside the manufacturing plants of independent manufacturers. Independent manufacturers are typically granted licenses to produce the products of popular franchise companies like PepsiCo and Coca-Cola.

With access to the secret formulas of soda drinks, the independent manufacturers are able to follow the procedures and source the ingredients they need for production. Normally, the manufacturers are also responsible for the packaging and distribution process of the products.

Ready to find a contract manufacturer for your soft drink project? Use PartnerSlate.

PartnerSlate streamlines the manufacturing process by matching you with high-quality production partners from our extensive network of food and beverage manufacturers and packagers. Just list your project on the PartnerSlate marketplace and our matching system will connect you with multiple interested co-manufacturers that have the right capabilities to produce your soft drink.

After you’re connected, our platform streamlines document sharing, communication, and onboarding so you can start getting your product right to the shelves.

Find Your Soft Drink Manufacturer

Soft Drinks Manufacturing Process

Soft drinks are normally produced using a multi-step process and a set of high-purity, food-grade ingredients. Some of the common ingredients used in the production include water, carbon dioxide, sugar, flavors, and acids.

Soft Drink Manufacturing Flow Chart

1. Clarifying and Processing the Water

When it comes to the production of soft drinks, the water that’s used for production should have no impurities. That’s why suspended particles and bacteria are normally removed using a series of water treatments.

The first process is commonly referred to as clarification. Clarification aims to separate any suspended particles or matter from the water. During the process, flocs are mixed into the water to absorb suspended particles.

After the clarification process separates the flocs or suspended particles from the clear water, the water will go through filtration and disinfection.

The water will go through various filters that are made up of different materials and pore sizes. Once the flocs are completely removed, a small amount of chlorine is added to kill any remaining bacteria or parasites. After a few hours, the water is then dechlorinated using an activated carbon filter.

2. Syrup Formulation and Pasteurization

Once all the ingredients are ready for production, the manufacturers will focus on mixing all the ingredients together. The flavor concentrates and sugar are mixed into a tank, and the syrup will go through a heat treatment process called pasteurization.

Pasteurization will help kill any harmful microbes and extend the shelf life of the syrup. Shortly after, mixing equipment is used to carefully combine the syrup and water.

3. Carbonation & Filling tonight

After all the ingredients are properly processed and combined, the manufacturers will add the carbonated water to the mixture and start the filling or bottling process. Carbonated water is the main ingredient of soft drinks, and as you might already know, it adds that special fizz that we all see through plastic or glass soda bottles.

4. Packaging and Distribution

After the bottled or canned sodas are put into containers, the manufacturers will then pack them into cartons or other types of packaging. The manufacturers will then ship them to warehouses or directly to a variety of distributors, most of which are merchants.

Once you fully understand the manufacturing process of soft drinks, you will be able to produce and perfect your own soft drinks. But how can you produce, package, and distribute your own soft drinks if you don’t have your own working facility or set of equipment?

Getting your own manufacturing plant or equipment for production isn’t necessarily a good idea, especially if you don’t have a considerable amount of capital or resources to work with. It can become much riskier and more expensive once you start to invest in different assets for the production run of your products.

That’s why you’ll want to partner with a beverage contract manufacturer or co-packer instead. With the help of a beverage contract manufacturer, you will have less time to worry about your production costs and will be able to scale your soft drink business much more efficiently.

Ready to find the right co-packer? Let’s dive into the list!

Top Soft Drink Manufacturers for Your Beverage Product

Here are some of the top soft drink manufacturing companies that you might want to consider. Just know that there are lots of great drink manufacturing companies out there, so it’s all about finding the right fit for your product and business.

Find the right fit with PartnerSlate

Or, keep reading:

1. Pack Labs

Pack Labs excels at small-batch beverage co-packing and drink manufacturing and has been guiding fledgling brands to commercial success. Their primary focus is on wellness and wellness-based products, which use functional and responsible ingredients.

Through this contract manufacturer, small and large businesses will be able to develop wellness-based goods that revolutionize and redefine categories at their custom facility. Apart from small-batch co-packing and manufacturing, Pack Labs also shines at product development and brand strategizing, making them a go-to for newer companies looking to put their best foot forward in the beverage business.

Services:

Canning, bottling, and boxing
Warehousing
Product development
Supply chains

Product Types:

Beer, wine, and cider
Ready-to-drink beverages
Flavored malt beverages

Specialty product capabilities: Not specified

Location: Downingtown, PA

2. California Custom Beverage LLC

With over 30 years’ worth of experience in the carbonated beverage industry, California Custom Beverage strives to bring quality, natural products to the private-label market.

In addition to their production lines for non-alcoholic beverages, they also manufacture other beverage products such as beer and cider. With access to exclusive Chinese glass suppliers, California Custom Beverage is able to provide private label brands with unique and economical bottles.

Services:

Private label manufacturing
Contract packaging
Contract manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing

Product Types:

Carbonated beverages and other non-alcoholic drinks
Beer and cider
Still water

Speciality Product Capabilities: Not specified.

Location: Los Angeles, CA

3. Green Mountain Beverage

Green Mountain Beverage offers a wide range of quality services. From product and research development to packaging services and distribution, the company is fully equipped to meet all the needs of new and growing beverage brands.

As one of the most reliable end-to-end supply chain services, Green Mountain Beverage strives to provide customers with the highest level of production knowledge and expertise.

Services:

High-speed canning and bottling
Kegging and cellaring
Cold block and tunnel processing
Supply chains (procurement, warehousing, shipping)
Product development (vendor sourcing, pilot scale production, etc.)
QA/QC and laboratory services

Product Types:

Beer, wine, and cider
Carbonated beverages
Ready to drink beverages
Flavored malt beverages

Specialty product capabilities:

Organic
Gluten-free

Location: Middlebury, VT

4. Great Soft Drink Manufacturing Company

This soft drink manufacturer provides a wide range of services, including co-packing, private labeling, and in-house laboratory testing. The company also offers warehousing and other fulfillment services with the help of its 425,000-square-foot facility.

It delivers ultra-premium products through sustainable packaging and responsible co-packing processes.

Services:

Beverage formulation and canning
Pasteurization and batching
Can sleeving and laser encoding
Carbonation and nitrogen dosing
Shrink sleeving
Co-packing and private labeling services
Contract manufacturing
Hot and cold fill
Liquid blending
Ingredient sourcing
TTB services
Supply chain management
Packaging solutions (4-24 packs)

Product Types:

Variety of alcoholic and non-alcoholic canned beverages
Spirits
Vintners
Sugar brew
Malt beverages
Teas

Specialty product capabilities:

Dairy-free
Allergen-free
Organic certified
Kosher
Gluten-free

Location: Indiana

5. Great Soft Drink Manufacturing Company

This company was founded in 1942 as a bottling company, but they offer services in manufacturing and other beverage-related needs. With their expertise in tea, energy drinks, and ready-to-drink beverages, as well as their additional services for ingredient sourcing, can sizing, tunnel pasteurization, and more. It’s also worked with brands such as 7UP and RC Cola.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturing
Contract packaging
Bottling
Ingredient sourcing
Tunnel pasteurization
Cold fill
Can sizing
Liquid nitrogen dosing
Register film shrink wrap

Product Types:

Energy drinks and other carbonated beverages
Non-carbonated beverages
Organic certified beverages
Functional beverages
ready-to-drink beverages

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: Oregon

6. Great Soft Drink Manufacturing Company

This co-manufacturer makes carbonated and ready-to-drink beverages for mid to large businesses. They provide brands with different aluminum can options, including specialty coatings and sleek sizes.

In addition to their co-packing offerings, they help connect brands to other partner services such as marketing, consultation, and legal services. This company only uses pure, natural ingredients.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Contract packaging
Private label manufacturing
Storage and logistics support
Tunnel pasteurization
Forced carbonation
Ingredient sourcing
Particulate and plate filtration

Product Types:

Sodas & tonics
Energy drinks
Flavored seltzer
Teas and coffee
Distilled spirits cocktails
Wine, beer, and cider
Still water

Speciality Product Capabilities: Not specified.

Location: Minnesota

7. Great Soft Drink Manufacturing Company

This soft drink manufacturer is a family-owned and managed beverage company specializing in authentic craft sodas. They use the finest natural ingredients for production and custom craft every flavor they create in small batches. Besides carbonated beverages, they are also capable of producing kosher and gluten-free products as well.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturing
Contract packaging
Ingredient sourcing
Wholesale

Product Types: Carbonated beverages (craft sodas)

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free

Location: Colorado

8. Great Soft Drink Manufacturing Company

This manufacturing company primarily co-packs organic ready-to-drink beverages in glass bottles and aluminum cans. They aim to make and deliver authentic probiotic beverages like kombucha, kefir, and niche beverages. The company is capable of partnering with regional and national beverage brands.

Services:

Fulfillment services
Contract packaging
Contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing
Research and development services
Warehousing and logistics

Product Types:

Probiotic beverages (kombucha, kefir, jun, etc.)
Beer and cider
Sparkling and still water
Carbonated and non-carbonated beverages
Functional beverages
Prebiotic beverages

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Organic
Kosher

Location: Colorado

How to Start a Soft Drink Company

Starting a soft drink company from scratch can be a challenge. Apart from the development and production of your products, you will also need to plan and carefully consider your potential sales channels as well as initial funding options.

Let’s review!

1. Identifying your Target Market

Before you start your own soft drink company, it’s important that you first identify and analyze your target market. How will you sell your products? Will you sell directly to retailers or are you planning to have your own direct-to-consumer business?

Make sure to analyze each sales channel so you will know how to manage and market your business properly. Planning your potential sales channels will also enable your company to become more profitable in the long run.

2. Conceptualization & Formulation of Your Product

Start by testing your product on a small scale. Work your way up from the basics and then move on. Remember to keep your budget in mind while you create and formulate your product. Aim to make something that will make your customers come back for more–and only put the best version of your product in front of your target audience.

Of course, your formula is just as important as your recipe. This stage is about finding and combining ingredients in the right proportions to create the perfect food product recipe for taste and texture. A good formula can decrease production time, help ensure the product’s quality, and is just necessary for any large-scale beverage manufacturing.

3. Find Financing If Needed

In order to build your own soft drink business, you need to know where your capital will come from. Will it come from your savings? Do you need investors? Or are you going to try to apply for a bank loan?

Needless to say, you’ll most likely need to know how to raise additional outside capital for your company because CPG businesses are, without a doubt, capital-intensive. Although it’s not necessary to take on investors to make your brand successful, having multiple sources of funding will allow you to scale–and see profit–much faster.

4. Partner with a Soft Drink Manufacturing Company

We may sound like a broken record regarding this step, but having a great manufacturing partner is the key to a successful soft drink brand. Manufacturers can help with the entire production of your beverage product by offering services like:

Research and development
Recipe development, formulation, and reverse engineering
Ingredient sourcing
Product packaging & labeling
Storage and warehousing
Commercial test runs
Tasting & recipe experimentation
And any more!

Fortunately, finding the right manufacturing partner is a breeze with PartnerSlate’s matching marketplace…rather than spending months (or years) doing extensive research and making cold outreach.

PartnerSlate offers a huge network of manufacturers already pre-screened and organized by capacity and capability. All you have to do is upload your project details and you’ll be matched with qualified manufacturers that offer the services, volume, and pricing you need.

5. Consumer Testing & Marketing

Consumer testing is critical when launching a new product. Testing looks at the physical elements like consistency and appearance, sensory features like taste and smell, and design features of the packaging. Brands need feedback to determine if their product is acceptable and if further modifications need to be made.

You want to create a recognizable soft drink brand in stores, on shelves, online, and wherever else you sell your product. So before launching, develop a sales and marketing plan when marketing your beverage product.

Take advantage of social media and start promoting your beverage on social media channels. You can contact and collaborate with influencers to promote your beverage to reach your intended audience.

6. Registering & Legal Protection

Your soft drink company must have the proper license and permit to operate legally. Don’t forget about business insurance either; the last thing you want is a lawsuit.

Make sure to apply for trademarks or other intellectual property rights to protect the name, logo, marketing ideas, and other intangible assets of your company. Once you’ve registered your assets, you will be able to prevent other companies from further imitating the ideas you have in your business.

7. Launch!

When your soft drink is ready to hit the shelves, make sure you’ve got all your ducks in order:

Your contract manufacturing partner has made a tasty and nutritious product marketable to consumers.
Your creative team has made a product design that is recognizable and easy to remember.
The marketing department has spent time building a campaign to help with the launch and attract consumers.
Sales have lined up buyers so the product can scale when launched.

FAQs on Soft Drink Manufacturing

Who is the biggest producer of soft drinks?

In the United States, PepsiCo. Is the largest soft drink company and producer followed by other beverage giants such as Coca-Cola Co. and Heineken.

How many companies are in the soft drink industry?

As of 2023, there are 386 soda companies in the United States. The major leading companies in the U.S. are Coca-Cola Co., Pepsi.Co, and Keurig Dr.Pepper Inc.

What are the top soft drink companies in the world?

The top soft drink companies in the world are PepsiCo., Unilever, and Coca-Cola Co.

Partner with the Best Soft Drink Manufacturer

Finding the best manufacturing company for your beverage brand can certainly be a tough task. All the soft drink contract manufacturers and co-packers we’ve mentioned so far are great–but there are plenty of other beverage manufacturing companies out there to consider.

To make the search process easier, let PartnerSlate do the work for you.

With PartnerSlate, you will be able to take your products to store shelves faster!

Get started today.

The post 8+ Great Soft Drink Manufacturing Companies in the U.S. [2023] appeared first on PartnerSlate.

11+ Great Private Label Food Manufacturers & Companies in the U.S. [2023]

Matt Suggs — Sat, 15 Jul 2023 21:46:39 +0000

The number of private label products on the shelves has increased significantly in recent years. In 2022, most product categories saw a shift between branded and private label CPG products, with 71.5% of categories impacted by “private label switching” gaining in private label market share.

Why the shift? More shoppers are reaching for private label goods over national brands because of their convenience and lower prices–still at great quality. Meanwhile, retailers see them as a profitable way to attract and build loyalty among price-conscious customers looking for affordable options in times of economic uncertainty. As this change in buying behavior persists, retailers and entrepreneurs in the food and beverage industry are continuing to invest in and grow their private label product offerings.

For those food businesses and startups looking to offer high-quality goods that can compete with big name brands, finding the right private label food manufacturer partner is a huge step. So, we’ve curated this list of some great private label food companies in the United States to get you started.

But let’s start with a quick overview of private label food manufacturing.

What is a Private Label Food Manufacturer?

Private label food manufacturers produce various food and beverage products with their own recipes and then sell those products to other brands, typically retailers. The products are packaged and sold under the brand’s label.

Private label manufacturers are similar to contract manufacturers in that they produce food and beverage products. However, the key difference lies in the ownership of the recipe. Unlike contract manufacturers who produce products based on a client’s recipe, private label manufacturers use their own recipes.

This allows brands to have products made without having to develop their own recipes or formulations. This can be a significant advantage, especially for new or smaller brands that may not have the resources to develop their own products from scratch.

Private Label Food Brand Examples

Private label products are ubiquitous–you’ll see them hiding in plain sight on the shelves of most big-box retailers.

For example, Trader Joe’s outsources most of its food products from different manufacturers like PepsiCo and Snyder’s-Lance, and sells it under their brand.

Here are some other private label food brand examples:

Archer Farms (Target)
365 (Whole Foods)
Great Value (Walmart)
Kirkland Signature (Costco)

Private Label vs. Contract Manufacturing vs. Co-Packing

Private labeling manufacturers usually offer several other food manufacturing services, often including co-packing or co-manufacturing.

Contract manufacturing: Co-manufacturers are hired to manufacture food or beverage products for a brand that provides its own recipes or formulas. Co-manufacturing allows you to have more ownership over your final products.
Co-packing: Co-packing specifically refers to processes such as bottling, canning, boxing, and other kinds of packaging services. Although co-packers mainly provide packaging services, they can also offer other related services such as package testing and safety, package designing, and shipping services.

Co-manufacturers usually offer co-packing services and you’ll often see the two terms used interchangeably.

How to Find the Best Private Label Food Manufacturer

Finding an appropriate private label food manufacturer for your business is a pivotal task that requires extensive research, time management, and strategic decision-making.

It’s not a straightforward task, but here’s a quick overview of the process:

1. Research

This process involves a deep dive into the capabilities, services, and manufacturing processes of each potential manufacturer. You’ll want to understand the ingredients they use, their certifications, and much more.

To start, you can visit the websites of various manufacturing firms. However, not all websites will provide the comprehensive information you need. Some might lack details about their manufacturing processes, ingredients, or certifications. Others might not update their information regularly, which can make the research process quite time-consuming and potentially frustrating.

Moreover, you’ll need to consider the scale and capacity of the manufacturer. Can they handle the volume of production you require? Do they have the necessary equipment and facilities? These are crucial factors that can impact the quality and consistency of your product.

Another potential pitfall in the research phase is the risk of misinformation or misinterpretation. For example, a manufacturer might claim to use “natural ingredients,” but their definition of “natural” might differ from yours. Similarly, they might claim to have certain certifications, but upon closer inspection, these might not be relevant or recognized by authoritative bodies.

2. Outreach

Once you’ve identified some promising manufacturers through your research, the next step is to reach out to them for more details either through online forms, emails, or cold calling. This process can also have its challenges. Many manufacturers receive numerous inquiries from various retail brands and they might not respond to all of them promptly. You might need to follow up multiple times or try different contact methods to get a response. Make sure to send specific questions when you reach out so that you get the information you need to narrow down your options, such as their pricing structure, lead times, or minimum order quantities.

3. Site Visits & Culture Checks

After you’ve connected with a co-packer and found alignment on your project, it’s time for an in-person visit to their facilities to see where your product will be made and stored. This is also a great opportunity for you to learn more about your manufacturer and meet their team and see if they’re a good cultural fit for your company.

An Alternative: Let PartnerSlate Help!

Researching and reaching out to private-label manufacturers can be difficult to do, especially if you’re unfamiliar with the engagement process. It can take months or even years for you to find the right manufacturing firm to work with. Katlin Smith, Founder & CEO of Simple Mills said it best: “Contract manufacturers are classically difficult to find…The one you end up working with is typically on the 12th page of Google and you have to call every one of them.”

But with PartnerSlate, this entire process can be shortened by days–and we do the work for you. Our proprietary matching process pairs you with high-quality production partners from our extensive network of food and beverage manufacturers and packagers.

To get started, create a profile on our platform and provide information about your project needs. We’ll match you with prospective partners. Once you match, you can use our platform to contact and communicate with your new partners directly.

With the use of our extensive network of food manufacturers and user-friendly online platform, you can spend more time handling the other important aspects of your brand.

Great Private Label Food Manufacturers in the U.S.

Whether you’re starting a new private label brand or looking for the next big product for your business, researching private label manufacturing firms is an important task. So we curated a list of some great private label food companies you may want to work with!

1. Betty Lou’s Inc

Betty Lou’s Inc. has been making healthy and delicious gluten-free snacks in the U.S. snack food industry for more than 42 years. The company produces various product lines, including different kinds of bars, protein shakes, and even CBD-infused products. Betty Lou’s also offers R&D services to help brands create or improve their own food products.

Services:

Private label manufacturing
Contract manufacturing
R&D services
Contract Packaging (plastic, flow wrap, cartons)
Retail
Wholesale fulfillment

Product Types:

Nutritional bars
Bites and energy balls Fruit bars
Candy bars
Just Great Stuff bars
Powdered peanut butter
Baked goods (cookies, crackers, and other bites)
Protein shakes
Citrus-based CBD edibles

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Organic
Gluten-free

Location: McMinnville, Oregon

2. Blue Chip Group

If you’re looking for a large manufacturer in the dry food industry, The Blue Chip Group might just be the right partner for your business. The company provides numerous dry food manufacturing services, including product formulation, private labeling, and contract packaging.

The Blue Chip Group owns two brands and has more than 300 different products to offer. Augason Farms, one of the company’s brands, offers a wide variety of shelf-stable products, including baking mixes, eggs, dairy products, fruits, vegetables, and many more.

Services:

Private label manufacturing
Contract manufacturing
Contract packaging (cans, bottles, daypack pouches, and more)
R&D services
Custom product formulation
Lab testing
Sourcing
Blending/Mixing
Logistics

Product Types:

Baking mixes
Beans and grains
Breakfast mixes and pails
Cereals and granolas
Carbonated and non-carbonated beverages
Eggs and dairy products
Dry, dehydrated fruits & vegetables
Hard candies
Gummies
Baking supplies
Soups and entree mixes
Freeze-dried meat products

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: Salt Lake City, Utah

3. Canopy Foods

Canopy Foods provides different private label manufacturing services such as ingredient sourcing, brand strategy, and distribution. Although Canopy is mainly focused on manufacturing sauces and spreads, they’re also fully committed to helping other brands develop new sauce recipes and concepts.

With Canopy as your strategic partner, you will be able to enhance how your customers experience your products.

Services:

Private label manufacturing
Contract manufacturing
Contract packaging (glass bottles and jars)
Ingredient sourcing
Packaging sourcing
Research and product development services
Brand strategy
Distribution and launch

Product Types:

Dressings
Salsa
Marinades
Curries
Sauces
Desserts

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Vegan
Gluten-free

Location: Downingtown, Pennsylvania

4. A Great Private Label Food Company

This private label food manufacturer produces a variety of energy bars, granola, trail mixes, and private label protein products for entrepreneurs and established private label brands. As a firm advocate of ethical sourcing, this co-manufacturer procures clean, high-quality ingredients from family-owned businesses as well as local farmers.

Services:

Private label manufacturing
Contract manufacturing
Retail products
Co-packing
Wholesale applications
Recipe scaling
Consulting and certifications
Onsite product testing
Ingredient sourcing

Product Types:

Superseed bites
Protein and energy bars
Granola bars
Trail mixes
Human-grade vegetarian pet treats
Cookies

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic
Low-sugar
Vegan
Paleo
Kosher
Keto

Location: Washington State

5. Another Great Private Food Label Company

Founded in 1979, this private label business is a reliable contract and private label manufacturer of cookies and other kinds of snacks. With its five commercial tunnel ovens, this company continues to provide quality products for its customers and partners.

Using its own R&D lab, the cookie-focused company also helps improve the food recipes of various private label brands.

Services:

Private label manufacturing
contract manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing
R&D services
Contract packaging

Product Types:

Cookies
Snacks
Crackers
Different types of bars
Cream sandwiches

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic
Low-sugar
Kosher

Location: California

6. A Great Brand for Baked Goods

If you’re trying to create another delicious product for your bakery brand, this great private label manufacturer has got you covered. The company specializes in dry blending, frozen doughs, and ready-to-eat products.

They have had a proven track record of private labeling for clients for over 15 years. Equipped with an experienced development team and an excellent line of products, this organization will provide the recipes and manufacturing services you need for your new private label baked goods.

Services:

Product rebranding
New products R&D
Recipe development
Contract manufacturing
Contract packaging
Private label manufacturing

Product Types:

Dry blend mix and foods
Dry beverage mixes
Cookies and frozen baked goods
Flour mixes
Pet goods
Crackers

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic

Location: Nebraska

7. Great Private Label Business

This family-owned business focuses on dairy products and beverages. As one of the most well-known managed creameries in the nation, they have always strived to exceed the expectations of its customers and partners.

With the use of consistent, high-quality ingredients and innovative technology, this dairy has managed to provide the best dairy and non-dairy products to more than 54 countries.

Services:

Private label manufacturing
Food co-packing
Creamery
Fulfillment services
Storage services
Ingredient sourcing

Product Types:

Ice cream and soft serve mixes
Sour cream
Milk
Yogurts
Non-carbonated beverages
Frozen and dry-mix beverages

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-Free
Organic
Halal

Location: California

8. Another Great Private Label Company

Established in 2020, the bakery offers a wide range of high-quality baked goods, including cakes, crisps, cookies, and a lot more. Apart from its baked goods, the company is also capable of producing other food products such as powders and mixes.

As a private label manufacturer, they focus on providing quality control as well as product development for different private label brands.

Services:

Private label manufacturing
Contract manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing
Contract packaging
Research and development services

Product Types:

Baked goods
Powders and mixes
Baked bars
Non-baked items

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Keto
Gluten-free

Location: Nevada

9. Top Private Label Food Manufacturer

This food manufacturer is one of the leading US manufacturers of nutrition bars, chocolate, and granola. The company excels at providing standardized, quality services for middle-market brands. As a strategic partner, they offer a state-of-the-art R&D center as well as a set of efficient, automated production lines.

Services:

Private label manufacturer
Contract manufacturing
Contract packaging
Research & development
Baking
Bagging
Delivery

Product Types:

Nutrition and protein bars
Chocolate products
Baked granola products
Cereal-based snack bars

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic
Halal

Location: Pennsylvania

10. Great Private Label Company

This copacker offers an excellent range of manufacturing services. With the help of their state-of-the-art facilities and equipment and a team of in-house formulators, the copacker can provide your brand with many private label products, including sauces and spreads, CBD-infused products, honey products, and many more.

If you’re looking for a versatile manufacturer to efficiently scale your brand’s products, this company is definitely worth considering.

Services:

Product R&D and quality control
Ingredient sourcing & procurement
Regulatory and compliance assistance
Product certifications
FDA registrations

Product Types:

Energy drinks, juices, and teas
Sauces and spreads
Syrups and honey products
CBD-infused products
Cocktail mixes

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Organic
Halal
Gluten-free

Location: Oregon

11. A Leading Private Label Food Company

As a leading manufacturer and distributor of Asian-inspired foods, this food company has always strived to supply high-quality appetizers and entrees to many major retailers across the nation.

The company provides a wide variety of Asian gourmet specialty items. With their flexible production capabilities and drive to create Asian-inspired innovations, they can deliver the food products that you want to have for your brand.

Services:

Private label manufacturer
Contract packaging
Contract manufacturing
Material sourcing
Retail and bulk packaging
Formula development
Commercial trials

Product Types:

Spring rolls and egg rolls
Potstickers/dumplings
Pork buns
Assorted tofu items
Noodles

Speciality Product Capabilities: Not specified.

Location: New York

More About Private Label Food Manufacturers

How do I start a private label food brand?

When it comes to private labeling, you need to have a food or beverage product–or multiple products–in mind to get started. Conducting some market research first is important. Analyze competitors and target demographics to identify a niche market for your private label food brand.
Create a comprehensive business plan that outlines your goals, target market, product offerings, pricing, marketing strategy, and financial projections. This plan will serve as a roadmap for your brand.
Naturally, your label and brand are paramount to the success of private label efforts. Develop a unique and compelling brand identity for your private label food brand. This includes designing a logo, selecting appropriate packaging materials, and creating attractive labels that reflect your brand’s values and appeal to your target market.
Research and identify reliable suppliers and manufacturers who can produce your food products according to your desired specifications. Consider factors like quality, safety standards, certifications, and production capacity. Hint: PartnerSlate can help here.
Develop a comprehensive marketing strategy to create awareness and generate demand for your private label food brand. Utilize various marketing channels such as social media, online advertising, content marketing, and influencer partnerships.
Compliance with various regulatory requirements is crucial, and if your operations are in the U.S., you must register with the FDA.
Launch your private label food brand in the market! Test pricing, monitor sales, track customer feedback, and keep an eye on market trends so you can evaluate your brand’s performance.
As your private label food brand grows, consider expanding your product range and entering new markets with the help of your private label manufacturer.

Is it legal to private label products?

Yes, it’s legal to private label products. Private labeling has become a popular way for businesses to create demand and compete in the market. There is no law stating that private labeling is illegal, as long as the product is not intentionally using copyrighted materials to mislead the consumer.

What are the largest private label food manufacturers?

In 2021 the retail market share of private label brands was 17.7%. Below are some of the largest private label manufacturers in the world.

TreeHouse Foods: This U.S.-based company specializes in private label products, including snacks, baking mixes, and canned goods.
H.J. Heinz Company: The household name brand produces private label products like ketchup, sauces, and canned goods.
Sysco Corporation: Another household name in the US, they make private label products like frozen foods, snacks, and sauces.
The J.M. Smucker Company: Kids love this U.S.-based manufacturer that produces private label products like jams, jellies, and peanut butter.
Nestle SA: Based in Switzerland, they are a global food manufacturer producing a wide range of private label products like chocolate, frozen meals, and baby food.

Who is the Best Private Label Food Company in the United States?

When it comes to private label manufacturing, there’s really no such thing as the “best” company. Depending on the products you’re looking to add to your brand, the best private label company will vary.

The easiest way to find the right private label partner is through PartnerSlate. Just list your project on our marketplace and hear from multiple interested private label food companies that have the right capabilities for your brand.

The post 11+ Great Private Label Food Manufacturers & Companies in the U.S. [2023] appeared first on PartnerSlate.

32+ Food Manufacturing Companies in the United States to Know [2023]

Matt Suggs — Thu, 13 Jul 2023 08:41:47 +0000

If you’re starting to get your brand on the shelves, or have had your brand for years but are looking for a different manufacturing partner, the first thing you’ll want to do is research some of the best food manufacturing companies out there.

And while that first step seems manageable–you just get on Google and start searching for your co-packer–the whole process can quickly become time-consuming. From reviewing their faculties (are they an allergen-free facility?) to determining if they have the processing your product requires (do they offer high pressure processing?), to whether or not they have the capacity or interest in taking on a new project…it can be a lot.

PartnerSlate is passionate about streamlining the co-packer search, so we’ve decided to help you with this research! Read on for a curated list of some top food manufacturing companies to work within the U.S.

Why is it so challenging to find a food manufacturing company for scaling your product?

The typical brand takes about six months to a year to find a manufacturer that has both the capabilities and capacity to take their project on–after reaching out to about 50-100 manufacturers. And even after all that time and effort, it might not even be an ideal fit. Katlin Smith, Founder & CEO of Simple Mills explains it perfectly: “Contract manufacturers are classically difficult to find…The one you end up working with is typically on the 12th page of Google and you have to call every one of them.”

When searching for the right food manufacturer, there are numerous factors to consider, such as:

Services: First and foremost, the food manufacturing company must be able to make your product.
Capacity: It’s also important to make sure they are open to taking on new products and if they would be interested in working with you and your product. Even if you have a good product, some co-packers may be unable to do more work.
Location: Although it may seem simple, having a co-packer in a convenient location is key when beginning your business. Visiting the site, testing the product, and warehousing and shipping can be costly if the copacker is too far away.
MOQ: Make sure you can sell the minimum order quantity (MOQ) of your co-packer.

In addition to all of these considerations, trusting food co-manufacturers with the formulation and manufacturing process of your product can be tough.

PartnerSlate makes manufacturing easier by connecting you with high-quality production partners from our wide range of food and beverage packers and manufacturers. Create a profile and project description and allow one of the nearly 6,000 manufacturers in our network to contact you.

We’ll connect you with multiple manufacturers on our platform and streamline the document sharing, communication, and onboarding processes so your product can hit the shelves in no time.

What does a food manufacturing company do?

Many food manufacturing companies in the United States are direct links between farmers and consumers. They process raw materials that are edible into consumable products for people.

There are three basic categories of food manufacturers: own-label manufacturers, contract manufacturers and contract packers, and private label manufacturers. It’s not uncommon for manufacturers to fall into more than one of these categories, with some facilities doing all three.

Own-label manufacturers: Manufacturing facilities that are owned by a food CPG brand. Many of the biggest brands that you see on store shelves are manufactured internally within the company using own-label manufacturers.
Contract manufacturers (Also referred to as co-manufacturers, co-mans, or co-packers): A contract manufacturer is a food production facility that produces food or beverage products for other companies based on the specifications provided by the brand. They may also provide co-packing services when a co-manufacturer is hired to produce the products of a brand or small business. Common co-man services include product development, ingredient sourcing, labeling, warehousing, distribution, and more.
Private label manufacturers: A private label product is one that a retailer has made by a third party but sells under their own brand name. The retailer controls the product or products, from the specifications, to how it is packaged. The private-label products are then delivered to the retailer so they can be sold. Examples of private-label food products are Walmart’s “Great Value,” Whole Foods’ “365,” and Target’s “Good and Gather.”

Manufacturers can produce food on a much larger scale than smaller businesses can, allowing for more products and more profit. Co-packers and contract food manufacturers make it easier for brands to launch their products in the market by offering product development, ingredient sourcing, cost containment, packaging, storage, labeling, regulatory compliance, in-house R&D, and scaling abilities.

And the contract manufacturing industry is big: it accounts for upwards of 20% of total food production in the United States–and is growing faster than food manufacturing itself. Food entrepreneurs are increasingly realizing that it’s much easier to find a certified co-packer to produce their product than to invest in their own equipment, warehousing, staff, and more.

How to Find The Best Food Manufacturer For Your Product

You can spend months (or years) trying to find the perfect manufacturer for your food product. With so many options out there, you’ll need to buckle down and develop a strategy that will get you results.

1. Research

This can be one of the most time-consuming steps when finding the perfect manufacturer. You’ll need to take the time to research co-packers’ capabilities and partner requirements, take notes, and compare options.

However, some co-packer websites may be brief. This means you may have to call the manufacturing company directly to ask about anything else you need to know, from minimum order quantities to specific services you may be looking for.

2. Outreach

Once you narrow down some options, it’s time to get emailing or cold calling. Whatever your method, keep it short, sweet, and informative. Tell them what your product is, the product volume you’re looking to reach, and the services you’re interested in.

3. Waiting

Waiting might seem like a strange “step,” but it happens. Food manufacturers are often receiving a lot of inquiries and it can take them time to get back to you–if they do at all. So be patient, and always continue to reach out and connect with other manufacturers while waiting to hear from your top options.

4. Site Visits

After you’ve connected with a co-packer and have found alignment between your needs and their capabilities, it’s time for an in-person visit to their facilities. Your product will be made and stored in this facility, and you need to see the environmental conditions and equipment. On top of that, this is a great chance for you to learn more about your manufacturer and meet their team and see if they’re a good cultural fit for you.

5. Culture Check

Having a co-packer to help deliver your brand to customers is critical. Confirming they have the same values as you and the necessary business expertise is important. Developing a good relationship between them and your team is crucial, so you’ll need to make sure that their culture aligns with yours before beginning a partnership.

Make sure you take the time to seek out past or current customers of your future co-packer to determine if they are a good fit. The more you know about your co-packer, the better.

6. Signing & Onboarding

Once you’ve selected your food manufacturer, it’s important to get a contract in place. This document will help ensure clear communication and avoid misunderstandings by specifying the roles and duties of each party, setting out definitions, safeguarding confidential data, and preserving each company’s identity.

7. Get Support from PartnerSlate

Instead of doing all of this on your own, let PartnerSlate help. As the leading discovery and connection platform in the CPG industry, we match what you need for your company with the perfect manufacturer to do it for you, removing all the research, cold calling, and waiting from the process.

We keep it simple:

Create a profile for your brand or company.
Add details that describe your project and your product needs.
PartnerSlate finds you several match options from our network of almost 6,000 food manufacturers that have the capabilities and interest in your project.
Once a match is finalized, you can share all onboarding and communication right on the platform.

Want to see how it works?

Great Food Manufacturing Companies in the United States

While this is a “top” list, there are many incredible food manufacturing companies in the United States. The best food manufacturer for you and your product might be very different from another company’s product.

No matter what, finding your products’ perfect co-manufacturing fit is almost always a challenge. You’ll need to know what product they’ve made, what processing capabilities they have, what certifications they’ve received, if they’re allergy-free, gluten-free, if they can process alcohol or CBD…the list continues.

Want to make it simpler? Use PartnerSlate to find your perfect match.

Or, read on to learn about some great food manufacturing companies in the United States.

1. Bakewise

As a leading food manufacturing company, Bakewise prioritizes food safety, quality, and innovation. They are always keeping tabs on the latest trends, while also ensuring that their clients benefit from these trends in the best way possible.

Bakewise combined the resources of Fleischer’s Bagels and Tom Cat Bakery and 65 years of baking experience to offer an expanded portfolio of over 400 fresh, frozen, and refrigerated bagel and artisan bread products.

Services:

Contract manufacturer
Private label manufacturer
Contract packager
Turnkey services
Training and marketing support
Vendor-managed inventory, market analysis, and detailed sales reporting
Retailers and food service

Product Types:

Frozen and refrigerated bagels
Ciabatta, focaccia, miche boule, semolina bread, heroes
Lobster rolls, brioche burger buns, potato buns, pretzel buns and rolls, rye bread, seven-grain burger bun
Dinner rolls in various flavors, baguettes, batonettes, and brioches
Pan rolls, pretzel rolls, and pull-apart rolls
Sliced sandwich bread in various flavors
Bâtards, ficelles, and boules
Flour mixes and doughs

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Organic

Location: Macedon and Long Island City New York

2. BarBakers

Producing from a massive facility in Los Alamitos, CA, Bar Bakers LLC is a contract manufacturing company of natural and organic baked goods and foods. With a wide range of snacks and baked goods under their belt, the R&D team at Barbakers is always ready to help you manufacture something new.

Services:

Contract packager
Private label manufacturer
Full product development
Contract manufacturing
Vertical form, fill & seal machine
Bag packaging in various styles
Horizontal wrappers in individual and multi-pack and over-wrapped trays
Heat seal and cold seal
Extrusion

Product Types:

Rotary molded cookies in various characters, themes, shapes, and sizes
Wire-cut cookies in various shapes, sizes, flavors, and decorations
Wafer cookies with various toppings, fillings, and flavors
Nutritional bars as wafers, cold processed, baked, co-extruded,
Sandwiches cremes and ingredients
Co-extruded snacks
Crackers

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic

Location: Los Alamitos, CA

3. Baxters

Providing customers with the best quality imaginable, Baxters–which acquired Truitt Bros–is a contract manufacturer that primarily covers food products that are shelf-stable. These products become your customer’s everyday grocery, reaching customers as far as Canada and the Middle East.

Services:

Food contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturer
Contract packaging
Recipe and product innovation, research and development
Organic ingredient supply
Small and large pouch packaging
Rigid and semi-rigid bowl and tray packaging

Product Types:

Baked goods (cookies and crackers)
Fruits and vegetables (dried, dehydrated, and specialty)
Meat processing (meat and poultry products)
Entrees and side dishes
Cooking sauces (broths, consommés, and soup bases)
Soups and stews
Entrees and side dishes
Deli toppers (red onion and spicy slaw)
Jellies, marmalade, and preserves
Apple and mint sauces
Pickled products (pickled onion, gin pickled gherkins, and cauliflower)
Beetroot products (baby, sliced, salad, and crinkled beets)
Chutney and relishes

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic
Kosher

Location: Salem, Oregon

4. BCG Copacking

A family-owned business that has grown to become one of the nation’s leading dry foods manufacturers, BCG Manufacturing–now called BCG Copacking– offers fully integrated turnkey programs that require no additional investment in equipment, staff, or training for their clients. They efficiently and economically formulate, blend, package, and ship your proprietary products to desired specifications as part of a temporary or permanent solution to your packing or equipment capacity needs.

And if what you need is end-to-end production and packaging of quality finished dry goods, our extensive capabilities consistently deliver best-in-class solutions at competitive pricing with greater flexibility and faster turnaround times.

Services:

Contract packager
Private label manufacturer
Contract manufacturing
Turn Key
Dry storage
Shipping
Vertical and horizontal form, fill, and sealing
Flat and stand-up packaging options

Product Types:

Dry beverage mixes
Dairy products
Bakery goods (dry pasta, doughs, and flour mixes)
Fruits and vegetables (dried and dehydrated)
Snacking foods (nuts and mixes)
Grain and oilseed products (cereals, flours, and vegetable fats)
Dry seasonings (extracts, herbs, and spices)
Freshly prepared meals and entrees

Speciality Product Capabilities: Gluten-free

Location: Salt Lake City, Utah

5. Bon Foods

Bon Foods was founded in 1947 as a manufacturer and co-packer of gravy, soups, and sauce bases. They’ve since then expanded to distilled water, contract manufacturing, and logistics. This manufacturer now has two facilities and distribution centers and over 80,000 square feet of warehouse and process space.

They also offer a wide range of products, both liquid and dry, like sweeteners, dips, dressings, beverages, syrups, and condiments.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing services
Private label manufacturing
Beverage manufacturing
Custom food processing
Custom blending, milling, and grinding
Dry & liquid processing
Hot pack
Hot fill and cold fill
Turnkey
Research & development
Thread caps,
Mylar or induction sealing
Tamper evident banding

Product Types:

Carbonated beverages
Dry mix beverages
Nut butters
Sweeteners
Sauces
Dips and hummuses
Dressing
Gravy and soup bases
Specialty sugar products,
Vinegars
Syrups
Marinades
Spices and extracts

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free

Location: Portland, Oregon

6. CalPack Foods

With CalPack Foods’ co-packing and manufacturing services, scaling your business locally and globally is as easy as consulting with their team. Their facility specializes in the production of high-quality food, juice, and beverages, and has the capability and capacity to produce a wide range of products.

They’re always continuing to expand their offers, and love hearing from current and prospective clients about new opportunities and requests.

Services:

Food and beverage manufacturing
Co-packing business services
Private label manufacturer
High pressure processing
Bottling, poaching, and cupping

Product Types:

Non-carbonated beverages
Smoothies
Baby foods
Salads
Yogurt
Specialty fruits and vegetables
Nut butters, jams, and syrups
Dressings and marinades
Sauces and spreads

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free

Location: Torrance, California

7. Cermount

Having garnered over 20 years of expertise in product R&D, quality assurance, and packaging systems, Cermount specializes in the manufacturing, blending, filling, and packaging of food and beverage products. They’re also capable of supplement and dry manufacturing, bottling, encapsulation, and powder filling.

Services:

Product research and development
Contract manufacturing
Food blending
Filling
Contract packager
Private label manufacturer
Quality assurance
Poaching, glass bottles and jars, cartons
Vertical and horizontal film seal capabilities
Dual and multiple-compartment pouches
Gas flush capabilities
Supplement encapsulation

Product Types:

Dry beverage mixes
Baking supplies
Baking mixes
Dairy products
Breakfast foods
Snacking foods
Health and nutrition foods
Sweets and confectionaries

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Organic

Location: Brevard, North Carolina

8. Colorado Quality Foods

Whether your brand is new, rising, or well-established, Colorado Quality Foods provides a unique opportunity for its customers to have a single point of contact for product development, procurement, production, and fulfillment (wholesale or e-commerce) all under one roof.

Services:

New product research & development
Food & beverage manufacturing and production
Wholesale fulfillment
Warehousing
Turnkey solutions
Ecommerce fulfillment

Product Types:

Coffees and teas
Non-carbonated beverages and dry mixes
Cookies, baked confections, and frozen baked goods
Flour mixes and doughs
Jams and syrups
Dressings, salsas, marinades, hummus, dips
Chips and crackers
Spices and seasoning
Non-dairy and meat alternatives
Prepared appetizers and entrees
Soups, broths, chilis
Vitamins and supplements

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Organic
Gluten-free
Peanut-free
Dairy-free
Meat alternatives
CBD-infused products

Location: Denver, Colorado (Browse more Colorado food manufacturers).

9. Creative Werks

Creative Werks is a certified co-packing company that provides solutions for complex packaging. Their mission is to be that ultimate packaging partner that any client can ask for, hence they go above and beyond to exceed all your expectations. They offer services in co-packing, manufacturing, design, market research, prototyping, and more.

Services:

Co-packing services
Private label manufacturer
Contract manufacturer
Product research and design
Packaging design
Project management
Operations and engineering
Sourcing and procurement
Product launching
E-commerce
Blow molding, injection molding, and stretch blow molding

Product types:

Baked goods (cookies and crackers)
Fruits and vegetables (dried and dehydrated)
Breakfast foods (cereal and granola)
Sauces and spreads
Snack foods
Candies and sweets
Pet treats and pet foods

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Organic
Gluten-free
Halal
Non-GMO

Location: Elk Grove Village, Illinois

10. East Coast Copacking

East Coast Copacking is passionate about increasing the circulation and growth of local products that are of premium quality. With their many capabilities, they help food and beverage companies bring fresh, wholesome, and safe meals to their consumers.

Services:

Formula and flavor research & development
Contract manufacturing
Contract packaging
Private label manufacturer
Tolling and turnkey solutions
Product development
Milling
Extrusion
Re-packing

Product Types:

Non-carbonated drinks
Dry mixes
Cold brew coffee
Smoothies and cold-pressed juices
Fruits and vegetables (dried and dehydrated)
Various spreads and sauces
Snack foods

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Organic
Gluten-free
Kosher
Non-GMO

Location: Brooklyn, New York

11. Fresca Foods

Fresca Foods is a turnkey innovation, supply chain, and manufacturing partner that works to nourish the lives of everyone they serve. From their customers to their employees, their community–and the planet–every part of what they do is focused on providing the best quality.

Services:

Contract packager
Contract manufacturer
Private label manufacturer
Product R&D
Supply chain and management
Food safety & quality
Cold form extrusion
Extruded baking

Product Types:

Bakery goods
Flour mixes and doughs
Dairy products
Cereal and granolas
Dips, sauces, and spreads
Chocolate, hard candies, and gummies
Pouches, flow wraps, cartons, vertical form seals, and glass jars

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Organic
Grain-free
Gluten-free
Dairy-free
Soy-free
Vegan
Paleo
Kosher
Non-GMO

Location: Louisville, Colorado

12. Gehl Food & Beverage

Gehl Food & Beverage produces top-quality products on fifteen lines that encompass every method of aseptic processing available today: steam infusion, steam injection, tube in tube, tube in shell, and swept surface–and this is all under one roof!

At their 750,000-square-foot facility, their processing systems and quality assurance standards assist their team in seamlessly turning out over 2 million servings per day. From teas to ice creams to non-dairy products, they focus on keeping products flavorful, fresh, and safe for 12-18 months without the use of refrigeration.

Services:

Contract packager
Contract manufacturer
Private label manufacturer
Product research and development
Quality and safety assurance
Low-acid aseptic processing
Packaging options
Frozen, dry, and refrigerated storage
Turnkey solutions

Product Types:

Dairy products
Nutritional supplements and foods
Plant-based milk (almond, oat, and soy)
Recipe starters
Yogurt smoothies, iced lattes, and to-go shakes
Wines and spirits
Sauces

Speciality Product Capabilities: Not specified.

Location: Germantown, Wisconsin

13. Glanbia Nutritionals

With manufacturing facilities in more than 19 countries, Glanbia Nutritionals partners with you to provide you with unique insights, better solutions, and continuous support to bring you the success you desire for your products. Their goal is to solve clients’ nutritional and functional challenges with foods, beverages, supplements, and more.

Services:

Product research and development
Aseptic beverage manufacturing
Customer-tailored premix solutions
Quality assurance and supply chain
Contract packager
Contract manufacturer
Private label manufacturer

Product Types:

Carbonated and non-carbonated ready-to-drink beverages
Dairy products
Plant-based foods and product solutions
Dry mix beverages
Specialized nutrition foods
Bars and cereals
Dairy and dairy alternatives
Functional beverages
Dressings, sauces, and spreads
Animal and pet products
Personal care products

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Plant-based
Dairy-free
Kosher
Organic
Halal

Location: Located in 19 countries (with facilities in LA, Chicago, and Wisconsin, among others)

14. Hearthside Food Solutions

A far-reaching private bakery but also the largest contract manufacturer in the United States, Hearthside Food Solutions is an industry leader and one of the major players in food manufacturing. Launched in 2009, the company has grown ever since and currently has 24 facilities in the US and three in Europe.

Being a large-scale enterprise, Hearthside can offer a wide array of different foods, including bars, cookies, crackers, and even frozen goods. With state-of-the-art solutions in packaging and production, Hearthside is nearly second to none when it comes to product diversity and manufacturing efficiency.

Services:

Production co-packing
Product formulation and testing
R&D
Processing and blending
Decorating
Commercialization
Contract manufacturer
Contract packager
Private label manufacturer

Product Types:

Different types of bars
Cookies and soft-baked goods
Fresh and frozen foods
Snack foods
Cereals & granolas

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: Various locations throughout the US

15. Heartland Gourmet

If you have the vision of getting baked goods that are mouth-watering to your customers, family-operated Heartland Gourmet will provide you with the recipes, tips, and lessons you need. Specializing in dry blending, frozen doughs, and ready-to-eat products–in gluten-free, organic, and conventional production–they have an experienced recipe development team ready to turn your product concept into a reality.

Services:

Product rebranding
New products R&D
Recipe development
Contract manufacturer
Contract packager
Private label manufacturer

Product Types:

Dry blend mix and foods
Dry beverage mixes
Cookies and frozen baked goods
Frozen and raw cookie dough
Flour mixes, gourmet scone mixes, organic mixes, and doughs
Pet goods (dog treat mixes)

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic

Location: Lincoln, Nebraska

16. Innomark Inc.

From product R&D to formulation of ingredients and manufacturing, Innomark has incorporated efforts to create products that will keep your customers coming back. They offer services in bulk supply, powder, and liquid filling.

Services:

Private-label bottling and manufacturing
Powder and liquid Filling
Bulk sourcing, supply, and sales
Blending and encapsulation
New product R&D
Sampling
Quality assurance
Pouches, tubes, and bottling
Contract manufacturer
Contract packager
Private label manufacturer

Product Types:

Dry mixes
Bottled juices and other non-carbonated drinks
Flour mixes and doughs
Dry seasonings
Hard candies, gummies, and chocolates
Supplements and nutritional products

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic
Kosher
Non-GMO

Location: St. George, Utah

17. Krier Foods

This co-packer offers beverage contract packaging services for customers desiring aluminum cans and hot-fill PET bottle co-packing. Krier Foods specializes in blending, mixing, and canning almost every food product out there, always trying to surpass its customers’ expectations.

Services:

Product blending and mixing
Turnkey fulfillment services
Contract manufacturer
Contract packager
Private label manufacturer
Hot-fill PET bottles
Nitrogen dosing
Cold-fill carbonated
Carbonated tunnel pasteurization
Shrink sleeve and cut & stack labeling
Aluminum canning
Trays, shrink wrapping, and cartons

Product Types:

Dietary supplements
Bottled water
Alcoholic and non-alcoholic sodas
Sparkling waters
Carbonated and non-carbonated energy drinks
Fruit juices and drinks
Functional and relaxation beverages
Tea & coffee

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic
Kosher
Non-GMO
Halal

Location: Random Lake, Wisconsin

18. LiDestri

LiDestri provides processing, manufacturing, and packaging services for your food, beverages, and spirits. With four decades of experience, state-of-the-art facilities, and seasoned professionals, they specialize in sauces, salsas, dips, and a variety of beverages and spirits.

Furthermore, they also offer an Innovation Center, which provides national brand and private label partners with the facilities, equipment, and expertise necessary to develop products from scratch in an environment that simulates full-scale production. Their product developers, certified tasters, process improvement experts, and packaging designers help brand partners improve their existing products to craft and produce original offerings.

Services:

Private label for food, beverage, and spirits manufacturing
Co-packing and processing of food, beverage, and spirit products
Product R&D
Package design consultation
Tasting & recipe experimentation
Hot fill and cold fill fresh processing
High pressure processing
Aseptic processing
Glass and plastic jars and bottles, plastic jugs, and The Living Jar™ glass package substitute

Product Types:

Carbonated and non-carbonated beverages
Wine and spirits
Dry beverage mixes
Dairy products
Grain and oilseed products
Various sauces
Dips and spreads
Meat and poultry (packaging and processing)

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic
Kosher

Location: Fairport, New York

19. Mad Will’s Food Company

This company helps design and develop products for new and successful brands. With customers including breweries, restaurants, and specialty stores, Mad Will’s prioritizes local food, great quality, and recreating client recipes as closely as possible to achieve the same flavor profile, mouthfeel, viscosity, and sense of quality as the original.

Services:

Private label food manufacturing
Co-packing and branding services
Product research and development
Hot and cold fill
Retail-size glass and plastic containers
Corporate gifting
Fundraising
Free pH testing

Product Types:

Various grain and oilseed products (starches, vegetable fats, and oils)
Condiments and dressings (barbecue sauces, mustards, and salsas)
Sauces and spreads (marinades and pasta sauces)

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic

Location: Auburn, California

20. Maryland Packaging

With two facilities in Maryland, and also the largest high-pressure processing facility present in the Mid-Atlantic, this manufacturer has five core service areas: co-packing, private labeling, high-pressure processing, fulfillment, and an accelerator kitchen. Their accelerator kitchen isn’t an incubator kitchen; rather, they help grow existing businesses that are looking for new product lines and scale production.

Services:

Co-packing including skin packaging, map packaging, wet packing, dry packing, and bottling
Co-manufacturing
R&D
Private labeling services
Storage and warehousing
Inventory, expiration tracking, and order fulfillment
Pick and Pack
Shipping and distribution
High-pressure processing (HPP)

Product Types:

Assorted non-carbonated beverages
Dry mix beverages
Beer and cider
Dairy products
Specialty, dried, dehydrated, frozen and fresh produce
Baking supplies
Cereals and granolas
Meat, fish, and poultry products
Dips and spreads
Cooking sauces and seasoning
Bars, chips, nuts and mixes, puffs and popped snacks
Chocolate, hard candies, and gummies
Pet foods
Fresh and frozen entrees and appetizers

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Organic
Kosher
Halal
Non-GMO

Location: Elkridge, Maryland

21. Minimus Products

As contract packaging experts, Minimus Products has several missions: assist other companies in the packaging of their brand in sample size and full-sized formats; work with brands as an entrepreneurial-minded partner to assist with packaging their products; provide equipment/capability growth to support their demand and lower their costs; and manufacture and/or license travel-sized and individual-sized products needed in the marketplace, but are not currently being serviced.

Services:

Contract packaging of food and non-food substances
Custom boxes and retail displays
Testing, quality assurance, and regulatory capabilities
Distribution and drop-shipping
Turnkey industry solutions
Private label manufacturer
Packaging with bags, packets, bottles, sprayers, jars, cans, and more
Filling and sealing liquids, powders, particulates, and blends
Insurance
Investment & joint ventures

Product Types:

Various beverage products including dry mixes
Bakery goods (flour mixes and doughs, spices, and extracts)
Dried and dehydrated fruits and vegetables
Granola and other cereals
Grain and oilseed products
Dips, sauces, and spreads
Puffed and popped snacks, chips, and nuts and mixes
Chocolates, hard candies, and gummies

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Organic
Kosher

Location: Newbury Park, California

22. Pack N’ Fresh

Pack N’ Fresh is focused on providing clients with flexible packaging solutions for their food products. Trusted by Amazon, Publix, and other large retailers–as well as smaller companies–this company is a turnkey packing solution specializing in packing food ingredients in smaller than 2 lb pouches.

Services:

Food and beverage contract packaging
Turnkey
Sourcing ingredients and packaging materials
Private label production
Consulting services
Blending
Shipping

Product Types:

Noodles, lentils, beans, pasta, and rice
Flavorings and extracts (dried herbs, spices, and sauces)
Dried fruits and nuts
Breads
Cooking supplies (flour, oils, and sugars)

Speciality Product Capabilities: Kosher

Location: Grand Prarie, Texas

23. Pack Labs

While Pack Labs is a beverage co-packing and drink manufacturer, we would be remiss to leave it off this list of the great manufacturing companies in the United States. This drink manufacturer has been guiding fledgling brands to commercial success, with their primary focus being on wellness and wellness-based products that use functional and responsible ingredients.

Through Pack Labs, small and large businesses will be able to develop wellness-based goods that revolutionize and redefine categories at their custom facility. Apart from small-batch co-packing and manufacturing, they also shine at product development and brand strategizing, making them a go-to for newer companies looking to put their best foot forward in the beverage business.

Services:

Canning, bottling, and boxing
Warehousing
Product development
Supply chains

Product Types:

Beer, wine, and cider
Ready-to-drink beverages
Flavored malt beverages

Specialty Product Capabilities: Not specified

Location: Downingtown, Pennsylvania

24. PacMoore Products, Inc.

Continuously motivated to transform lives both internally and externally, PacMoore Products partners with other world-leading food manufacturers to provide world-class products manufactured without compromise and centered on integrity and excellence. They offer services in storage, ingredient sourcing, warehousing, and more.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturing
Contract packager
Product research and development
Ingredient storage
Processing and shipping
Dry and liquid blending
Spray drying
Extrusion
Re-packaging and consumer packaging
Dry, refrigerated, and freezer storage
Turnkey

Product Types:

Dry mix beverages
Dry pasta, flour mixes, and dough
Dairy products
Dried and dehydrated fruits and vegetables
Breakfast cereals and granolas
Flours, malts, and other starches
Vegetable fats and oils
Spices and extracts
Nuts, mixes, and puffed & popped snacks
Confections and sweets
Pet foods
Plant protein powders, gelatins, and protein crisps

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic
Halal
Non-GMO

Location: Hammond, Indiana

25. Ready Foods

Ready Foods is a custom food manufacturer located in Denver, Colorado, that specializes in quick-chilled fresh and frozen food items in bulk packaging. They produce a variety of products, including soups, sauces, salsas, beans, and tortillas, in four facilities located in Denver.

They can offer a variety of pack sizes and can accommodate either Cryovac packaging or Tipper-Tie packaging. They are a glass-free facility, so do not pack glass jars.

Services:

New industry and product R&D
Contract manufacturing
Contract packaging
Private label manufacturing
Foodservice and restaurant supply
Prepared foods and kitchen solutions
R&D

Product Types:

Soups and chilis
Cheese sauces, gravies, curries
Dessert sauces
Beans
Fully-cooked beef
Pasta and rice
Vegetables
Kettle-cooked and frozen foods
Dressings, salsas, marinades, and dips
Dry seasonings

Speciality Product Capabilities: Not specified

Location: Denver, Colorado

26. Request Foods

Request Foods has a 600,000 sq. ft. of cooking, blending, freezing, and packing capacity working to be the brand’s one-stop resource for R&D and processing. With nearly 800 different custom entrées, side dishes, appetizers, sauces, and desserts — each of their recipes is formulated to meet a specific customer requirement, whether food service, private label, or national brand.

Services:

Culinary research and development
Food processing and production
Frozen food manufacturing
Retail
Contract packager
Contract manufacturer
Private label manufacturer
Refrigerated and frozen storage

Product Types:

Frozen entrees, appetizers, and sides
Frozen fruits and vegetables
Sauces and salsas
Desserts
Lasagnas and pastas
Chicken and turkey dishes
Mexican and Asian dishes
Vegetable and vegetarian dishes
Breakfasts

Speciality Product Capabilities: Not specified.

Location: Holland, Michigan

27. Scott Brothers Dairy

A family-owned and managed food production that centers on dairy products and beverages, Scott Brothers Dairy believes that every quality product made starts with passion. Their farm is located in San Jacinto with over 1,000 head of cattle on over 900 acres, where all the milk is brought in daily to their production facility in Chino, California.

With over 100 years in the business and more than 54 countries served, this company focuses on quality and innovative technology to bring the best dairy and non-dairy products.

Services:

Private label industry services
Food co-packing and manufacturing
Creamery

Product Types:

Ice cream and soft serve mixes
Sour cream and crema
Milk
Yogurt, frozen yogurt, and yogurt drinks
Vegetable and fruit juices
Non-dairy frozen desserts
Noncarbonated beverages
Frozen and dry mix beverages
Spirits

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-Free
Organic
Non-GMO
Halal

Location: California

28. Snak King

With a robust portfolio of trusted and known snack brands, Snak King is always looking for new and dedicated businesses to partner with. They not only invent new products based on consumer trends but also figure out how to leverage existing manufacturing to do so.

Services:

Product innovation, research, and development
Contract manufacturing
Contract packaging
Private label services
Quality management
Pouches, cartons, traditional bags

Product Types:

Breakfast cereals and granolas
Pork rinds and cracklins
Tortilla chips
Popped crisps, cheese puffs and curls, popcorn
Corn and potato chips
Veggie crisps and sticks
Fries, onion rings, and green pea snacks
Nuts and mixes

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-Free
Organic
Non-GMO

Location: City of Industry, California

29. Todd’s

From food manufacturing to contract packaging, Todd’s prioritizes the quality, security, and safety of your food products and brand. With over 90 years of service, this company is known to be very valuable in transforming the ideas of partners into successful high-yield businesses.

Their HACCP program incorporates proactive and preventative control of raw materials, processing activities, and the overall processing environment.

Services:

Contract packaging
Contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturer
Bulk blending of food products
Dry and liquid packaging of food products
Design services
Warehouse fulfillment
Turnkey
Refrigerated, frozen, and dry storage

Product Types:

Dry mixes
Non-carbonated drinks
Dry pastas, flour mixes, and doughs
Dried and dehydrated fruits and vegetables
Cereals and granolas
Cooking ingredients
Spices, extracts, salsas, marinades, and dressings
Pet foods and treats

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Organic

Location: Des Moines, Iowa

30. Tropical Bottling Co.

Tropical Bottling Co. is a beverage manufacturer and co-packers that produces sparkling juices, teas, soft drinks, coffees, flavored waters, nectars, and more. They also have a bottle return program that allows bottles to be returned to their plant and other locations to be recycled.

Services:

Beverage co-packing
Beverage manufacturing
Warehouse and storage solutions
Cold fill
Multiple mixing technologies
Cold/hot fill pasteurization
Regular and sleek canning
Exporting

Product Types:

Carbonated soft drinks
Teas
Flavored water
Energy drink
Flavored coffee products
Nectars
Sparkling juices

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Non-GMO
Organic

Location: Medley, Florida

31. True Spice

True Spice is a unique, family-owned company that is passionate about organic foods. With expertise in importing, processing, and distributing organic foods, and provides complete fulfillment solutions. They help maintain our ecosystem with sustainable organic farming, the use of sustainable packaging, and by providing 1% of all profits to a local nonprofit group, Trees Atlanta.

Services:

Co-packing and contract manufacturing
Private label packing for the retail industry
Organic custom ingredient supplier
Food safety consulting and support
Poaching, liquid filling, and custom dry blending
Dry storage
Turnkey
Fulfillment and distribution
R&D
Sourcing and packing
CPG and bulk packaging

Product Types:

Dry and powdered mixes
Coffee and tea
Dried and dehydrated fruits and vegetables
Spices, extracts, and salt blends)
Puffed and popped snacks, nuts, and mixes
Chocolate
Superfood blends, dry smoothie blends, and dietary supplements

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Organic

Location: Atlanta, Georgia

32. YouBar

Founded in 2006, YouBar has been disrupting the food manufacturing industry with its trailblazing cookies, bars, cereals, toaster pastries, and rice crispies. You can bring your ideas to reality to them and have them distributed through global distribution companies, like Amazon, Whole Foods, GNC, Trader Joe’s, Costco, and more.

Services:

Manufacturing and co-packing
Recipe and formula research and development
Private label manufacturing
Food packaging, branding, and design
Turnkey solutions
Amazon and dropshipping fulfillment
Growth partnership and consulting
Distribution

Product Types:

Extruded bars and slab bars
Balls (spheres)
Filled balls and bars
Bites (circular, rectangular, square)
Enrobed bars, bites, and balls
Nut-Butter filled bars, bites, and balls
Protein shakes, powders, and mixes
Cookies and cookie dough
Cereals & granola
Toaster pastries
Rice crispy treats

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Keto
Paleo
Low-sugar
Vegan
Non-GMO
Gluten-free
Kosher

Location: City of Industry, California

What is the largest food manufacturer in the US?

With the food market constantly changing, the U.S. has frequently seen changes in the top-ranking manufacturer. The current top manufacturers this year have changed from the American company PepsiCo. to Nestle.

Nestle has replaced PepsiCo. as the biggest manufacturer in the country and the world. Nestle, a Swiss manufacturing company, brought in an income of nearly 9.7 billion dollars last year, making it the top-performing global manufacturer.

What are the current food manufacturing trends in the US?

Food manufacturing constantly evolves to meet consumer expectations, and manufacturers work to keep up with new trends. Any food entrepreneur looking to break into the food industry or introduce a new food product should pay attention to the new trends consumers are practicing or interested in.

Also, pay attention to trends to help secure investors for your product. You need money to get your product on the shelves.

Here are some of the most popular trends to look out for among consumers and manufacturers.

More plant-based eating and food options for keto, paleo, and other diets
Creating sustainable and healthier food products
Reducing sugar in the products or using alternative sweeteners
Extending shelf life to prevent excessive food waste
Using environment-friendly packaging
Tightening supply chain operations to meet consumer demands
Implementing sustainable manufacturing best practices
Using automation in response to labor shortages and strikes
Creating new bold flavors or adding global flavors to their food products
Using technology to be able to produce and meet industry demands
The use of renewable energy like solar, wind, and hydropower instead of fossil fuels
Increase the use of pasture-raised meat and eggs

What is the top food manufacturing company in the United States?

With the exhaustive list of some great food manufacturers that we have provided, it stands to reason that you would have no trouble picking the next manufacturing company for your business. Just know that there are lots of food manufacturing companies to choose from–this is just a sample of all that’s out there!

But with more options comes more work. The entire process–from researching the companies themselves to taking the first step to connect with them–can be tedious.

Rather than letting the complex nature of finding food manufacturing companies in the United States overwhelm you, allow PartnerSlate to do all the hard work for you.

PartnerSlate makes manufacturing more straightforward by connecting you with top-notch manufacturers. All you have to do is make a profile and project description to provide manufacturers with all the information they need to determine if they are suitable for you.

We’ll then connect you with multiple manufacturers on our platform, which makes sharing documents and handling onboarding easier than ever. And you won’t be alone because your matching advisor, courtesy of PartnerSlate, will be with you throughout the entire process.

Start scaling your food product today.

The post 32+ Food Manufacturing Companies in the United States to Know [2023] appeared first on PartnerSlate.

13+ Great Drink Manufacturing Companies & Beverage Co-packers [2023]

Matt Suggs — Mon, 10 Jul 2023 04:21:00 +0000

With so many beverage manufacturing companies in the United States alone, narrowing down the choices and finding the best fit for your brand will take some time and effort. But nobody wants to spend hours researching and making cold calls to manufacturers who can’t take on their project.

At PartnerSlate, we’re all about making the co-packer search smooth and successful. So we’ve curated this list of some great drink manufacturing companies and beverage co-packers in the US. To make your search process even easier, we’ve included some useful tips to help you make an informed decision and get started with production.

Let’s start with the basics!

What are drink manufacturers and beverage copackers?

The “co” part of “co-packers” refers to the word “contract” in contract packaging (or manufacturing) companies. These businesses are responsible for manufacturing and packaging products for brands that employ them, and some even make and sell their own products. When it comes to drink and beverage co-packers, these businesses are primarily focused on providing co-packing services for refreshments.

Co-packers can offer a range of services including product development, ingredient sourcing, cost containment, packaging, storage, labeling, regulatory compliance, and in-house R&D. Using co-packers allows beverage brands to focus on the marketing and sales of their business–instead of the intricacies of actual production.

Types of manufactured beverages

All of the following drinks will need a manufacturing company to help take the beverage from conception to production.

Coffee & tea (iced)

Lemonades, limeades, fruit punches

Fruit juices

Bottled smoothies

Soda

Seltzer and sparkling water

Still water

Dairy products

Alternative dairy

Kombucha

Mixes

Hard seltzers and other ready-to-drink alcohols

Protein drinks

Meal replacement drinks

Wines

Liquor & spirits

Beer & cider

CBD & THC beverages

Why is it so challenging to find the right drink manufacturer for your brand?

Finding the right co-packer isn’t always a straight shot. You need to find a manufacturer that is close enough to keep transportation costs low, can make your product safely and efficiently, and can scale with you as you grow.

Plus, every manufacturer has different capabilities and requirements. Some co-man aren’t able to work with smaller MOQs, while others may not have the specific services or production processes you’re looking for.

Some good news: you can save time, effort, and energy when you use PartnerSlate to find your co-packer partner. No more cold calls, long hours at the computer, or ignored outreach. PartnerSlate can match you with a manufacturer in days–not weeks or months.

We keep it simple. Create a free profile and add all the information and details of your project. Post your project on our Marketplace and then we’ll match you with a selection of our 6,000 manufacturers within the PartnerSlate network that are interested and have the right capabilities to produce your product.

Once you’re matched, use our all-in-one platform for document sharing, communication, and onboarding. With PartnerSlate, you can reduce the time it takes to get to a production run by months.

How to Find the Best Drink Manufacturing Company For Your Business

Here are some of the steps you’ll want to take when finding the best beverage co-packer or drink manufacturer for your product.

1. What ingredients are in your beverage?

What is included in your beverage? The ingredients in your product will narrow down which co-packers and manufacturers you can use since certain facilities have limitations to what ingredients they’ll work with. Does your product…

Have dairy included?

Have gluten?

Have nuts or other allergens?

Need to be served hot? Or cold?

Require organic ingredients?

Include CBD, THC, or alcohol?

All of these ingredients–and more–will impact how easy it will be to find a manufacturing partner for your beverage.

2. What type of processing is required for your beverage?

Specific ingredients and drinks require certain processing capabilities. Do you need a manufacturer with capabilities for…

Pasteurization (Aseptic, retort, tunnel, etc.)

Carbonation or nitrogenation

Cold brewing or hot brewing

Distilling

Fermentation (dairy, fruit, vegetable, liquid)

Juicing/pulping

Homogenization

Dehydration and rehydration

In-line filtration

In-tank mixing

Hot fill or cold fill

Allergen-free handling

And there’s more! If right now you’re at the concept stage and you don’t know exactlywhat processing your drink needs, that’s okay. Finding the right co-packer and manufacturer means they’ll be the right one for exactly your stage of the process, whether you’re still tweaking your recipe, expanding to new flavors, or ready to ramp up production.

3. How will your beverage be packaged?

Now that you know your ingredients and what processing your product needs, it’s time to determine the packaging. What packaging do you want for your drink–or what packaging does your drink need? Does it need to withstand cold temperatures? Hot temperatures? Should it be microwavable, recyclable, or aseptic?

Packaging options include:

Aluminum

Plastics

Glass

Aseptic cartons

Cans

Bottles

Bag-in-a-box

Kegs

You may also want a partner that provides design and marketing services as well.

4. Get a warm introduction to a beverage co-packer

PartnerSlate is a co-packing industry expert–we understand how all of these options can feel overwhelming–fast. That’s why we’ve streamlined the process to provide transparency and guidance to both the product owners and manufacturers.

PartnerSlate helps you find the best manufacturer for your product needs. Register for free, provide information about your business, and post a project outlining your product and production requirements. If you find the perfect fit, our platform makes the documentation and onboarding process painless.

Great Beverage Co-packers and Drink Manufacturing Companies to Know

Searching high and low for the perfect beverage co-packer or manufacturer and still having no luck? Don’t worry. We’re here to help with this list featuring some of the top beverage co-packers and drink manufacturers in the industry right now.

But, it’s also important to know that these aren’t your only options. If you still wish to explore more manufacturers after you read this list, sign up for PartnerSlate, and we’ll find the right manufacturer for you!

1. AZPACK

AZPACK is one of the most recognizable names when it comes to high-quality beverage co-packers and drink manufacturing companies. AZPACK has been increasing its operations since 2009 in response to rising client demand.

The company now boasts the capability of packaging more than 100 million bottles per year at its brand-new and bigger facilities. In 2014, they even introduced a new can-filling machine to their fleet, allowing them to manufacture up to 1200 cans per minute.

Apart from that, AZPACK also offers microbiological laboratory facilities for research and development, formulation, and product testing. They also have the capacity to co-pack and manufacture beverages that are kosher, halal, and non-GMO. And as company policy, they place a high priority on cleanliness and sanitation in all of their facilities.

Services:

Bottling and canning

Packing and cold-fill carbonated

Private label and contract manufacturer

Contract packager

Product testing and formulation

Tunnel pasteurization

Hot fill packing

Product types:

Teas

Infused waters

Energy drinks

Non-carbonated bottled drinks

Cold fill carbonated canned drinks

Tunnel pasteurized canned drinks

Sauces & spreads

Dry mix beverages

Specialty product capabilities:

Kosher

Halal

Location: Tempe, AZ

2. Blue Marble Productions

Blue Marble Productions, Inc. is one of the best-known names in the beverage co-packing and drink manufacturing business. They specialize in alcoholic and non-alcoholic canning and accommodate sustainable and responsible co-packing and manufacturing methods.

Blue Marble Productions provides private labeling and co-packing services in their dairy and allergen-free facility. In addition to storage and warehouse services, their massive 425,000-square-foot factory offers bulk spirit storage, tunnel pasteurization, a water plant, in-house laboratory testing, and much more.

Not only does Blue Marble have a large and impressive manufacturing facility, but the fact that they’re open 24 hours a day, seven days a week, makes them one of the more reliable manufacturers in the nation.

Services:

Beverage formulation and canning

Pasteurization and batching

Can sleeving and laser encoding

Carbonation and nitrogen dosing

Shrink sleeving

Private label services

TTB services

Supply chain management

Formulation within their laboratories

Product types:

Spirits

Sugar brew

Malt beverages

Non-alcoholic beverages

Specialty product capabilities:

Dairy-free

Allergen-free

Organic

Location: Indianapolis, IN

3. Boombox Beverage

Boombox Beverage was established in 2018 to scale the non-alcoholic beverage market starting with cold-brewed coffee. They are FDA-registered carbonated beverage co-packers, with a special focus on cold brews and other functional drinks.

They have a roster of house brands of these products, manufacturing cold brew coffee, cold brew tea, waters, carbonated beverages, confectionary products, and more. Experienced in a variety of highly regulated sectors, Boombox is a leader in the non-alcoholic beverage sector, working on a comprehensive compliance program that covers every part of the business.

Services:

Packaging cans, kegs, bag-in-the-box, and barrel pouches

Private label manufacturer

Contract manufacturer

Retort packaging

Cold fill and hot fill

Product types:

Cold-brewed coffee

Cold-brewed tea

Infused waters

Energy drinks

Dry mix beverages

Protein drinks

Functional beverages

Confectionary products

Bottled water

Specialty product capabilities: Kosher

Location: Skokie, IL

4. Great Beverage Co-packer & Drink Manufacturer (Name Undisclosed)

This beverage co-packing company, founded in 1980, focuses on improving consumer health and well-being through its natural and organic beverage line. Valuing respect for others, teamwork, safety, and continuous progress, this organization is a preeminent manufacturer of natural and organic food ingredients and a contract manufacturer.

The company has stayed on top of the industry and consumer trends in this space for a long time now. As a result, they now have three facilities in California, making them among the leading manufacturers in the state. Each of them is equipped with a selection of aseptic processors, packaging lines, production lines, and automated warehouses.

Services:

Aseptic processing

Quality assurance and food safety

Tetra Pak packaging

Product development

Private label and contract manufacturer

Bag-in-box packaging

Bottling

Shrink wrapping

Product types:

Flavored and organic milk

Half & half and flavored creamers

Soy, nut, hemp, and rice milk

Coconut milk and coconut water

High-protein shakes and smoothies

Single-serve tea and coffee

Wine, spirits, sake, and mixed cocktails

Soups and broths

Specialty product capabilities: Non-dairy products

Location: California

5. Great Beverage Co-packer & Drink Manufacturer (Name Undisclosed)

This family-owned business, founded in 1874, has grown to be the industry leader in contract beverage manufacturing and is currently one of the leading carbonated small-batch beverage co-packer businesses.

Each Southeast, Southwest, and Midwest facility has a large selection of packaging and drink manufacturing capabilities with high-speed production lines and specialized techniques. These include hot fill, cold fill, and tunnel pasteurization, making them one of the more prolific manufacturers in the region.

Canning sizes range from eight fluid ounces to twenty-four fluid ounces. Plus, as a bonus, their distribution centers are located close to the main plants, making adapting to the growing needs easier.

Services:

Canning and can ends

Finished case openings

Tunnel and flash pasteurization

Carbonation

UV light water purification

Nitrogen dosing

Reverse osmosis and carbon filtration

De-aeration water treatment

On-site and off-site warehouse facilities

Private label and contract manufacturer

Product Types:

Soft drinks and sparkling waters

Beers and malt beverages

Energy drinks

Teas and juices

Specialty drinks

Specialty product capabilities:

Kosher

Organic

Halal

Locations: They have locations in Minnesota, Texas, and North Carolina

6. Great Beverage Co-packer & Drink Manufacturer (Name Undisclosed)

This organization is located near New York, New Jersey, Boston, and Montreal ports and offers co-packing and drink manufacturing as their main services. Their quality service is accomplished by stringent compliance, third-party certifications, quality control, and assurance methods, and validated sanitation programs. This company also has the production capacity for canned, bottled, and kegged beverages and has the space to accommodate large quantities.

Furthermore, this manufacturer also has the facilities for bonded warehousing for raw materials and finished goods and a vast international network of brands that work with them.

Services:

High-speed canning and bottling

Kegging and cellaring

Cold block and tunnel processing

Supply chains

Product development

Storage

QA/QC & Laboratory services

Fermentation

Dry and wet ingredient blending

Cross-flow filtration

Flash pasteurization

In-line full-strength blending

PU tracking

Vending sourcing

Recipe development

Product Types:

Beer, wine, and cider

Ready-to-drink beverages

Flavored malt beverages

Specialty product capabilities:

Organic

Gluten-free

Location: Vermont

7. Great Beverage Co-packer & Drink Manufacturer (Name Undisclosed)

Founded over 60 years ago, this manufacturer is a family-owned operation, prioritizing building relationships and trust with their beverage co-packing and drink manufacturing solutions. These packaging solutions come in nine forms, including aluminum cans, single-serve cups, glass bottles, and foil pouches.

Aseptic packaging is essential to their manufacturing line and is representative of the beverage preferences of their customers, which aligns with the rising need for environmentally-friendly packaging.

Services:

In-house brands

Product development

Packaging and manufacturing solutions

Commercialization

Private label and contract manufacturer

High-acid, aseptic manufacturing facilities

High-acid, hot-fill facility with glass and PET formats

Carton packaging

Bag-in-a-box

Product Types:

Various packaging products

Fresh fruit juice and purees

Maple syrup

Craft cocktail mixers

Ready-to-eat fruit cups

Thickened beverages

Sugar-free beverages

Dry mix beverages

Specialty product capabilities:

Kosher

Organic

Halal

Location: Illinois

8. Great Beverage Co-packer & Drink Manufacturer (Name Undisclosed)

This contract manufacturer excels at small-batch beverage co-packing and drink manufacturing and has guided fledgling brands to commercial success. Their primary focus is on wellness-based products using functional and responsible ingredients.

Through this contract manufacturer, small and large businesses can develop wellness-based goods that revolutionize and redefine categories at their custom facility. Apart from small-batch co-packing and manufacturing, this company also shines at product development and brand strategizing, making them a go-to for newer companies looking to put its best foot forward in the beverage business.

Services:

Canning, bottling, and boxing

Warehousing

Product development

Supply chains

Product Types:

Beer, wine, and cider

Ready-to-drink beverages

Flavored malt beverages

Specialty product capabilities: Not specified

Location: Pennsylvania

9. Great Beverage Co-packer & Drink Manufacturer (Name Undisclosed)

Founded in 1937, this company is a family-owned drink manufacturer based in northern and southern California. This facility provides warehousing and co-packing services, including bottling, canning, packaging, re-packaging, and labeling. They can produce multi-flavored case packs, clear and registered film shrink wraps, and cold-fill plastic bottles and can make kosher and organic drink products.

Services:

Bottling and canning

Packaging, labeling, and repacking

Food safety and quality management

Finished goods warehousing and distributions

Private label and contract manufacturer

Gable-top and plastic chilled production

Hot-fill, cold/ambient fill

Tunnel pasteurization

Product Types:

Non-carbonated beverages

Carbonated beverages

Teas

Ades

Chilled juices

Sparkling flavored waters

Energy drinks

Specialty product capabilities:

Kosher

Organic

Location: California

10. Great Beverage Co-packer & Drink Manufacturer (Name Undisclosed)

This organization is an independent beverage solutions provider for brands and retailers and has over 70 locations on three continents, and has a large product range, including energy and sports drinks. Their goal is to help scale brands and produce quality products. Some services are offered: packaging, aseptic PET, carton packaging, storage, HTP, and more.

This company can also help with retail management, sourcing, and sustainable packaging.

Services:

Packaging

Contract manufacturing

Control drinks

Retail management

Turnkey

Storage and transport

Regulatory and compliance

Hot-fill and cold-fill

75+ options for PET, glass, aseptic, HDPE, BIB, and can sizes

Product Types:

Carbonated beverages

Juices and other fruit and vegetable drinks

Waters (carbonated, flavored)

Sports and energy drinks

Ready-to-drink teas

Mixers, like tonics, club sodas, seltzers

Mocktails

Alcoholic drinks (but no in-house brewing, distilling, or fermenting)

Specialty product capabilities:

Organic

non-GMO

Kosher and Kosher for Passover

Gluten-free

Location: Global, with over 27 processing plants in North America

11. Great Beverage Co-packer & Drink Manufacturer (Name Undisclosed)

This company offers its clients many co-packing and manufacturing services. Their facility is 150,000 square feet, with two liquid filling rooms, a warehouse, and a HEPA-filtered pharmacy. They specialize in producing plastic bottles ranging from eight to thirty-two ounces. Some of their services and capabilities include cool tunneling, shrink sleeve, pressure-sensitive labeling, carton packaging, and more.

This organization is also SQF-certified and is capable of making organic beverages.

Services:

Registered carton

Film packaging

Ozonation

Flash pasteurization/cold fill

Hot fill pasteurization

Cooling tunnel with chiller

Pressure-sensitive and shrink-sleeve labeling

Palletizer

Bottle air flush

Monoblock, rotary filler, and perforator

Private label and contract manufacturer

Product Types:

Functional drinks

Sports and energy drinks

Juice drinks and flavored Water

A variety of teas

Liquid dietary supplements

Specialty product capabilities:

Kosher

Organic

Halal

Location: Florida

12. Great Beverage Co-packer & Drink Manufacturer (Name Undisclosed)

Located in Nevada, this manufacturer provides various beverage creation, production, formulation, and marketing options. Customers can create an almost limitless variety of beverage and drink options, and they can manufacture both alcoholic and non-alcoholic drinks to the highest standards.

Plus, you can always rely on their skilled designers if you need to produce a bespoke label for your items that will be the talk of the industry. They’re known for supporting businesses in varying stages of growth, with services such as product development for newer businesses up to large-scale commercial production for established businesses.

Services:

Bottling and canning

Packaging and labeling, as well as design services

Food safety

Quality management

Warehousing

Beverage development

Beverage formulation

Product Types:

Seltzer waters and sodas

Wines, beer, and spirits

Custom hard seltzers and liquors

Sports and energy drinks

Flavored, still, and sparkling waters

Powders

CBD & hemp products

Specialty product capabilities: Not specified

Location: Nevada

13. Great Beverage Co-packer & Drink Manufacturer (Name Undisclosed)

This canning business serves middle-market beverage brands from material sourcing to label design and filling to warehousing. As a one-stop-shop for canning business packaging and production, and works with customers across the United States.

They also assert that aluminum cans are the preferred packaging material over plastic or glass bottles and are the safer, socially responsible, and consumer-friendly choice for your beverage packaging.

Services:

Sleeving, shrink sleeving, and labeling

Co-packing

Packaging sales

Canning (brite cans, can ends)

Filling

Pack out options (like output trays, cartons, packtechs)

Small-batch mixing

Powder and liquid form ingredient handling

Storage

Freight logistics

Tunnel Pasteurization

Product Types:

Craft beers

Seltzers and other ready-to-drink cocktails

Herbal-infused beverages

Sodas

Carbonated and non-carbonated (generally nitrogen-dosed) beverages

Specialty product capabilities: Not specified

Locations: Six locations throughout the US in Nevada, Maryland, California, Georgia, Colorado, and Michigan.

What is the best beverage co-packer and drink manufacturing company for your business?

Boost your brand’s production capacity and capabilities while staying within budget by working with professional beverage contract packaging and manufacturing companies.

With their specialization in contract packaging and manufacturing for beverages and drinks, choosing the best one for your business gives you immediate access to their industry experience, contacts, and commercial-scale manufacturing abilities. For small businesses, bringing your product to market-level quantities without investing a substantial amount of money will have a major impact on long-term international market integration.

However, knowing when it is the right time to partner with beverage co-packers and drink manufacturing companies is understandably difficult–you need to know what services they offer (compared to what you need), where they serve, what certifications they hold, if they are looking for new customers, and much more.

So while the contract manufacturers on the list are all great–and there are many more out there–leave it to PartnerSlate to find you the best co-packing options for your business. With our extensive network of vetted manufacturing companies organized by capacity and capability, the easy-to-use platform quickly matches you with the best potential partners.

PartnerSlate is bringing transparency and guidance to a process that has historically been very convoluted and inefficient. Reduce time, stress, and cost–and even unlock new revenue opportunities–by taking advantage of PartnerSlate’s proprietary services today.

The post 13+ Great Drink Manufacturing Companies & Beverage Co-packers [2023] appeared first on PartnerSlate.

8+ Great Confectionery Manufacturers in the US [2023]

Matt Suggs — Sun, 09 Jul 2023 10:41:39 +0000

The United States is home to some of the best confectionery manufacturers and co-packers in the world. From chocolate to candy bars to taffy, these companies are a great way for confectionery brands to make, package, and distribute their product at scale.
If you’re looking for a new confectionery manufacturer and candy maker for your brand, this article will take a look at some of the top confectionery manufacturers in the United States that could be a great option.

What is a Confectionery Manufacturer?

A confectionery maker is a company that produces sweet food products. This can include candy, chocolate, gum, and other sugar-based treats. Confectioneries usually have factories where they make their products. Some of the largest confectionery manufacturers in the world are based in the United States and the U.S. confectionery industry is worth an estimated $35 billion.

Confectionery Manufacturers vs. Candy Makers

These two terms are often used interchangeably, but there is a difference. Confectionery manufacturers typically make a wider variety of products than candy makers. Candy makers usually only make one product, such as chocolate or candy.

There are many confectionery manufacturers in the United States. Some top companies include Mars Wrigley, Ferrero, Hershey, Nestle, and Lindt & Sprungli. These companies make various products, including chocolate, gum, mints, and other confectionery items.

On the other hand, See’s Candies is a candy maker that specializes in making chocolate. Another example is Dylan’s Candy Bar, which is a candy store that produces and sells a variety of different candies, but not other confections.

Confectionery Manufacturers vs. Confectionery Suppliers

The difference between confectionery manufacturers and confectionery suppliers is the manufacturers make the sweets while suppliers provide the raw ingredients.

Confectionery manufacturers produce all kinds of delicious treats–from chocolate and candy to gum and mints–while suppliers are responsible for providing the factories with sugar, cocoa, and other vital ingredients.

How to Find the Best Confectionery Manufacturer

Finding the right confectionery manufacturer can be a time-consuming and complex process. Make this simple with PartnerSlate, or follow these steps if you prefer a DIY approach.

1. Research

Start by conducting thorough research on manufacturers that specialize in confectionery products and have the necessary certifications and capabilities for your product.

2. Outreach

Once you’ve compiled a list of potential manufacturers, reach out to them to discuss your project in detail. Inquire about their capabilities, product development processes, and ability to handle specific product requirements like allergen-free or gluten-free production. Request information on their minimum order quantities, lead times, and pricing structures.

3. Waiting

After sending out inquiries, be prepared to wait for responses. This can take anywhere from a few days to a few weeks, depending on the manufacturer’s workload and communication capabilities. Use this time to continue researching and compiling information on your potential partners.

4. Site Visits

Before signing a contract with a manufacturer, it’s crucial to visit their facilities in person. A site visit lets you assess their manufacturing capabilities, quality control procedures, and overall hygiene and cleanliness standards. This also allows you to get a feel for their company culture and whether it aligns with your brand values.

5. Culture Tests

It’s important to know if a manufacturer’s culture aligns with your team’s. Speak candidly with the company and consider reaching out to other brands who have previously worked with the manufacturer to get personal insights about their experiences. Resources like Confectionery News can also provide information on manufacturers’ reputations and industry standings.

6. Signing & Onboarding

Once you’ve conducted thorough research, site visits, and culture tests, and have found the right manufacturer for your confectionery brand, it’s time to sign the contract and begin the onboarding process. This may involve creating detailed product specifications, setting up quality control processes, and establishing communication channels with the manufacturer.

Of course, this entire process can be simplified with PartnerSlate, a co-packing industry expert that streamlines the process of finding the right co-packer for your product.

We understand that the landscape can be overwhelming, and we’re here to provide transparency and guidance so you can focus on the food. Our process is simple:

Create a profile and detailed project: Add a project with information about your brand, product, and project requirements.
List your project on PartnerSlate’s Marketplace: Your project will reach our network of over 6,000 vetted co-packers.
Get your matches: PartnerSlate matches you with several confectionery manufacturers that have the capability and interest in taking on your job.
Streamlined onboarding: Once you have found a co-packer, the onboarding process can be done right on the platform.

Leveraging PartnerSlate to find a confectionery manufacturer saves brands time, optimizes costs, and provides peace of mind you’re working with the right partner.

Try Partnerslate Today

Top Confectionery Manufacturers for Your Food Product

Now to the list! While this article covers some great confectionery manufacturers for your candy or dessert, these are by no means the only options. It’s just a sample of the great copackers and co-mans you can find on PartnerSlate’s matching platform.

1. Brooklyn Born Chocolate

Brooklyn Born Chocolate is a New York-based chocolate company that makes small-batch, handcrafted chocolate that was founded in 2014 by two friends who shared a passion for chocolate. Brooklyn Born Chocolate sources its cocoa beans from family-owned farms in South America. The company’s chocolate is made using traditional methods and is free of additives and preservatives.

Brooklyn Born Chocolate offers a variety of chocolate products, including bars, truffles, and hot chocolate.

Services:

Private label manufacturing
Contract packaging
Chocolate bar manufacturing
Trademark registration
Product development
Flavor development
Nutritional analysis
Ingredient sourcing
Fulfillment services
Dry, refrigerated, and frozen storage
Customizable packaging

Product Types:

Chocolate covered animal crackers
Chocolate covered pretzel poppers
Crispy chocolate toffee peanut rocher
Peppermint pretzel balls
Peanut butter cups
Chocolate caramel
Chocolate bars
Fruit and nut bars
Chocolate gift baskets

Specialty Product Capabilities

Organic
Kosher
Keto

Location: Rahway, New Jersey

2. Birmingham Chocolate

Birmingham Chocolate is a family-owned confectionery manufacturer. Today, the Birmingham Chocolate Company makes a wide variety of chocolate products, including bars, truffles, and fudge.

The company sources its cocoa beans from family-owned farms in South America. All the company’s products are made using traditional methods and are free of additives and preservatives.

Services:

Custom packaging
Private label manufacturing
Chocolate bar manufacturing
Trademark registration
Product development
Flavor development
Wholesale distribution

Product Types:

Chocolate bars
Keto bars
Flavored coffee beans
Chocolate and cocoa-coated almonds
Nonpareils d
Orange peel
Pretzel caramels
Oreos
Dipped graham crackers
Various bark confections

Specialty Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Dairy-free
Peanut-free
Sugar-free

Location: Birmingham, Michigan

3. Davis Chocolate

Davis Chocolate is one of the top confectionery manufacturers in the United States and the largest bean-to-bar facility in Indiana. The company produces a wide variety of chocolate products, including dark chocolate bars, milk chocolate bars, and white chocolate bars. Davis Chocolate is a private label chocolate manufacturer that manufactures chocolate for other companies.

The company’s products are available in stores across the United States and can also be purchased online.

Services:

Depositing
Molding
Inclusions
High-speed flow wrapping
Pouching
Chocolate manufacturing
Private label
Dry storage
Ingredient sourcing
Co-packing

Product Types:

Chocolate bars
Dark, milk, and white chocolate bars
Chocolate bars with inclusions such as almond, peanut butter, and cranberries
Raw and powdered cocoa nibs
Chocolate and peanut butter chips
Wine sticks
Wave sticks
Ice cream
Cakes
Liquid chocolate
Truffles
Chocolate products

Specialty Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-Free
Organic
Halal

Location: Mishawaka, Indiana

4. Great Confectionery Manufacturer

This organization is a confectionery manufacturer that produces nut and fruit candies. The company’s products are available nationwide at major retailers such as Walmart, Target, and Kroger.

They are a private label company dedicated to providing their customers with the highest quality products. Their products are cooked in copper kettles, hand-stretched, and hand-worked with the best pecans, cashews, and peanuts.

Services:

Candy manufacturing
Private label
Co-packing
Ingredient sourcing
Wholesale

Product Types:

Candy bars
Gummies
Chocolate bars
Brittles
Gourmet nut rolls
Chocolate nuts and fruits
Hard candies
Pralines

Specialty Product Capabilities: Organic

Location: Georgia

5. Great Confectionery Manufacturing Company

Originating from a rich tradition in American confectionery, this manufacturer’s expansive portfolio of sweets is instantly recognizable. They’ve crafted deliciously crunchy peanut-buttery bars covered in chocolate, and unique nougat bars enrobed in milk chocolate. In the non-chocolate space, they offer tart, chewy candies and taffy bars that tickle the palate with a blend of sweet and sour. Their hard, fruit-flavored candies are a testament to their commitment to a diverse range of tastes.

In expanding its offerings, the company has also introduced gummy candies, licorice, marshmallows, and chocolates to its product line. They have continued their innovation into the chewing gum sector with popular and nostalgic brands. This company, with its focus on quality and flavor diversity, remains a testament to timeless confectionery done right.

Services:

Food manufacturing
Co-packing
Ingredient sourcing
Bulk candy production for wholesale or commercial purposes
Packaging and labeling
Customized branding and design
Product development and innovation
Quality control
Distribution and logistics services

Product Types:

Chewy candies
Gummies
Jellybeans
Marshmallows
Chocolate bars
Cookies
Seasonal and holiday-themed candies
Novelty candies
International and multicultural candies

Specialty Product Capabilities:

Organic
Sugar free or reduced sugar

Location: Illinois

6. Great Confectionery Manufacturer

This company is a family-owned and operated business making fine chocolates and confections since 1917. Their extensive product range includes a wide variety of chocolate and candy creations, including milk, dark, or white chocolate.

This company offers private label services and collaborates with its clients to create and produce products under their brand names, leveraging their expertise in confectionery manufacturing. Their services are available in both smaller and larger production sizes, including offering wholesale distribution. Their dedication to crafting fine chocolates and confections, combined with their private label manufacturing capabilities, positions them as a trusted partner for businesses.

Services:

Candy manufacturing
Chocolate manufacturing
Private label
Ingredient sourcing
Wholesale distribution
Recipes development
Design and branding

Product Types:

Truffles
Caramels
Creams
Chocolate bars
Dipped fruits
Milk, white, and dark chocolates
Genevas
Chocolate pops
Chocolate covered cookies
Nonpareils
Chocolate covered raisins
Malt balls
Peanut clusters

Specialty Product Capabilities: Kosher

Location: Massachusetts

7. Great Confectionery Manufacturing Company

This company is a candy manufacturer specializing in candies such as caramel and taffy confections. The company’s products are available nationwide at major retailers such as Walmart, Target, and Kroger.

As a private label company, they excel in manufacturing candy bases of the highest quality. They work closely with clients to develop and produce custom candies under their brand names. This private label service allows businesses to offer unique and personalized candy products without the need for in-house manufacturing facilities. Their commitment to using top-quality ingredients and their dedication to crafting delightful confections contribute to their reputation as a reliable and sought-after partner in the candy industry.

Services:

Candy manufacturing
Private label
Packaging
Research and development
Ingredient sourcing
Bulk purchasing
Formulation development
Nationwide distribution
Design and branding

Product Types:

Caramel
Taffy
Fruit chews
Caramel or coated popcorn
Savory popcorn
Hard boiled candy
Chewy candy

Specialty Product Capabilities:

Organic
Kosher
Sugar-free

Location: Illinois

8. Another Great Confectionery Manufacturer

This Nevada-based company is a family-owned and operated candy manufacturer and the oldest brand of peppermint candy canes in the United States. Leveraging their expertise is a part of their strategy as a manufacturer, including offering private label manufacturing. This service allows businesses to create high-quality peppermint and other stick candies without needing in-house production capabilities.

Services:

Candy manufacturing
Vertical form/fill bagging
Horizontal form/fill bagging
Flow wrapping
Twist wrapping
Hand packing
Private label
Ingredient manufacturing
Contract manufacturing
Development and production of customized candy cane flavors, shapes, and packaging
Expertise in producing traditional and nostalgic stick candies
Nationwide distribution

Product Types:

Peppermint candy canes
Lollipop
Giant sticks
Candy sticks
Candy drops

Specialty Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Organic
Gluten free
USDA organic
Vegan
Non-GMO
Allergen free

Location: Nevada

Get Started with Partnerslate

What is the Largest Confectionery Company in the World?

The largest confectionery company in the world is Mars Wrigley. They are headquartered in Chicago, Illinois, and have over 65,000 employees. Their products include chocolate, gum, mints, and other confectionery items.

They operate in over 180 countries and have annual sales of over $35 billion. The second-largest confectionery company is Ferrero Group. They are headquartered in Italy and have more than 36,000 workers. Their products include chocolate, hazelnut spread, biscuits, and other confectionery items. They operate in over 170 countries and have annual sales of over $12 billion.

Work with the Best Confectionery Manufacturing Company

There is no “best” confectionery manufacturer–but there is one that will be the right fit for your brand. Are you looking for a large company that can make a wide range of candies or a smaller business specializing in a particular confectionery type? Are you looking for a manufacturer that uses organic ingredients or one that has nut-free facilities?

Through our extensive work in the CPG industry, PartnerSlate has become the leading discovery and connection platform to simplify a food entrepreneur’s search for the best manufacturing partner. Our Matching Advisors ensure the right co-manufacturers see your project so we can provide you with several options that have the capacity to meet your needs. Once you find a match, the platform enables both parties to onboard and communicate right on the software.

Experience the difference with PartnerSlate and allow us to support your growth by providing unparalleled connections and resources to help you conquer your goals.

Ready to confidently take your confectionery creations to market?

The post 8+ Great Confectionery Manufacturers in the US [2023] appeared first on PartnerSlate.

11+ Great Organic Food Manufacturers [2023]

Matt Suggs — Sun, 09 Jul 2023 08:57:14 +0000

Across the country and around the world, more consumers are realizing the benefits of purchasing organic food products. These changes in consumer attitudes mean that now is a great time to scale your organic food brand.

Entering an emerging or competitive market can be difficult–but you don’t have to do it all on your own! There are many fantastic organic food manufacturers that can help you produce, package, and distribute your product.

Of course, with so many different organic food manufacturing companies to choose from, it can be difficult to find the best co-packing partner for your business.

Which is exactly why brands and manufacturers take advantage of PartnerSlate, the leading discovery and connection platform in the CPG industry.

You can make your free account here, or keep reading to learn about some great organic food manufacturers in the U.S.

Get Started With PartnerSlate

What are organic food manufacturers?

In the last few years, you’ve likely heard the term “organic food” thrown around everywhere, from luxury grocery chains to online lifestyle blogs. But what exactly is considered organic food and what are organic food manufacturers?

According to the U.S. Department of Agriculture, “USDA certified organic foods are grown and processed according to federal guidelines addressing, among many factors, soil quality, animal raising practices, pest and weed control, and use of additives. Organic producers rely on natural substances and physical, mechanical, or biologically based farming methods to the fullest extent possible. Produce can be called organic if it’s certified to have grown on soil that had no prohibited substances applied for three years prior to harvest. Prohibited substances include most synthetic fertilizers and pesticides.”

Organic food refers to the way ingredients are grown and processed by farms, though this can vary depending on which food product you’re talking about. For example, organic meat, egg, and dairy products generally refer to meat, eggs, and milk that have been harvested from free-range animals living in conditions that approximate either natural habitat, such as by allowing cows to graze freely on pastures.

Organic animal and plant products also aren’t given any artificial antibiotics, growth hormones, or other chemical by-products. Organic food manufacturers then use these organic ingredients to manufacture your food or beverage.

Manufacturing organic foods vs. not organic foods

There are a few differences between organic and non-organic foods that help to explain why a customer or client may wish to have organic food product options to purchase.

Conventional modern farming practices often cause significant harm to the environment and well-being of the animals being raised. Additionally, synthetic pesticides, herbicides, fertilizers, antibiotics, and growth hormones are used to make farming easier and the end product more appealing to consumers.

All these factors drastically increase the suffering and environmental damage that farming produces. Organic food production, meanwhile, attempts to alleviate these effects of modern farming through the use of better farming practices.

Animals on organic farms often have better living conditions and can roam around large open spaces. Plant-based products are free of synthetic chemicals and are not genetically engineered. These practices are regulated by the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA).

Organic food manufacturers have plants and factories that work with certified organic products in their food, and not all food manufacturers do.

Organic Food Manufacturer Requirements

Food labeled and marketed as organic must meet certain requirements as set by the United States government to be legally sold. Some examples of these requirements include the following, according to the USDA website:

Products labeled as organic must contain at least 95 percent organic content.
Products labeled as “made with organic” must contain at least 70 percent organic content.
Products with less than 70% organic content cannot be marketed as organic and must have individual ingredients on the product’s ingredient list marked as organic instead.

How to Find the Best Organic Food Manufacturer

1. Research

Start by identifying potential manufacturers through online directories, industry publications, trade shows, and referrals from trusted sources. Look for manufacturers that specialize in organic food production, have relevant certifications, and have a solid reputation in the industry. Evaluate their experience, track record, and customer reviews to get a sense of their reliability and product quality.

This can take months of your time, especially when you’re balancing the other elements of growing your food business. But that’s why we created PartnerSlate: so you can find your co-packer in days–not months.

2. Outreach

Once you have a list of potential organic food manufacturers, it’s time for some cold calling. Contact them via email or phone to introduce your business and express your interest in partnering with them.
When reaching out to a co-packer, it is crucial to provide a concise and impactful message that establishes credibility, outlines your product and volume, and sets the stage for further discussion.

3. Waiting

After reaching out to the organic food manufacturers, be prepared for a waiting period. Manufacturers may take some time to respond to your inquiries, especially if they receive numerous requests.

Patience is key during this stage, as it allows the manufacturers to evaluate your business and determine if they can meet your requirements. While waiting, you can continue exploring other potential manufacturers or focus on gathering additional information about the ones you have already contacted.

4. Site Visits

Once you’ve received some positive responses from selected organic food manufacturers, it’s time to plan site visits. Visiting the manufacturing facilities in person will give you a better understanding of their operations, quality control measures, and overall suitability for your business.

During the site visits, closely observe their production processes, cleanliness standards, storage facilities, and equipment. Discuss any specific requirements or customization options you may have for your organic products.

As with all business decisions, a degree of healthy caution is always a good idea when looking to enter a partnership with a company. After all, your success depends on the reliability of your food manufacturer. Therefore, make sure their organic food products are properly certified according to government regulations and guidelines.

5. Culture Fit

An essential aspect of choosing the best organic food manufacturer is ensuring their values and culture align with your business. Evaluate their commitment to sustainability, environmental stewardship, ethical sourcing, and fair labor practices. Inquire about their relationships with farmers and suppliers to ensure they prioritize organic and locally sourced ingredients.

Understanding the manufacturer’s culture will help you build a long-term partnership that supports your brand values and resonates with your target audience.

6. Signing & Onboarding

After conducting thorough research, outreach, waiting, site visits, and culture tests, you should have a clear frontrunner for your organic food manufacturing partner. Before finalizing the partnership, carefully review and negotiate the terms and conditions of the contract. Ensure that the contract covers aspects such as pricing, production capacity, quality control, delivery schedules, and any other specific requirements.

Once the contract is signed, collaborate closely with the manufacturer to establish an efficient onboarding process and communicate your expectations.

This extensive process of finding the best organic food manufacturer can be arduous without the assistance of platforms like PartnerSlate.

Food product owners looking for organic food manufacturers simply submit a project through the platform with their requirements and preferences. By leveraging technology and industry expertise, PartnerSlate significantly simplifies the process by matching customers with manufacturers that align with their requirements, values, and business objectives.

After you find your match, all onboarding and communication take place right on the platform.

No more tracking down emails and sending out follow-ups–we keep it all in one place.

Great Organic Food Manufacturers for Your Food Product

Now that you know what makes a product organic, here are some great organic food manufacturers you can trust to provide your company with delicious, quality organic food!

Know that while we’re including some incredible options, the “best” organic food manufacturer depends on each company’s circumstances and needs. (See them all on the PartnerSlate platform.)

1. Apogee Foods

Apogee Foods is a prominent organic food manufacturer known for its commitment to producing high-quality products and providing exceptional services to its customers. One notable aspect is its ability to accommodate a wide range of product run sizes, catering to both small-scale and large-scale production needs.

Whether a customer requires a small batch for a niche market or a larger production run for broader distribution, Apogee Foods can deliver accordingly. They are certified organic by leading certification bodies, ensuring that their products meet stringent organic standards and are free from synthetic additives, pesticides, and genetically modified organisms (GMOs).

Services:

Refrigerated and dry storage
Ingredient sourcing
Packaging sourcing
Product development
Research and development
Fulfillment services
Food manufacturing

Product Types:

Cookies
Baked confections
Breakfast cereal
Granola
Snack bars
Nuts and Mixes
Chocolate enrobed products
Extruded products
Dry mixes

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic

Location: Dallas, TX

2. Assemblers

Assemblers is a distinguished food manufacturing business that specializes in a wide range of products, including small-scale and large-scale productions. Assemblers offers a comprehensive range of services to support their customers throughout the manufacturing journey.

They collaborate closely with their clients, offering expertise and guidance to optimize the manufacturing process and achieve desired outcomes. Additionally, Assemblers emphasizes efficient project management, ensuring timely delivery and customer satisfaction.

Services:

Liquid filling (hot and cold)
Cookies, snack food manufacturing
Confection packing
Secondary packaging
Shelf-stable meat/jerky packaging
Meal kits
Tray sealing
Pre-made pouch packaging

Product Types:

Carbonated and non-carbonated beverages
Breakfast cereal and granola
Dressings, salsa, marinades
Dips and hummus
Jams
Syrups
Snack bars
Chips
Nuts and mixes
Popped and puffed snacks
Chocolates
Hard candies
Gummies
Dry and wet pet food

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic
Kosher

Location: Illinois

3. ATX Specialty Foods

ATX Specialty Foods is a food manufacturing company that offers a wide range of services, holds prestigious certifications, and provides adaptable production run sizes. They’re one of the few certified USDA Organic, Non-GMO, and Gluten Free facilities in Texas and believe that great food comes from passion, quality ingredients, and good people.

With a focus on customer satisfaction, they provide comprehensive solutions throughout the manufacturing process, including recipe development, formulation, production, packaging, and distribution. The company works with clients to create custom products that align with their brand and target market. Their certifications, such as Safe Quality Food (SQF), demonstrate their commitment to stringent quality and safety standards. Moreover, they possess the flexibility to accommodate varying production run sizes, catering to both small-scale and large-scale needs, ensuring consistent quality across all volumes.

Services:

Retail packaging
Food service packaging
Purchasing power for raw ingredients and packaging
Liquid blending
Hot fill/cold fill
Kettle cooking
On-site quality management
HACCP plan development
SOP creation
Nutritional analysis
Shelf-life studies

Product Types:

Carbonated and non-carbonated beverages
Tea
Sauces
Dressings, salsa, and marinades
James
Dips and hummus
Syrups
Prepared appetizers
Entrees, soups, broths, and chili
Curry
Specialty beverages
Hot sauce

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Organic
Gluten-free
Kosher

Location: Texas

4. Great Organic Food Manufacturer

Family-run and specializing in baked goods, this organic food manufacturer only uses the best ingredients from ethical, high-quality sources. Sustainability is also a high priority for this company, which tries to purchase ingredients from local farmers when possible, building meaningful relationships with their suppliers.

The company has its own brand of products, but they also work in tandem with other clients to create new products and brands.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturing
Retail products
Food wholesale service
Flow wrap and carton packaging options
Baking
Extruding

Product Types:

Extruded and co-extruded food bars
Baked and unbaked food bars
Cookies
Scones
Other baked goods

Specialty product capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: Washington State

5. Great Organic Food Manufacturer

The goal of this company is to be a “partner, not a vendor,” and offers several fantastic new organic offerings. It has significant experience in fresh and plant-based foods and even provides new clients with a mentorship program to help prepare them to take their products to market. From sourcing ingredients to fulfillment, they cover all your organic food needs.

Services:

Innovation
Supply chain
Manufacturing
Fulfillment
Financing
Contract manufacturing
Contract packaging
Private labeling

Product Types:

Non-carbonated, plant-based beverages
Dressings, salsa, and marinades
Jams
Dips and hummus
Syrups
Nut butter
Prepared soups, broths, and chilis

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic
Kosher

Location: Illinois

Learn Mores

6. Great Organic Food Manufacturer

One of the largest co-packers in the Southeast United States, this company specializes in producing and supplying superfoods and offers services to companies with a combined revenue of over $65 billion worldwide. They have been in the organic foods business for over fifty years, with particular expertise in food branding and packaging.

Services:

Foodservice contract packaging
Retail contract packaging
Bakery contract packaging
Private label contract packaging
Contract manufacturing
Research and development

Product Types:

Cookies
Baked confections
Brad products
Dry pasta
Flour mixes, dough
Breakfast cereal and granola
Flour and malt
Chips
Crackers
Nuts and mixes
CBD and THC-infused products
Supplement powders

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: Florida

7. Great Organic Food Manufacturer

Since its inception in 2016, this company has expanded significantly with the help of industry veterans with over 30 years of experience in organic foods and co-packing. They offer a wide number of different organic baked goods and other food products, using cutting-edge facility resources in full compliance with Food Safety and Sanitation guidelines.

Services:

Food manufacturing
Private label
Frosting
Plastic pouches
Flow wrap
Cartons
Secondary packaging

Product Types:

Granola bars
Nut and seed bars
Crispy bars
Protein bars (non-coated)
Gluten-free cookies
Vegan cookies
Keto cookies

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Keto
Paleo
Vegan/plant-based
Organic
Gluten-free

Location: Nevada

8. Great Organic Food Manufacturer

With specialties in dry blending, frozen dough, and ready-to-eat products, this company is ready to help you get your baked goods to customers around the world. The company has experienced recipe developers to make sure your product is ready to go and help you turn your vision into reality.

Services:

Product rebranding
New products R&D
Recipe development
Contract manufacturer
Contract packager
Private label manufacturer

Product Types:

Dry blend mix and foods
Dry beverage mixes (such as cocoas and other drink mixes)
Cookies and frozen baked goods
Frozen and raw cookie doughs (both gluten-free and gluten-containing)
Flour mixes, gourmet scone mixes, organic mixes, and doughs
Pet goods (dog treat mixes)

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic

Location: Nebraska

9. Great Organic Food Manufacturer

This company is dedicated to helping companies package their brand, providing equipment and capability growth to support production and lower costs, and manufacturing products to fill a marketplace niche. The company has lots of experience helping clients achieve their maximum potential.

Not only can this company help you to manufacture and package your products, but they can also assist in testing, warehousing, and retailing products.

Services:

Contract packaging of food and non-food substances
Custom boxes and retail displays
Testing, quality assurance, and regulatory capabilities
Distribution and drop-shipping
Private label manufacturer
Turnkey solutions
Filling and sealing liquids, powders, particulates, and blends
Packaging with bags, packets, bottles, sprayers, jars, cans, and more
Warehousing, drop-shipping, fulfillment, distribution, and retailing offered by their sister company
Investment & joint ventures

Product Types:

Various beverage products including dry mixes
Bakery goods (flour mixes and doughs, spices, and extracts)
Dried and dehydrated fruits and vegetables
Granola and other cereals
Grain and oilseed products
Dips, sauces, and spreads
Puffed and popped snacks, chips, and nuts and mixes
Chocolates, hard candies, and gummies

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Organic
Kosher

Location: California

Lean More

10. Great Organic Food Manufacturer

If there’s one thing this company is passionate about, it’s organic food. The company has thorough expertise in importing, processing, and distributing organic goods. Not only that, but it also can help with fulfillment, getting your products out to your customer’s mouths.

With a commitment to sustainable organic farming, this company only uses sustainable packaging and even provides 1% of all profits to the non-profit Trees Atlanta.

Services:

Co-packing and contract manufacturing
Private label packing for the retail industry
Organic custom ingredient supplier
Food safety consulting and support
Pouching, liquid filling, and custom dry blending
Dry storage
Turnkey
Fulfillment and distribution
R&D
Sourcing and packing
CPG and bulk packaging

Product Types:

Dry and powdered mixes
Coffee and tea
Dried and dehydrated fruits and vegetables
Spices, extracts, and salt blends)
Puffed and popped snacks, nuts, and mixes
Chocolate
Superfood blends, dry smoothie blends, and dietary supplements

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Organic
USDA Certified

Location: Georgia

11. Great Organic Food Manufacturer

This company prides itself on lean processing lines and high food quality and safety standards in all its food product offerings. The organization continues the legacy of the “Cereal City” with a large variety of different cereal and granola products. With its team of veteran food industry leaders, this company delivers a reliable food co-pack experience every time.

Services:

Food manufacturing
Bulk pack and flow wrap
Stand up pouches
Flexible cup filling with seal and lid

Product Types:

Soft or crispy cookies
Granola
Snack bars, cold-formed or extruded
Cereal bites
Seeds, nuts, and beans

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic
SQF Levels 1-3
Non-GMO

Location: Minnesota

Read the complete guide to food product development.

FAQs On Organic Food Manufacturing

How do I start an organic food brand?

Starting an organic food brand is no easy feat, but it’s possible with the right co-packer by your side. Organic food manufacturers that offer turnkey services can take your product from an idea right to the shelves. Or, if you’ve already created your organic food product, you may be looking for a co-packer that can help you scale.

What is the best organic food brand?

No organic food brand is “the best,” per se, but some popular organic food brands include:

Amy’s Kitchen
Organic Valley
Green and Black’s
Horizon Organic

What is the largest organic food brand?

Some of the largest and most popular organic food brands include:

Trader Joes
Whole Foods Market
Urban Organics
Earth’s Best Organics

Who produces the most organic food?

Some of the largest organic food producers in the United States include:

WhiteWave Foods Company
General Mills
Globel Copacking LLC

Work With the Best Organic Food Co-packer For Your Product

Picking an organic food manufacturer to package your food product takes time. And with so many fantastic options to choose from, it can be very challenging to figure out which food manufacturer is right for your company.

Get your product on the shelves faster by using a discovery and connection platform like PartnerSlate. We’ll help you find the best co-pack and organic food manufacturer for your company–without all the research, outreach, and waiting on your part.

Get Started with PartnerSlate.

The post 11+ Great Organic Food Manufacturers [2023] appeared first on PartnerSlate.

6+ Private Label Companies for Energy Drinks: Powders, Sports Drinks, CBD, & More [2023]

Matt Suggs — Sat, 08 Jul 2023 00:44:00 +0000

Developing and creating an energy drink–whether it’s a sports drink, CBD-focused, mixable powder, or something else–is exciting but time-consuming. An innovative product idea is great…but you also need to figure out the best way to get your concept onto the shelves and then into the hands of excited consumers.

Quick tip: finding a private label company for your energy drink brand is going to be one of the most effective ways to do that.

Of course, deciding on a co-packer or private label partner is a big decision. It takes time to research, send outreach, and get set up with the right manufacturer for your product. But PartnerSlate is going to do all of this for you!

Enjoy this review of some of the top private label companies for energy drinks and how to get started with your energy drink business.

What are private label companies for food and beverage?

Private label companies in the food and beverage industry create products based on their own proprietary recipes, ingredients, and specifications. These are then sold under the retailer’s brand name with their label. Private label businesses use their expertise in formulation, production, and packaging so the retailer can maintain a focused branding strategy.

Some of the biggest advantages of private label products include:

Pricing: Retailers can determine the cost and set profitable pricing for their private label energy drinks.
Adaptability: Smaller retailers can swiftly respond to market demand for new features by quickly initiating the production of a private label energy drink, whereas larger companies may not be as interested in niche products.
Branding: Private label energy drinks showcase the retailer’s brand name and packaging design, allowing for complete control over branding elements.

How to Find the Right Private Label Manufacturer For Your Energy Drink

A typical brand takes about six months to a year to find a manufacturer that has the capabilities and capacity to take their project on–after reaching out to about 50-100 manufacturers. And even after all that time and effort, it might not even be an ideal fit.

Katlin Smith, Founder & CEO of Simple Mills puts it clearly: “Contract Manufacturers are classically difficult to find…The one you end up working with is typically on the 12th page of Google and you have to call every one of them.”

Finding the right private label partner for your business can pose various challenges and often requires a considerable amount of time and effort. The process often includes:

Identifying potential partners who specialize in your specific product category, such as energy drinks, will take time. You’ll want to research and evaluate each company’s capabilities, track record, quality standards, and production capacity.
Establishing open lines of communication and conducting thorough discussions to ensure alignment with your brand’s vision, values, and target audience.
Negotiating terms, pricing, and contractual agreements demands careful attention to detail.

Overall, the process of finding the right private label partner can be intricate and time-intensive, making it crucial to invest adequate resources to make an informed decision that sets your business up for long-term success.

So how does an entrepreneur find the right contract packager for their product? By working with PartnerSlate: the leading discovery and connection platform in the consumer packaged goods (CPG) industry.

Our platform is designed to match you with the most suitable food and beverage contract packagers in the business. We carefully evaluate and compare your project needs with their capabilities and capacity to ensure a seamless partnership.

To list a project, brands fill out a form and have their details reviewed by PartnerSlate’s Matching Advisors. We ensure the right co-manufacturers–out of our 6,000 co-packer network–see your project so we can match you with several options that have the capacity and interest to start working with your brand. Once you finalize your match, all onboarding and additional communication can be done right on the PartnerSlate platform.

By leveraging our extensive network and industry expertise, we take the guesswork out of the equation and provide you with a curated selection of private label companies and co-packers that align with your brand goals. You can confidently invest your valuable time in innovating, designing, and selling the best products for your customers.

Find the best private label match

Are there private label energy drink production minimums?

For a co-packer to be successful, it’s important for them to be as efficient as possible. They’ll want to make sure that they are making the most of their time and labor force as well as using their equipment to the best of their ability.

This is why many times a co-packer’s minimums will be based on the number of units that can be produced efficiently in one shift – may it be 5,000 units or 100,000 units. Switching out labeling, packaging, or equipment for each new customer takes time and if they have to do this multiple times throughout the day, it could impact their bottom line.

That’s why it’s vital to have a quality company like PartnerSlate make sure you get easily connected with the best beverage contract packagers! PartnerSlate’s “Production Run Size” analysis of each contract packager is just one feature that guarantees we will find the right fit for you and your product.

Great Private Label Energy Drink Companies

The energy drink sector is thriving, filled with innovation and potential. Get your foot in the door and start working with some of these great private label companies for your energy drink.

1. Country Pure Foods

Country Pure Foods is a top manufacturer of beverages and unique frozen drinks including juices and plant-based beverages. Their company focus is on quality, support, and the satisfaction of their customers, and they have locations across the country that can provide a variety of packaging solutions and resources.

Focusing on food services (such as schools and healthcare), retail, private labeling, and co-packing, Country Pure Foods supports brands all across the country.

Services:

Private label manufacturing
Contract manufacturing
Contract packaging
Distribution
Aseptic juice boxes
Food service
Single-serve portions
Retail
Chilled cartons, cups, and jugs
Frozen cartons and cups
Room temperature cups

Product Types:

Smooth frozen juice blends from concentrate
Vegetable juices
Fruit juices
Vegetable and fruit juice blends
Almond milk and oat milks
Natural spring water
Iced tea
Organic juices
Organic almond milk
Lemonades

Location: Akron, Ohio

Speciality Product Capabilities: Organic

2. Blue Chip Group

Blue Chip Group is a family-owned business that grew from humble beginnings to becoming one of the nation’s leading dry foods manufacturers. Under their two brands – Augason Farms and Live Prepared, they are committed to providing a diverse and comprehensive list of over 300 different products, including entrees, snacks, and beverages.

Guaranteed to use only the highest quality ingredients, including gluten-free alternatives and fresh organic offerings. They own their entire supply chain, including formulation, mixing, packaging, and fulfillment with a 150,000 sq. ft. production facility.

Services:

Formulation, packaging, warehousing, and fulfillment of canned or bottled beverages
High-speed packaging and labeling
Bulk or staged Blending/Mixing
Product formulation
Supply Chain and Inventory Control
Kitting and Fulfillment
Nutritional and nutraceutical solutions from formulation, blending, and testing to packaging, warehousing, and fulfillment
CTolling or turnkey Solutions

Product Types:

Non-carbonated and carbonated beverages
Dry mixes
Dry pasta
Flour mixes and dough
Dry, condensed, and evaporated dairy
Dried and dehydrated fruits and vegetables
Breakfast, cereal, and granola
Nuts and mixes
Hard candies and gummies
Organic soups
Gluten-free items
Fruit and vegetable juices/blends
Energy drinks/shots

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: Utah

3. Great Energy Drink Private Label Company

This private label company is one of the best-known names in the beverage co-packing and drink manufacturing business. They specialize in alcoholic and non-alcoholic canning and accommodate sustainable and responsible co-packing and manufacturing methods.

The company provides both private labeling and co-packing services in its dairy and allergen-free facility. In addition to storage and warehouse services, their massive 425,000-square-foot factory offers bulk spirit storage, tunnel pasteurization, a water plant, in-house laboratory testing, and much more.

Services:

Beverage formulation and canning
Pasteurization and batching
Can sleeving and laser encoding
Carbonation and nitrogen dosing
Shrink sleeving
Private label services
TTB services
Supply chain management
Formulation within their laboratories

Product Types:

Variety packs of alcoholic or non-alcoholic canned beverages
Spirits
Vintners
Sugar brew
Malt beverages

Specialty product capabilities:

Dairy-free
Allergen-free
Organic

Location: Indiana

4. Great Energy Drink Private Label Company

This private-label company is a full-service food and nutritional contract manufacturing partner. From research and development to manufacturing and packaging, they partner with small to large clients to provide them with all their contract manufacturing and logistics needs. Providing unrivaled expertise in formulation development, blending, packaging, quality control, and fulfillment services.

Services:

Manufacturing and packaging
Sourcing and product research and development
Blending, packaging, and fulfillment
Logistics solutions

Product Types:

Beers and ciders
Dry mixes
Flour mixes and dough
Vitamin, mineral, and herbal powder blends
Meal replacements and drink powders
Dry, condensed, and evaporated
Breakfast, cereal, and granola
Spices and extracts
Hard candies

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: Wisconsin

5. Great Energy Drink Private Label Company

This beverage company is a co-pack facility and production partner with an SQF II Certification, working to move beyond traditional “co-packing” relationships filled with too little information, a lack of collaboration, and a fair bit of adversity.

This company strives for collaboration, transparency, and the spirit of win-win business. The company offers a variety of engagement packages, which allow partners to be involved in the back-office portion of their production business to the extent they feel is the most appropriate, adding value to both organizations.

Services:

Distribution
Inventory analysis and logistics
Aluminum canning and packaging
Stabilization and filtration
Tunnel shrink wrapping
Kegging
Cold fill
Tunnel pasteurization
Liquid bending

Product Types:

Still water
Non-carbonated
Carbonated

Speciality Product/Processing Capabilities: None listed.

Location: Washington

6. Great Private Label Company for Energy Drinks

This private label company is a versatile and turnkey contract packaging solutions provider conveniently located in the heart of Texas, with the ability to formulate, label, brand, and manufacture a wide variety of products. Their four-acre plant facility is fully monitored featuring secured buildings with stringent quality standards.

Services:

Contract packaging solutions, sourcing, and label design
Induction cap sealing
Bottling line
Nutrition and supplement facts labeling
Product development with custom formulation
Research and development
Tunnel pasteurization
Flash pasteurization
Cold fill

Product Types:

Still water
Non-carbonated
Dry mixes
Dry, condensed, and evaporated dairy
Liquid vitamins and supplements
Powder vitamins and supplements

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Organic

Location: Texas

Read our full guide on how to move your product from idea to launch.

How do I start my own energy drink company?

Investigate and research your target consumer: Market and consumer research can give you an idea of your target audience and what food products are popular with the public. Understand what else is out there, who your competition is, and if your new drink will be viable in this space.
Think legal: Acquire the proper licensing and credentials to sell your product and safeguard your intellectual property.
Get support to find the best private label company for your brand! You’ll want to make sure you are working with a company that ensures the highest quality of care when manufacturing. PartnerSlate offers a streamlined process that not only matches you with the right partner but also offers exceptional onboarding that ultimately leads to products hitting the market faster.
Focus on branding and marketing: With a private label company managing product and recipe development, your goal is to grow your audience of potential customers to rally around your new product. Thinking about the name, the package, the label, and how to market it to grow demand.

Conclusion: What is the best private label energy drink company?

Finding the right private label companies for energy drinks can be a daunting task, but PartnerSlate is here to simplify the process and help you achieve your goals. As the leading platform in the industry, PartnerSlate offers a comprehensive range of resources and support to assist food and beverage entrepreneurs like you.

Our platform offers a vast selection of top-quality private label companies for energy drinks, far beyond the few we just reviewed. We understand that each brand has unique requirements and aspirations, so we strive to offer a diverse array of options to cater to your specific vision and clientele.

If you’re an aspiring food or beverage entrepreneur seeking the ideal private label company for your energy drinks, PartnerSlate is your go-to platform. Empower yourself with knowledge, explore the extensive options available, and let us help you pave the way to success in the industry.

Make Your Free Profile

The post 6+ Private Label Companies for Energy Drinks: Powders, Sports Drinks, CBD, & More [2023] appeared first on PartnerSlate.

Food Product Development: Taking Your Food Product From Idea to Launch [2023]

Matt Suggs — Tue, 13 Jun 2023 07:44:00 +0000

Food product development can be both an exciting and challenging endeavor. You want to come up with an innovative product while still keeping in line with major consumer food trends–all while finding a reliable food manufacturing or co-packing partner to help you get your product on the shelves. It can get overwhelming.

PartnerSlate’s mission is to make the manufacturing process simpler by easily connecting brands with the best food and drink manufacturers in the industry. Plus, we like to provide resources for brands on their most pressing questions, including how to get your food product from idea to launch.

We created this guide to take you through the entire food product development process from start to finish. We’ll explore the different components of product development and review the importance of finding the right partners for success.

What is Food Product Development?

Food product development is the process of bringing new products to market or enhancing existing products. This complex process involves many steps including brainstorming, selecting ingredients, taste testing, designing packaging, following regulations, planning a marketing strategy, and distributing the product.

During product development, food and beverage entrepreneurs strive to balance quality, efficiency, sustainability, and customer satisfaction.

Who Works in Food Product Development?

Here’s a look into some of the different roles within food product development.

Entrepreneurs

Food entrepreneurs are the individuals (like you) who are starting or managing food- or beverage-based businesses. Their primary goal is to develop innovative solutions for tackling the various complex challenges facing the food industry.

Food entrepreneurs often have a range of responsibilities, including product development and testing of recipes and prototypes, as well as market and competition research. They’ll also often have to find manufacturers or packagers, identify potential funding sources, and manage the day-to-day business operations of the food business.

Co-mans & Co-packers

Co-mans and co-packers are terms often used interchangeably to describe manufacturing partners that produce, package, and distribute products for their clients. Specifically, contract manufacturers are the food production facilities that make brands’ food and beverages, while co-packers are the facilities packaging the food products to be sold.

However, many co-mans and co-packers offer a range of services, including:

Labeling
Product development
Storing
Recipe development
Private labeling
Canning
Glass and plastic bottling
Boxing
Re-packaging
Map packaging
Heat and cold seal
Wet and dry packing
Vertical and horizontal filling and sealing
Flat packaging
Ingredient sourcing
Extrusion
Dry mixing and blending
Flavor sampling
Flow wrapping
Allergen control
Rotary molding

Ready to Find Your Perfect Co-packer?

(PartnerSlate does this for you. Find out how.)

Nutrition Professionals

Food Scientists

Food scientists use their knowledge of chemistry, biology, and engineering to guarantee the safety, quality, and nutritional value of food–as well as create new food products that meet the changing needs and preferences of consumers.

They may also conduct studies for food sustainability, research ways to make food production more efficient, monitor safety protocols and enforce quality assurance protocols, test food, and more.

Nutritionists

A nutritionist is someone who has earned a degree in nutrition and works in the food or health industries. Nutritionists are often added to the food development process early on to help you find the best ingredient for your target audience. They often help with product formulation, especially if the food product aims for anything organic, gluten-free, keto, etc.

Nutritionists will conduct research and work with the labeling staff to analyze numerical data, finalize the nutrition facts panel, and confirm the nutrient content of products. They can also collaborate with marketing teams to ensure that all nutrition-related advertising is factual.

Food Marketers

Marketers for food brands are responsible for promoting food and beverage products to build awareness and attract customers. They create, manage, and execute marketing strategies guided by consumer analysis, the R&D process, and branding goals.

Food marketers may also work on product design–including the packaging and labeling of a product–distribution, and new product development.

Key Stages of Food Product Development

Scott Edgett and Robert Cooper are the masterminds behind the Stage-Gate Product Innovation Process.

This process has changed the way businesses manage their product development and it can be helpful when creating a new product, so we used their ideas as a jumping-off point to create this guide.

We wrote this assuming you already have a larger team in place. If you are still a one- or two-person team, don’t worry, the same steps apply!

1. Brainstorming

At this stage, anything goes, but do keep in mind the direction of the company and its current capabilities. Look for blue sky ideas that push the boundaries, but fit within the overall company mission. Pulse players in the surrounding environment and get early feedback on ideas that could be potential “winners” in the market.

Before moving on to the next stage, make sure the entire team is excited and passionate about the idea, including leadership!

2. Market Identification & Research

Market research and identification can give you an idea of your target audience and what food products are popular with the public. Market research often involves researching competitors’ products, and learning about consumers’ preferences, lifestyles, personalities, and opinions.

Understand what else is out there and who your competition is. Will this be a viable product in an already crowded space? If so, what differentiates you from the competition and is that enough to bring it to market?

Know the product inside and out, and what makes it better than the rest. How will the consumer respond?

This is a critical stage and doing your homework is a must! Ensure the product passes with two thumbs up before moving through to the development stage.

3. Conceptualization & Formulation

Build a timeline that sets you up for success. Incorporate all functions of the business (Brand/Sales, Product (R&D), Sourcing, Production & QA) and ensure all milestones are fully vetted and achievable. At this point, your project plan becomes a tool for the entire team to follow across the finish line.

The process of conceptualization and formulation involves obtaining ingredients and creating a few versions of the product in small quantities. This is also known as the prototyping stage and is done either in the company’s test kitchen or in a test kitchen facility outside the company.

Begin with bench-top samples, start with the basics to work up something simple, and then move on from there. As you begin to develop and formulate, understand your financial targets. Try to work within them, but never compromise taste for cost at this point in the timeline. You want to develop a product that has that yum factor, and you only want to put the best of the best in front of your targeted accounts.

The main goal of this stage is to find and combine ingredients in the right proportions to create the perfect food product recipe with the desired taste and texture. While you may already have a recipe, having a formula is just as important. Being able to turn your food recipe into a formula to quickly and precisely increase or decrease your production without compromising the quality is essential.

The formulation must also meet food safety regulations and nutrition guidelines to ensure a safe and nutritious product. Food scientists and nutritionists will examine the nutritional value of food, explore new food sources, and research methods to make processed foods safe and nutritious. Nutritionists focus on ensuring that the food product meets all the requirements to be considered healthy and nutritious, while food scientists work to create a formula that is edible and has a viable shelf-life.

Nutritionists and food scientists can also help you avoid:

Missing out on investment due to lack of credentials and certifications
Adding the wrong ingredients to your food recipe
Having to re-test and re-formulate your food product too many times
Falsely marketing your food product to the public
Not conducting concrete research on certain ingredients
Not being able to produce your product at the volume you want

4. Finalizing a Product

The next step is perfecting the product. This entails optimizing the taste, texture, and look of the product. The previous testing and formulation stage allowed you to gather outside feedback. You and your food product development partners can now implement any changes required to finalize your food or beverage.

Each change may require some additional testing–and more adjustments–so make sure to include that in your timeline.

5. Create Packaging and Labeling

Designing a label requires both careful attention to detail and creativity. This stage can happen during various phases of developing your food and beverage. Make sure to work closely with marketing to ensure the artwork and design of the product speaks to the target market.

Create a survey with different design options and send it out to existing customers or influencers in the industry. Figure out which designs resonate with the customers (post coming on packaging design soon!). The packaging of a food product is a major part of its marketing. This will build the food company’s brand and is one of the first things that consumers and retailers will observe.

The packaging’s color, design, and logo significantly influence how the product is perceived in the market. It must be attractive enough to stand out from the other products on the shelves. As artwork nears closer to the final design, submit it for a cross-department review. This will catch all errors in the design before going to print.

You’ll also need to consider all the factual information that will need to be included, as well as any branding.

Information that must be included in your package:

Product name
Weight of contents
Nutrition Facts panel
Allergen statement
Ingredients statement
Name of the manufacturer, co-packer, or distributor

Additional items to include on the label:

Bar code
Expiration date
Lot code
Preparation and storage instructions
Health claims
Nutrition content claims
Slogans
Inspection label
Choking hazard
Product-specific statements: kosher, organic, vegan, etc.

You’ll also need to determine the size and layout of the packaging. This will impact what additional information you can include and how many design elements you can add. You may also have multiple packages to design, such as canned drinks that are sold within boxes.

6. Work with a Co-man or Co-packer

Working with a co-packer can come at any point in the process. You may need turnkey manufacturing services, which would require a manufacturing partner in the beginning stages of food development. Or, you may have your product and packaging all set and are seeing significant sales before you realize you’ll need to work with a copacker to help scale production.

No matter what point of food product development you’re at, the right co-man or co-packer must be able to meet your product’s needs and grow with you and your product.

When looking for the right match, you’ll need to consider:

Product expertise
Services
MOQs
Cost
Capacity
Equipment and safety
Cleanliness

You’ll also need to know if your co-packer is compatible with you and your product.

Once you have the right co-packer lined up you can move into full-length production trials. It’s important for you and your co-packer to understand the goals of the trial since these trials will mimic a full production run, giving you an idea of the product’s true look, taste, and feel.

Retrial as needed, until the team is comfortable with all aspects of the product. This will be your last shot at changing any attributes before going to market.

7. Determine Pricing

After finishing trials, do a deep dive to understand your product costs. Pricing your food can get complicated because ideally, you should be able to cover your expenses while still offering an attractive price point to customers. Expenses include everything from your raw ingredients to production to even the time you spend creating the product.

As you have moved through the stage-gate process, your product will have changed significantly. Make sure you are pulling the trigger on a product that will bring you financial success. Ensure your co-packer is in line with these costs, as they will be heavily involved in managing these over time.

It’s also helpful to determine the minimum price you’re willing to sell your product for while achieving the desired profit margin to keep your business running. After that, start testing the market to decide how much consumers will pay for your item.

Rally the sales team one last time before launch. Have them provide final feedback on a launch forecast and a 12-month look forward.

8. Consumer Testing & Analysis

Consumer testing is a common practice in the food industry. Through this feedback, companies can learn if a product is acceptable to consumers and if further development is required. This testing involves looking at the physical aspects of the food, such as its texture and consistency, as well as its sensory features, like its flavor and aroma.

Consumer testing can take place during multiple stages of the food development process, from the initial market research to recipe formulation and package design. Some companies even launch the food product for a limited time to see how it performs with an audience.

Once the testing stage is approved, the company will take on financial liabilities, ordering materials for launch against this forecast. Review product trials, COGs, and final forecasts with the executive team before going into the launch phase!

9. Food Product Marketing

Develop an initial sales and marketing plan and understand who the targeted sales accounts will be. Begin executing those plans, getting preliminary specs, flavors, and designs in front of buyers.

Start selling early, since most customers work around 9-12 month reset dates. If an opportunity is missed, don’t expect your product to be on shelf at the time of reset.

Consider taking advantage of today’s social climate by investing in social media. Announce the upcoming product through popular social media channels or work with food product influencers to spread the word in advance of your launch.

10. Creating Distribution Networks

A food distribution channel involves negotiators moving food items from producers to shoppers. Those involved in food distribution are responsible for taking care of the transportation and storage of food while it goes through the supply chain process.

Many food distributors use warehouses for temporary storage, while others use refrigerated trucks to deliver food products to foodservice operators.

There are different types of food distribution channels which are wholesalers, cash and carry distributors, specialty distributors, and broad-line distributors.

Be sure to think about how much you can produce. You’ll need to find outlets that match the amount of product you can create. Sometimes, small specialty stores with only a few locations can buy all of your initial output.

The shops carrying your product need to make a profit from these sales. The amount of money stores expect to make will vary depending on the type of store. Consider these margins when calculating the price the customer will have to pay.

You can use that data to narrow your search and make the best decision regarding your food product.

11. Launching the Product

The launch should encompass all of the work that has been completed throughout the life of the project. The product should be ready to hit the shelf. Each department will have completed the following:

Sales have lined up buyers and the product will be ready to scale at launch.
Marketing has built an extensive campaign to back the launch and gain product awareness.
R&D and Finance have built a tasty, quality, and profitable product.
Creative has designed a product (and packaging) that will connect with the consumer.
Operations & Quality is in place to execute initial production and hit the planned start of shipment.

Expedite Your Food Product Development with the Right Manufacturing Partner

Bringing a food product from an idea to a successful launch can be lengthy and complicated. Making a unique, top-notch food product that meets all security and regulatory standards necessitates plenty of time, perseverance, and effort.

Having the right co-man or co-packer will give you peace of mind knowing that your products are being made correctly and properly packaged. This will allow you to focus on other parts of your food business, such as branding and marketing your product to the right audience or coming up with a new product line.

Luckily, the PartnerSlate matching marketplace makes finding the right manufacturing partner easy. Instead of months (or years) of cold calling, research, and culture checks, PartnerSlate provides you with a network of pre-approved companies that are sorted according to their capacity and capability.

Once you upload a project, you’ll get matched with qualified manufacturers that offer the services, volume, and pricing you need. And can finalize your partnership in a manner of days or weeks–all on the platform.

Ready to get your food product onto shelves?

Find Your Perfect Co-packer

The post Food Product Development: Taking Your Food Product From Idea to Launch [2023] appeared first on PartnerSlate.

Food Scientists: What They Do & How They Support Food Product Development

Matt Suggs — Thu, 08 Jun 2023 13:35:39 +0000

Food scientists are an integral part of the food industry since they ensure the safety, quality, and nutritional value of food products. Have you got the recipe for a killer sauce or snack that you always thought should be on the shelves of supermarkets nationwide? A food scientist can help make those dreams come true.

This article will explore what food scientists do and how they support food product development. It will also review the importance of finding a food manufacturer with the right team of food scientists to ensure that your food products meet the highest standards of quality and safety.

What is a Food Scientist?

Food science encompasses many different disciplines to understand and improve food processes when manufacturing food and beverage products. Food scientists use their knowledge of chemistry, biology, and engineering to guarantee the safety, quality, and nutritional value of food, as well as to create new food products that meet the changing needs and preferences of consumers.

They work in a variety of settings, including food production facilities and research laboratories, and play a crucial role in ensuring the availability of safe, healthy, and delicious food for people around the world.

The Role of Food Scientists in the Food Industry

Food scientists are as essential to the food industry as investors, marketers, and customers. Here are some of their biggest roles in food and beverage production.

Recipe & Ingredient Development

Food scientists aren’t chefs: they’re scientists with a deep understanding of the chemical and physical properties of food. They use this knowledge not only to design recipes but also to understand the manufacturing process from when the product is an idea to when it hits the shelves. They help food brands develop and tweak recipes and ingredients that are not only tasty but also safe and healthy to consume.

Food scientists can also create new ingredients or improve existing ones by using their expertise in food chemistry and processing. They can also identify the best ways to source and combine ingredients to maximize flavor, texture, and nutritional value. This can impact the cost of production, and ultimately the product’s purchase price.

Scaling Up Food Production

Food scientists use their expertise to develop processes that increase efficiency and quality while maintaining food safety. They analyze the composition of raw materials, develop new formulations and recipes, and design production processes that can be replicated on a larger scale.

Food scientists also conduct sensory evaluations to ensure that mass production of a product still meets desired flavor, texture, and aroma characteristics. Imagine biting into your favorite childhood confectionery only to find the flavor isn’t right. Food scientists work to ensure that each piece retains its signature flavor and is safe to consume–no matter how large the scale of production is.

Ready to Scale Your Food Product?

Nutritional Assessments

Through conducting nutritional assessments, food scientists can analyze the composition of raw materials, including their macronutrient and micronutrient content, and evaluate how different processing techniques may affect their nutritional value. They provide accurate and reliable nutritional information to food and beverage companies, enabling them to make informed choices about their products, and influencing the creation of product descriptions.

Food Safety & Quality

Food scientists can identify potential hazards, develop appropriate control measures, and monitor food processing and storage environments to prevent contamination. Through the use of different testing methods, they can detect harmful pathogens, allergens, and chemical contaminants that may be present in food.

They also work to optimize food processing techniques to minimize the risk of quality issues, such as spoilage or loss of flavor and texture.

Food Preservation & Shelf Life

Food scientists also assist in preserving the quality and extending the shelf life of food products, whether they are organic or conventional. They help manufacturers and food and beverage companies identify the best preservation techniques, such as canning, freezing, or drying, that can help prevent microbial growth and deterioration of food quality.

They also evaluate the impact of different processing techniques on the nutritional content of the food and its flavor and texture. They monitor storage conditions and develop packaging materials that can help preserve the freshness and quality of food products over extended periods. The development of effective preservation techniques can help reduce food waste and increase food security for consumers.

New Production Technologies

Because food scientists have a detailed understanding of the food manufacturing processes, they can help develop new production technologies that can increase efficiency and quality in the food industry. They evaluate the results of new and old technologies and assess their impact on food product characteristics and safety.

They then work closely with manufacturers to test and optimize the new technologies to ensure that they deliver the desired results. Food scientists can help manufacturers stay competitive, reduce costs, and improve the quality of food products for consumers.

Packaging & Labeling Techniques

Food scientists also help support the development of effective packaging and labeling techniques that help protect food products, guarantee their quality, and provide consumers with important information about the product.

They assess the results of different packaging techniques to confirm that they meet regulatory requirements and codes. They work closely with manufacturers to develop effective labeling strategies that provide consumers with accurate and useful information about the product, such as nutritional content, allergen warnings, and product origin.

Food Scientist Career Preparation

There are specific certifications, levels of experience, and specialized knowledge of the food industry and its processes you’ll need to have to break into the food science industry.

Licenses, Certifications, and Registrations

To work as a food scientist, there are several licenses, certifications, and registrations that may be required depending on the specific job responsibilities and location. Professional certifications, such as the Certified Food Scientist (CFS) certification offered by the Institute of Food Technologists, can also demonstrate expertise in the field and may be preferred by employers.

Depending on the specific job duties, food scientists may need to obtain licenses or registrations from government agencies, such as the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) or the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA). For example, food scientists who work in a facility that processes meat, poultry, or egg products may need to be certified by the USDA’s Food Safety and Inspection Service (FSIS).

Ultimately, the specific licenses, certifications, and registrations required for a career as a food scientist will depend on the individual’s area of expertise and job responsibilities.

Education Requirements

In the United States, most food scientists are required to have a bachelor’s degree in food science or a related field, such as biology or chemistry. Additionally, some employers may require a master’s degree or Ph.D. in food science or a related field.

On-the-job Training

On-the-job training can be an essential component for new food scientists to gain practical experience and develop the necessary skills for their occupations. Depending on the specific job responsibilities and industry sector, on-the-job training may involve working with experienced food scientists to learn about specific processes, techniques, and equipment used in the food industry.

For example, new food scientists working in a quality control laboratory may need to learn how to use testing equipment. In other cases, on-the-job training may involve shadowing experienced food scientists to learn about quality control procedures and product development.

Soft Skills

In addition to technical skills and knowledge of food science principles, employers may look for specific soft skills when hiring food scientists. These skills can include effective communication skills, both written and verbal, as food scientists often need to communicate complex technical information to colleagues, clients, and regulators.

Strong analytical and problem-solving skills are important, as food scientists must be able to identify and address issues related to food quality, safety, and production efficiency. Adaptability and flexibility are also critical soft skills, as the food industry is constantly evolving, and food scientists may need to adjust to new technologies, regulations, and consumer preferences.

How Food Scientists Support Food Product Development

Food scientists are constantly innovating and pushing the boundaries of what is possible. Their expertise in food chemistry, microbiology, and engineering, combined with their collaborative spirit, enables them to support food product development in countless ways. From developing new food formulations to improving food safety and quality, food scientists are at the forefront of the industry, driving results and creating products that meet consumer demand.

This is why when choosing a manufacturer you must first understand the expertise of their food science team. This is why it’s important for food and beverage companies to find a manufacturer that employes food scientists that match their product needs.

But searching for a co-packer or contract manufacturer can be no easy feat–it can take months or even years of research, cold calling, and site visits to find a match that has no guarantee of success.

This is where PartnerSlate comes in. PartnerSlate’s matching platform connects food and beverage companies with manufacturers that fit all their needs – including the quality and development of their products. Simply start by creating a profile and listing your project. We’ll connect you with multiple manufacturers on our platform, which streamlines document sharing, communication, and onboarding–all in one place!

The post Food Scientists: What They Do & How They Support Food Product Development appeared first on PartnerSlate.

8+ Top Tips for Food Entrepreneurs & Startups

Matt Suggs — Mon, 05 Jun 2023 02:24:32 +0000

Starting a food-based business is a challenging but rewarding venture. Whether you want to introduce new gluten-free products or jump on the cookie business trend, anyone can become a food entrepreneur. However, success does not come without communication, research, and hard work.

In an industry where 80% of all food startups fail, you’ll want to know what it takes to beat those odds. With the right mindset and strategies, you can build a successful brand. Today, we will discuss some ideas and tips for food entrepreneurs and startups to help you launch your business.

Who is Considered a Food Entrepreneur?

Food entrepreneurs are individuals who start and manage food-based businesses. Their primary goal is to develop innovative solutions for tackling the various complex challenges facing the food industry. They work hard to build companies that create and sell food products that cater to the needs and interests of customers.

Food entrepreneurs typically handle a range of responsibilities, including product development and testing of recipes and prototypes, as well as market and competition research. They may also be responsible for selecting suppliers for ingredients, finding manufacturers or packagers, identifying potential funding sources, and managing the day-to-day business operations.

Overall, food entrepreneurship involves being innovative, creative, and passionate about food. It’s a challenging yet exciting field that can require a lot of hard work and dedication to succeed.

Successful Food Entrepreneurs & Their Brands

A successful food entrepreneur or brand offers a unique or innovative product that meets the demands of its customers, is profitable, and has a broad reach in the market. These brands can significantly impact the food industry and shape our culture by changing the way people eat, think, and talk about food.

Defining the success of a food entrepreneur or brand varies depending on the intended audience or product’s scope, size, and demographics. For example, some brands may target a niche community or specialize in certain diets or allergens, while others cater to a broader mainstream audience.

Here are some examples of successful food entrepreneurs:

Foodvisor: Founded by Charles Boes, Foodvisor is an innovative nutrition app that analyzes your meals and provides nutrition information through a photo. The app can also create a diet plan for you, and help you make healthy choices with coaching.
Chef Avenue: Seema Shenoy had the idea to create cookware that is useful for prep & storage, and that can transition easily to the oven or microwave, eliminating the need for multiple pans, pots, and storage containers.
Current Foods: Founded by Jacek Prus, Ron Shigeta, and Sonia Hurtado, Current Foods is a leader in the sustainability space. Their goal is to create healthy and delicious plant-based fish alternatives, fighting against overfishing and pollution of our oceans.
Liquid Death: Founded by Mike Cessario, this brand is fighting plastic pollution by offering water in a can. A simple and ingenious idea, that keeps consumers coming back with its iconic branding.
Olio: Tessa Clarke and Saasha Celestial-One aim to bring awareness to and fight the issue of food waste. Olio connects communities with local businesses that may have surplus food to sell at a discount.

Looking for the Perfect Co-packer For Your Brand?

Tips for Food Entrepreneurs & Startups

If you’re an aspiring food entrepreneur or startup owner, it’s helpful to be aware of the best practices to build your business.

1. Understand Your Product Requirements

While it’s great to have an exciting idea, you’ll need to know exactly what your food or beverage product will require to get from idea to shelf. Establish clear goals, such as its intended use, benefits, and price point. Define the specific attributes of the product, such as flavor, texture, packaging, and nutritional content. Make sure to consider:

Will the product require special production equipment or processes?
Is your aim to introduce an existing recipe into the market, or are you looking to sell under a private label?
What ingredients do you need? Is there a reliable source for them?
Will the production of the product require specialized labor?
What are your packaging and labeling needs?
Is this a specialty item, such as a gluten-free product, that has additional regulations and requirements?

All of these questions will guide you in determining whether your product is feasible and what steps to take to be successful.

2. Research the Market and Choose Your Niche

To stand out in a competitive marketplace, you need to research your competition and choose a niche that aligns with your values and goals. Perhaps your brand aims to promote a healthy lifestyle and provide food products that are organic and nutritious. Or maybe you want to be the face of your private label energy drink. The customers for each of these offerings are likely very different.

Conduct research to gain insights into the target market’s preferences, needs, and pain points. This can include analyzing industry reports, conducting surveys, and even focus groups if you have the opportunity. The research can help in identifying the competition and gaps in the market.

3. Recipe Formulation & Development

Food entrepreneurs often start with a recipe, but in order to scale a product, they must transform that recipe into a formula. This involves converting the recipe into precise measurements and ratios of ingredients, as well as establishing consistent cooking and processing methods. A formula is how a professional food manufacturer documents your information in pounds, kilograms, grams, or other weight measurements. These weights are then converted to relative percentages and used to make any amount or batch size of your product.

To create a formula, food entrepreneurs work closely with product development teams, which may include food scientists, research chefs, and food technicians. These experts can help to identify the optimal ingredients and ratios for the recipe, as well as suggest modifications that can improve the product’s taste, texture, and shelf life.

Throughout the process of transforming a recipe into a formula, food entrepreneurs must remain flexible and open to feedback and suggestions. This requires a willingness to experiment and adjust the formula until it meets the desired specifications and is ready for commercial production.

4. Find the Right Co-Manufacturer or Co-Packer

Once the formula is ready, food entrepreneurs must then find the right co-manufacturer to produce their product on a large scale. Co-manufacturers manufacture food or beverage products for other brands according to the brand’s instructions, while co-packers package finished or natural products. However, these terms can be used interchangeably and contract manufacturers often produce and package products.

It’s important to note that co-packers with turnkey services can start working with you as soon as you have a product idea. In turnkey manufacturing, a co-man can assume some or all responsibility for the entire manufacturing process of a product on behalf of their client, from development to production and finally to delivery.

So how do you find the right co-man with the services you need? The bad news: It can take months or years of research, cold-calling, interviews, site visits, and communication to even start working with a co-man. And then there’s no guarantee it’s the right fit.

The good news? PartnerSlate takes all of this work off your plate. PartnerSlate’s matching marketplace partners you with high-quality production partners from our extensive network of food and beverage manufacturers and packagers. How does it work?

Create a profile and detailed project to give manufacturers the info they need to know if you’re a good match for their capabilities.
List your project on PartnerSlate’s Marketplace and let qualified manufacturers come to you. Our network of nearly 6,000 co-mans is the largest anywhere.
We’ll connect you with multiple manufacturers on our platform, which streamlines document sharing, communication, and onboarding–all in one place.

5. Find Funding (If Needed)

If you aren’t financing your food business startup on your own, then it’s likely you’ll need to find the capital to get off the ground.

While there are traditional funders for food entrepreneurs, such as banks and other financial institutions, these can be difficult to access without a track record of success or collateral. Therefore, many food entrepreneurs turn to alternative funding methods, like finding investors, to get their businesses off the ground.

Some options include:

Approaching friends and family: Food entrepreneurs may turn to friends and family members to provide funding. This approach can be less formal than traditional funding methods and may involve loans, investments, or gifts.
Crowdfunding: Crowdfunding has become a popular way for food entrepreneurs to raise funds. Crowdfunding platforms allow entrepreneurs to create a campaign and solicit contributions from the public in exchange for rewards or equity in the company.
Angel Investors: Angel investors are individuals who invest their own money in early-stage startups in exchange for equity in the company. Many angel investors have experience in the food industry and can provide valuable expertise and connections.
Venture Capital: Venture capital firms provide funding to startups in exchange for equity in the company. These firms typically invest in companies with high growth potential and a strong team.
Grants: Food entrepreneurs may be eligible for grants from government agencies or non-profit organizations that support food-related businesses. These grants do not require repayment but may have specific eligibility criteria and reporting requirements.

Keep in mind that investors are looking to invest in businesses, not personalities, products, or ideas. Creating a business plan provides potential investors with an overview of your business and allows you to map everything out and identify weaknesses. Your business plan should detail your product, target market, cost estimates to get up and running, and sales projections.

6. Hire the Right Team

As an independent food entrepreneur, you need a team of skilled and dedicated professionals to help you run your business. Some roles to consider are:

Product development
Operations
Marketing
Sales
Finance
Quality control

In a startup, team members may wear multiple hats and take on multiple roles. However, covering these key areas is essential to building a successful food product startup.

7. Prioritize Branding & Marketing

To succeed in a crowded marketplace, branding, and marketing are key. Develop a brand identity that resonates with your target audience and create marketing strategies that communicate your unique value proposition.

Where do you start with developing a brand identity? Consider your product’s values, personality, and target audience. How would you communicate what your food product is about and what sets it apart from the competition? Your logo and company name should reflect that identity, and so should your packaging.

Once the branding is final, it’s time to spread the word about your product with an effective product description. Some methods to consider include developing a website to showcase your products, working on social media to build brand awareness and engage with customers, participating in events to get your product in front of potential customers and create buzz, and partnering with influencers such as food bloggers and other thought leaders in the industry to reach a wider audience and build credibility for your product.

8. Test Out Your Concept

Before launching your product, test it out in a controlled environment, such as a focus group or a pop-up restaurant. It’s also important to test your product including sensory evaluations (taste, texture, appearance, and overall acceptability), nutritional analysis, stability testing, and shelf-life studies.

This step will help you evaluate your product and make necessary improvements.

9. Evaluate & Improve

By conducting regular assessments and taking steps to improve their business, food entrepreneurs can stay competitive and continue to grow. Some specific actions that food entrepreneurs can take to evaluate and improve their business include :

Product testing and feedback
Cost analysis
Regular sales and financial analysis
Keep an eye on regulations
Adapt or improve based on feedback

Implementing a continuous improvement program will keep you up-to-date with the ever-evolving food industry, improve quality and advance your business.

Scale Your Food Startup Journey with the Right CoPacker

Starting a food-based business is no easy feat. To be successful, food entrepreneurs and startups need to take an innovative approach and follow best practices to ensure sustainable growth. With the right co-packer, food companies can achieve a well-defined product with fast lead times.

Partnerslate is an excellent tool for entrepreneurs and startups looking to grow their businesses. Through the platform, food businesses can easily connect with contract manufacturers and co-packers, allowing food entrepreneurs to expand their product offerings and scale their businesses efficiently. Simply start by creating a profile and listing your project and we’ll connect you with a selection of manufacturers that could all be the perfect fit.

Explore Partnerslate today to maximize your food startup journey!

The post 8+ Top Tips for Food Entrepreneurs & Startups appeared first on PartnerSlate.

What is a Co-Packer? How to Find the Right Co-Packer for Your Food Product in 2023

Matt Suggs — Fri, 02 Jun 2023 14:21:00 +0000

It can be a tough road, but it’s necessary for any food or beverage brand that is hoping to succeed in the CPG industry with an outsourced food manufacturing partner.

What is a Co-packer?

Co-Packer vs Co-Manufacturer vs Private Label

A contract manufacturer is a food production facility that manufactures food or beverage products for other brands according to the brand’s instructions. They may also offer co-packing services.

Some popular examples of private label brands are:

Target: “Good & Gather”
Walmart: “Great Value”
H-E-B: “Hill Country Products”
Publix: “GreenWise”

Key Co-Packer & Contract Manufacturing Services

There are various services and capabilities offered by co-manufacturers and co-packers, including:

Ingredient sourcing
Labeling
Product development
Storing
Recipe development
Private labeling
Canning
Glass and plastic bottling
Boxing
Re-packaging
Map packaging
Heat and cold seal
Wet and dry packing
Vertical and horizontal filling and sealing
Flat packaging
Stand-up packaging
Bag-in-boxes
Dry storage and cold storage
Extrusion
Dry mixing and blending
Flavor sampling
Flow wrapping
Allergen control
Rotary molding

What specifications and processes your product requires will impact which co-packer will be the right fit.

Ready to Find Your Perfect Co-packer?

What to Consider When Choosing a Co-packer

Location

Location is also important if you have a national brand: you’ll want to work with multiple co-packers throughout the country that are closest to your customer markets and distribution centers.

Services

Plus, there’s no cost for the matching service if the project doesn’t move forward after the initial introduction. We’re just all about finding you the right fit.

Capacity & Interest

Before reaching out to copackers, it’s helpful to know whether they’re even taking on new products–and if they are, if they’d be interested in working with you and your product.

Some co-packers simply don’t have the bandwidth no matter how incredible your product might be.

This is another way PartnerSlate saves you time: we only match you with co-packers that have both the capacity and interest in working on your specific products.

Certifications

Some certifications your manufacturer might offer include:

GMP
GFSI
SQF Level 1
SQF Level 2
SQF Level 3
Kosher
Gluten-Free
Organic
Non-GMO

MOQ

Cost

How much a co-packer costs will depend on your product ingredients, production requirements, packaging requests, and more.

Culture Fit

It can be helpful to speak with some of their past and present customers to determine whether or not this copacker would work well with your brand and business.

We Make It Simple to Find the Right Co-packer

How to Find the Best Co-packing Company for Your Food Business

1. Research

2. Outreach

This is the point where many new food and beverage entrepreneurs can fall short. They either leave out key details–or leave too long of an email for a busy executive to read.

You want to cover three things–product, credibility, volume–and then lead into a larger conversation.

Product: “I have a sparkling water brand that is packaged in a 12oz sleek with tunnel pasteurization.”
Credibility: “We are in regional Whole Foods locations and will be launching nationwide with Sprouts in Q3”
Volume: “We are currently running 5000 cases (24pk’s) per month but we are growing quickly”
Next Steps: “We are looking for a west coast co-packer to continue our expansion and would love to speak with your team.”

3. Waiting

Why is “waiting” a step in the process?

4. Site Visits

5. Matching

This is a two-way interview and a matchmaking process to ensure that you all can communicate well and work together. Both groups need to be aligned for success or else the relationship will not work.

6. Signing & Onboarding

Just be aware that you might have to do this process a few times if the co-packer isn’t a right fit–whether due to capabilities, management, or culture fit.

The Best Way to Find the Right Co-Packer

The PartnerSlate Platform.

To make this possible (and easy) setting up your free account with PartnerSlate is the obvious answer. This will unlock and connect you with co-packers who are actively interested in taking on more business (which is why they’d have a PartnerSlate account). Your being on the site also signals to them that you are serious about manufacturing your food product.

It’s a simple, three-step process:

Create your company or brand profile.
Add a project describing your product and needs.
Let us find you the perfect match from our network of nearly 6,000 co-mans.

It’s time to find the right co-packer for your product.

The post What is a Co-Packer? How to Find the Right Co-Packer for Your Food Product in 2023 appeared first on PartnerSlate.

What is Flash Pasteurization?

Matt Suggs — Tue, 30 May 2023 01:26:17 +0000

In the world of food and beverage products, the quest for safer and longer-lasting products has always been paramount. Flash pasteurization, an advanced pasteurization technique, plays a crucial role in achieving these objectives.

How do you know if your food or product needs flash pasteurization? And if it does, how do you find a manufacturer or co-packer that offers this production technology?

This article will review what flash pasteurization is, its benefits and limitations, and how to find the right co-packer for your food or beverage business.

What is Flash Pasteurization?

Flash pasteurization, also known as high-temperature short-time (HTST) pasteurization involves the use of sterile fill technology to eliminate harmful microorganisms from perishable products. Unlike traditional methods that require prolonged exposure to high temperatures, flash pasteurization rapidly heats the product to a specific temperature for 3 to 15 seconds and then quickly cools it down.

This process helps ensure the product is effectively sterilized while minimizing the impact heat can have on its taste, texture, and nutritional value.

What Drinks Use Flash Pasteurization?

When discovered by Louis Pasteur in 1857, pasteurization was used to deactivate unwanted microorganisms in wine. Since then, many industries have adopted flash pasteurization.

The method works in the production of juices, including fruit juices and vegetable juices, as well as dairy-based beverages such as milk. Smoothies, beer, and energy drinks may also need to be flash pasteurized depending on their ingredients.

Food manufacturers that create liquid products that use dairy as a key ingredient will also use flash pasteurization. These products include dressings, sauces, and confectionery products.

How Flash Pasteurization Works

Flash pasteurization begins with the product being rapidly heated between 160°F and 165°F, depending on your beverage. The temperature is carefully chosen to destroy bacteria, yeasts, molds, and other undesirable pathogens that may be present in the product.

To achieve rapid heating, manufacturers use specialized equipment that allows for quick and efficient heat transfer while the liquid moves in a controlled, continuous flow. By minimizing the duration of heat exposure, the process aims to achieve effective sterilization while minimizing any negative impact on the product’s quality. Flash pasteurization is especially beneficial for perishable items that are sensitive to prolonged heat exposure. It allows manufacturers to extend the shelf life of their products while maintaining their freshness and overall quality.

After the product reaches the desired temperature, it’s rapidly cooled down as it continues its controlled flow, exposed to between 39.2° F and 42°F. This rapid cooling is crucial as it helps preserve the sensory attributes of the product, such as taste, texture, and nutritional value while ensuring that it remains safe for consumption.

When Should You Not Use Flash Pasteurization?

While flash pasteurization can be important for the micro bacteria in your beverage products, there are instances where it is not the right process to use. For example, if your beverage is particularly heat-sensitive, flash pasteurization could damage the flavor or natural qualities of the beverage.

Additionally, some beers and ciders rely on the presence of specific enzymes for fermentation or flavor development. Other dairy products may also change in texture when exposed to high temperatures.

Ready to Match With Your Perfect Co-packer?

Other Pasteurization Types

1. Heat Pasteurization

Heat pasteurization is similar to flash pasteurization but the product is not heated and cooled as rapidly. Heat pasteurization heats products for about 30 minutes instead of 3-15 seconds. The products are also heated to a slightly cooler temperature than flash pasteurization. Since this exposes the beverage to a much more significant time frame of high heat, it’s important to ensure this method is right for your beverage product before choosing to implement it.

2. Ultra-high Temperature Pasteurization

Ultra-high temperature pasteurization, also known as UHT pasteurization, involves heating the liquid food product to temperatures as high as 280 degrees Fahrenheit (138 degrees Celsius) for a very short duration, usually around 2 to 5 seconds. The rapid and intense heat treatment effectively kills harmful bacteria, yeasts, and molds, ensuring the product’s safety and reducing the need for refrigeration.

3. Extended Shelf Life Pasteurization

Extended Shelf Life (ESL) pasteurization is unlike traditional pasteurization, which involves heating the product to a high temperature for a short duration. ESL pasteurization uses a combination of milder heat treatment and other preservation techniques.

This method typically involves heating the food product to temperatures between 160 and 190 degrees Fahrenheit (71-88 degrees Celsius) for a longer period up to a few minutes. ESL pasteurization can retain most of the product’s natural flavors, textures, and nutrients, while effectively reducing the presence of spoilage microorganisms.

4. Low-Temperature Long-Time Pasteurization

Low-Temperature Long-Time (LTLT) pasteurization involves heating the food product at lower temperatures, typically between 145 and 165 degrees Fahrenheit (63-74 degrees Celsius), for an extended period ranging from 30 minutes to several hours. LTLT pasteurization is commonly used for delicate products such as dairy, eggs, and certain beverages, where maintaining the product’s sensory attributes is of more importance.

5. Aseptic Processing

Aseptic processing is a food preservation technique that sterilizes both the product and the packaging material separately and then combines them under sterile conditions. This method ensures that the final product is free from harmful microorganisms.

In aseptic processing, the product is pasteurized according to its sterilization needs. Then, the packaging material, such as containers or cartons, is also sterilized through various means, including steam or hydrogen peroxide. The sterile product and packaging are then brought together in a sterile environment, usually using aseptic filling systems, which help prevent any contamination from occurring.

Flash Pasteurization Benefits

Quick & Efficient

Flash pasteurization is quicker and more efficient compared to traditional pasteurization methods. Its efficiency lies in the ability to achieve the desired pasteurization temperature within seconds, significantly reducing processing time and energy consumption.

This enhances productivity and cost-effectiveness for manufacturers while ensuring a higher level of food safety and quality for consumers.

Kills Bacteria & Microorganisms

By subjecting the product to high temperatures for a brief period, flash pasteurization efficiently targets and destroys bacteria, yeast, molds, and other harmful microorganisms, ensuring the safety and quality of the final product.

This method is particularly advantageous for delicate items, such as juices, dairy products, and liquid foods, as it eliminates pathogens without compromising the taste, texture, or nutritional value of the product.

Preserves Flavor & Quality

Unlike conventional pasteurization methods that can lead to flavor degradation and texture changes, flash pasteurization’s quick heating and cooling process minimizes these undesirable effects. This technique effectively kills bacteria and microorganisms while preserving the natural flavors, aromas, and overall sensory characteristics.

This not only enhances consumer satisfaction but also ensures that the product retains its quality and freshness over an extended shelf life.

Maintains Nutritional Value

Flash pasteurization also preserves essential vitamins, minerals, enzymes, and other nutrients. This ensures that the final product retains its nutritional integrity, providing consumers with healthier and more wholesome options.

Flash Pasteurization Challenges

Less Effective Than Other Pasteurization Technologies

While flash pasteurization efficiently eliminates harmful microorganisms, some other methods, such as high-pressure processing (HPP) or ultra-high temperature (UHT) pasteurization, may offer a higher level of microbial inactivation.

Though these alternative technologies can achieve more thorough sterilization, they may negatively impact the quality of the product.

Less Control & Monitoring

Due to the rapid heating and cooling nature of flash pasteurization, there may be limited opportunities for real-time monitoring and adjustments. This can pose challenges in ensuring consistent and uniform pasteurization across all batches, particularly for larger-scale operations.

Additionally, the short duration of the process may make it difficult to accurately assess the extent of microbial inactivation or to detect any potential deviations or variations in the pasteurization effectiveness.

This lack of control and monitoring could lead to a higher risk of inadequate pasteurization or uneven treatment, potentially compromising the safety and quality of the final product. It is crucial for manufacturers utilizing flash pasteurization to implement comprehensive quality control measures and rigorous testing protocols to mitigate these limitations and maintain product safety.

Can Require More Energy

The rapidness of the heating and cooling processes can require the generation of significant heat energy. This increased energy demand can be a concern from both economic and environmental perspectives. The energy-intensive nature of flash pasteurization may lead to higher operational costs for manufacturers, particularly for large-scale production.

Some Flavor Loss

Due to potential flavor loss, flash pasteurization may not be the best technique for some products. Its process may cause subtle changes in flavor profiles, leading to a slight loss or alteration in taste. While efforts are made to minimize these effects, especially by using precise temperature control, some delicate flavors and aromas may still be affected.

However, the extent of flavor loss varies depending on the specific product and processing conditions. Manufacturers can mitigate this disadvantage by conducting thorough sensory evaluations and implementing quality control measures to maintain the desired flavor characteristics throughout the flash pasteurization process.

Find a Contract Manufacturer with the Right Pasteurization Capabilities for Your Product

Discovering a contract manufacturer with the perfect pasteurization capabilities for your product is a game-changer that will propel your business to new heights. You’ll just need to find a manufacturer equipped with state-of-the-art pasteurization techniques so you know your product will meet the highest standards of safety, quality, and taste.

While you can spend months (or years) researching and cold calling manufacturers on your own…PartnerSlate can find you the perfect coman or copacker for you in just days. Through the PartnerSlate platform, food businesses make a profile, list their project, and then quickly connect with contract manufacturers from the largest network of comans you can find.

Simply start by creating a profile and listing your project and we’ll connect you with a selection of manufacturers that could all be the perfect fit–whether or not that includes flash pasteurization processes!

Find Your Perfect Co-packer

The post What is Flash Pasteurization? appeared first on PartnerSlate.

Top Food Science Courses & Certifications [2023]

Matt Suggs — Fri, 26 May 2023 03:00:10 +0000

In the rapidly growing consumer packaged goods (CPG) industry, food science is a critical component for ensuring food products are safe and meet industry regulations. From food entrepreneurs to co-packer teams, food professionals can benefit from expanding their knowledge in food science through various food science courses and certifications.

Plus, the food science industry expects to have an 8% increase in job growth between now and 2031. So with a faster than average growth trajectory, the need for food science professionals is on the rise.

This article will review some important food science courses and certifications for food and beverage professionals to consider.

What Does Food Science Include?

“Food science” is a multidisciplinary domain that includes a wide range of subjects. Expertise in each can help ensure the development, manufacture, and launch of safe, innovative, and high-quality products that adhere to relevant regulations in the consumer packaged goods industry.

Some key areas include:

Microbiology: This branch focuses on understanding the role and behavior of microorganisms in food products. It’s important for maintaining food safety, quality, and shelf life. Knowledge of food microbiology helps you detect and control harmful pathogens while promoting the growth of beneficial microorganisms, such as in fermented products.
Quality assurance: Quality assurance involves the implementation of systems, policies, and procedures that guarantee product consistency and safety, enabling you to build and maintain a strong brand reputation.
Data analysis: Analyzing data from market trends, consumer preferences, production processes, and quality control tests can help you enhance your products, streamline your operations, and identify potential areas for improvement or growth.
Agricultural practices: Understanding various agricultural practices and their impacts on food quality, safety, and sustainability allows you to source raw materials more efficiently and ethically.
Nutrition: As consumer interest in health and wellness continues to grow, understanding the nutritional aspects of your products is more important than ever. Knowledge of nutritional sciences enables you to develop food items that cater to various dietary preferences, health requirements, and consumer demands.
Food engineering: This field combines engineering principles, food science, and technology to design and improve food production processes, equipment, and systems. A deeper understanding of food engineering can help you develop innovative, sustainable, and cost-effective food processing methods.
Sensory analysis: Sensory analysis enables you to evaluate the taste, texture, aroma, and appearance of your food products. Gaining insight into consumer preferences and perceptions–as well as identifying areas for improvement–can be integral to your product development and marketing strategies.

Ready to Scale Your Food Product?

Food Science Courses & Certifications to Know

To meet the needs of food professionals seeking to improve their skills, several reputable institutions offer specialized food science courses and certifications.

Certified Food Scientist from the Institute of Food Technologists

This prestigious certification demonstrates your mastery of applied scientific knowledge and practical experience in food science. Its comprehensive curriculum covers a wide range of topics, including food safety, quality assurance, product development, and food processing. Earning the Certified Food Scientist credential sets you apart as a competent professional, making you more valuable to your organization and aiding in your business growth.

Other Food Science Courses offered by IFT:

Food Science for the Non-food Scientist
Labeling Requirements and Implications for Foods Marketed in the U.S.
A Simplified Approach to Shelf-Life
Unfolding the Next Frontiers of Alternative Proteins
Fundamentals of Sensory Science
Introduction to Dairy Science

HACCP from Cornell University

The Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points certification (HACCP) is an essential component of an effective food safety management system. Cornell University’s HACCP course provides a profound understanding of the seven HACCP principles, helping you develop and implement an efficient HACCP plan. Gaining this qualification ensures you are well-equipped to maintain food safety, reduce potential risks and enhance overall product quality in your business.

Other Food Science Courses offered by Cornell University:

Agricultural Supervisory Leadership Program
Artisan Dairy Food Safety Plan Coaching
Calf and Heifer Management
Certified Milk Inspectors School
Cheese Grading
Cured Meats Processing
Dairy Lab Seminar
Dairy Science and Sanitation
Farmer Online Courses
Fluid Milk Processing for Quality and Safety
Food Microbiology Lab Practices
Foreign Supplier Verification Programs
Good Manufacturing Practices for Food
Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point Training
High Temperature Short Time Pasteurizer
Implementing SQF Systems
Introduction to Artisan Ice Cream and Frozen Desserts
Membrane Filtration, Evaporation, and Drying Technology

Food Safety Certificate from Penn State

The Food Safety Certificate offered by Penn State focuses on vital aspects of food safety management and regulation. The program covers topics such as pasteurization, foodborne pathogens, and preventative measures to protect consumers from food hazards. By obtaining this certificate, you demonstrate your commitment to assuring the safety of food products and increasing consumer confidence in your brand.

Other Food Science Courses offered by Penn State:

Food Processing and Technology Certificate
HACCP and Preventive Controls Courses
Better Process Control School
Control of Listeria Monocytogenes in Ready-to-Eat Foods
Dairy Basics: Fundamentals of Quality and Safety
Food Mycology Short Course (formerly Food and Airborne Fungi & Mycotoxin Short Course)
Food Defense Workshop
Food Microbiology Short Course
Food Packaging Short Course
Food Safety & Sanitation for Food Manufacturers
Food Safety & Sanitation for Food Manufacturers
Fundamentals of Food Science
Ice Cream Short Course
Ice Cream 101 “Introduction to Frozen Desserts”
Pasteurization Short Course
Penn State Cultured Dairy Products Short Course
Penn State-Ingredion Plant-Based Yogurt Short Course
The Science and Art of Cheese Making Short Course
Penn State Chocolate Short Course
Principles of Sensory Evaluation Course
Descriptive Analysis Short Course

Food Science and Technology Certificate Program from UC Davis

This comprehensive program is designed to help you develop a strong foundation in food science and technology. You will learn various aspects such as food engineering, nutrition, and product development, equipping you with the skills to create innovative and safe food products. This certification can be invaluable in expanding your business, as you will be better informed to make strategic decisions in product development, manufacturing, and marketing.

Other Food Science Courses offered by UC Davis:

Applied Sensory and Consumer Science Certificate Program
Winemaking Certificate Program
Master Brewers Certificate Program

Food Science Essentials from Ohio State University

Acquiring the Food Science Essentials certification from Ohio State University provides you with a solid foundation in food science fundamentals. This program covers essential topics such as food chemistry, sensory evaluation, and consumer preferences. Gaining this expertise will enable you to make informed decisions about food product development, consumer trends, and product quality, positioning you for success as you expand your food business.

Other Food Science Courses offered by Ohio State:

FSPCA – Preventive Controls for Human Food Training
Food Safety and GMPS
Dairy Training and Certificate Program

Juice HACCP from eHACCP

The Juice HACCP course is tailored specifically for professionals in the juice industry, teaching you critical safety and quality control measures to maintain regulatory compliance. By obtaining this specialized certification, you demonstrate your dedication to the highest safety standards in juice manufacturing while gaining the knowledge needed to address the unique challenges of this sector, ensuring the growth and success of your juice business.

Other Food Science Courses offered by eHACCP:

Seafood HACCP
Meat and Poultry HACCP
Dairy HACCP
Fresh produce HACCP
Storage and distribution HACCP

Preventive Controls for Human Food Course From FSPCA

FSCPA’s Preventive Controls for Human Food Course prepares you to design, implement, and maintain effective preventive controls in your food business operations. As a qualified Preventive Controls Qualified Individual (PCQI), you will be responsible for ensuring product safety, minimizing hazards, and meeting regulatory requirements, thus enhancing your business reputation and consumer trust.

Other Food Science Courses offered by FSPCA:

Preliminary Steps and Food Safety Plan
Food Safety Hazards
Process and Allergen PCs
Sanitation and Supply Chain
Monitoring Corrections, Corrective Actions
Validation, Verification, and Resources
Environmental Monitoring Program (EMP)
Training and Recordkeeping
Recall Program
Sanitary Transport
Foreign Supplier Verification Program

SQF Practitioner–Risk Management Courses from SQFI

The SQF (Safe Quality Food) Practitioner–Risk Management courses provide you with in-depth knowledge of food safety and quality management systems. By obtaining this certification, you will be able to identify and mitigate potential risks, ensuring your supply chain adheres to SQF standards. This expertise demonstrates your commitment to upholding stringent safety and quality requirements, making your business more attractive to customers and partners alike.

Other Food Science Courses offered by the SQFI:

Implementing SQF Systems
SQF Quality Systems
SQF Risk Assessment
SQF Food Safety Culture

Choose the Best Food Science Courses For Your Career

Selecting the best food science courses for yourself and your business depends on your specific goals, career aspirations, and organizational needs. By staying informed and up-to-date in the field of food science, you are well-equipped to navigate the competitive landscape of the CPG industry. If you’re a food brand looking for support beyond food certifications, let PartnerSlate help.

PartnerSlate is a matching marketplace that connects food and beverage companies with the right manufacturing and packaging partners to streamline product development and launch. You start by creating a profile and listing your project and then we connect you with manufacturer options. The platform streamlines all document sharing, communication, and onboarding–so you can get your product from idea to shelves that much faster.

Get Started With PartnerSlate

The post Top Food Science Courses & Certifications [2023] appeared first on PartnerSlate.

20+ Innovative Food Start-Ups to Know in 2023

Matt Suggs — Tue, 23 May 2023 02:45:30 +0000

There are endless incredible food and beverage start-ups that are influencing how we eat, access, and even think about food. From meat alternatives to new food delivery services, innovative food entrepreneurs are impacting the industry one startup at a time.

This article will give a quick overview of some exciting food and beverage startups and businesses to watch, highlighting their unique offerings, creative business models, and groundbreaking approaches to addressing consumer needs and preferences. By keeping an eye on these trailblazers, you can stay up-to-date on the ever-evolving trends shaping the world of beverage and food manufacturing.

What Beverage & Food Start-ups Are We Looking At?

As we monitor the food and beverage startup landscape, it’s essential to consider the diverse range of companies that fall under this umbrella. Some startups focus on creating innovative food products while others work on improving production processes or enhancing the overall consumption experience. There are also startups dedicated to promoting better nutrition, sustainability, and waste reduction.

No matter the focus, all of these food startups are trying to make a lasting change in the food and beverage industry.

Exciting Food Startups to Follow This Year

Keep your eyes peeled for these stand-out companies in the food startup space.

1. Banza

Location: 26 Broadway, New York

Founders: Brian and Scott Rudolph

Founded in: 2014

Banza is revolutionizing the pasta industry with its innovative chickpea-based pasta, which offers a healthier and gluten-free alternative to traditional wheat-based pasta. Banza’s products provide high protein, high fiber, and fewer net carbs, making them suitable for various diets, including gluten-free, vegan, and diabetic-friendly.

Their product range has expanded to include chickpea-based rice, mac and cheese, and lasagna, positioning Banza as a leader in the healthy food startup scene.

2. Bevi

Location: Boston, MA

Founders: Sean Grundy, Frank Lee, and Eliza Becton

Founded in: 2013

Bevi aims to reduce plastic waste from bottled beverages by offering customizable, eco-friendly water dispensers. Their smart water cooler technology allows users to personalize still and sparkling water with various natural flavors, promoting healthier hydration choices while eliminating the need for single-use plastic bottles.

Bevi is rapidly gaining popularity in offices, gyms, hotels, and other commercial spaces, making it a startup to watch.

3. BrewBird

Location: 28 E 3rd Ave #200, San Mateo, CA

Founders: Erik Pfleiderer and Adam Eller

Founded in: 2012

BrewBird is a unique coffee subscription service that connects customers with specialty coffee roasters worldwide. By curating a diverse selection of ethically sourced, small-batch coffee beans, BrewBird aims to create a global community of coffee lovers and roasters, fostering sustainable practices and supporting local businesses.

This startup is poised for significant growth as it continues to refine its subscription model and expand its roaster network.

4. Chef Avenue

Location: 2530 Berryessa Rd, San Jose, California

Founders: Seema Shenoy

Founded in: 2019

Chef Avenue specializes in innovative cookware designed to simplify cooking and promote healthy eating habits. Their flagship product, the Omnipan, is a versatile, silicone-based cookware set that transitions seamlessly from oven to table, eliminating the need for multiple pots and pans.

With its focus on functional design and eco-friendly materials, Chef Avenue is making waves in the cookware industry, appealing to environmentally-conscious consumers and home cooks seeking convenience.

Scale Your Food Startup with the Perfect Co-packer

5. Creator

Location: 514 Westlake Center, Daly City, CA

Founders: Alex Vardakostas and Steven Frehn

Founded in: 2009Creator is transforming the fast-food industry with its fully automated, robot-powered burger restaurant. Their innovative technology not only streamlines the cooking process, but also reduces food waste, labor costs, and human error. As the demand for quick, customizable, and sustainable dining options grows, Creator’s cutting-edge approach to food service positions them as a major player in the food technology space.

6. Current Foods

Location: 507 1/2 Camino Sin Nombre, Santa Fe, NM

Founders: Jacek Prus, Ron Shigeta, and Sonia Hurtado

Founded in: 2019Current Foods is revolutionizing the seafood industry by creating delicious and nutritious plant-based fish alternatives that are environmentally friendly. Current Foods’ plant-based seafood is a groundbreaking achievement that has the potential to make a significant impact in the fight against overfishing and oceanic destruction.

Their mission is to offer a sustainable and delicious alternative that not only tastes good but also does good–for the consumer and the planet.

7. Daring Foods

Location: 3505 Helms Avenue, Culver City, CA

Founders: Ross Mackay and Eliott Kessas

Founded in: 2018
Daring Foods is a plant-based chicken startup. Their unique chicken alternative, made from a blend of soy protein, sunflower oil, and spices, replicates the taste and texture of real chicken while offering a sustainable and cruelty-free option. With an expanding product line that includes breaded and seasoned varieties, Daring Foods is well-positioned to disrupt the plant-based meat market and cater to the growing number of consumers seeking ethical and environmentally-friendly food choices.

8. Eat Just

Location: 300 Wind River Way Alameda, CA

Founders: Josh Tetrick and Josh Balk

Founded in: 2011

Eat Just is a pioneering food technology company specializing in plant-based egg alternatives and cultured meat products. Their flagship product, JUST Egg has gained widespread popularity as a sustainable and nutritious egg substitute made from mung bean protein. Eat Just is also making strides in the cell-cultured meat industry, having achieved regulatory approval for its lab-grown chicken nuggets in Singapore.

As the demand for ethical, sustainable, and innovative food options grows, Eat Just is well-positioned to be a leader in this market.

9. Foodvisor

Location: 21 rue du Faubourg Saint Antoine, 75011 Paris, FR

Founders: Charles Boes

Founded in: 2015

Foodvisor is a nutrition app that uses artificial intelligence and machine learning to analyze users’ meals through food photos. The app provides real-time nutritional information, personalized diet plans, and professional coaching, enabling users to make healthier choices and manage their dietary goals.

Foodvisor’s innovative approach to nutrition tracking and its seamless user experience make it a standout player in the health and wellness tech space.

10. Goldbelly

Location: Joe Ariel Trevor Stow Vanessa Torrivilla Joel Gillman

Founders: Joe Ariel, Trevor Stow, Vanessa Torrivilla, and Joel Gillman

Founded in: 2013

Goldbelly is a premium online marketplace for regional and artisanal food products from across the United States. The platform connects food lovers with renowned local restaurants, bakeries, and specialty food purveyors, allowing them to order iconic dishes and have them shipped directly to their homes. Goldbelly’s curated selection of gourmet offerings and focus on supporting small businesses has earned it a loyal customer base and a prominent position in the food e-commerce landscape.

11. Hungry

Location: 1560 Wilson Blvd, Arlington, VA

Founders: Eman and Shy Pahlevani

Founded in: 2016
Hungry is an innovative online platform that connects businesses and event organizers with top local chefs for catering services. The platform offers a diverse range of culinary options, prioritizes transparency, and emphasizes quality and sustainability. By streamlining the catering process and empowering independent chefs, Hungry is reshaping the way people experience food at events and in the workplace.

12. Hungryfoot

Location: 41 East 11th Street, New York, NY

Founders: Ben McKean, Franklin Becker, and Greg Struck

Founded in: 2015
Hungryroot is a health-focused, plant-centric meal delivery service that provides customers with nutritious, ready-to-eat, or easy-to-prepare meals and snacks. The company focuses on using whole, clean ingredients and catering to various dietary preferences, including vegan, gluten-free, and dairy-free options. As the market for convenient, healthy meal solutions continues to grow, Hungryroot’s emphasis on nutrition and personalized meal planning sets it apart from its competitors.

Ready to Find Your Perfect Co-packer?

13. Liquid Death

Location: 4077 Redwood Ave, Los Angeles, CA

Founders: Mike Cessario

Founded in: 2019

Liquid Death, a canned water startup, offers a sustainable alternative to single-use plastic water bottles. Their eye-catching packaging and edgy branding, combined with a commitment to environmental responsibility, have helped Liquid Death carve a niche in the crowded beverage market.

With its growing popularity and bold marketing strategies, Liquid Death is poised to make a significant impact on both the beverage industry and the fight against plastic pollution.

14. Misfits Market & Imperfect Foods

Location: 1000 Coopertown Road Unit 2. Pennsauken, NJ

Founders: Abhi Ramesh (Misfits Market), Ben Simon, Ben Chesler, and Ron Clark (Imperfect Foods)

Founded in: 2018 (Misfits Market), 2015 (Imperfect Foods)

Misfits Market and Imperfect Foods are two companies with a similar mission: to reduce food waste by selling “ugly” or surplus produce and grocery items at a discount. Both startups source their products directly from farmers and producers, ensuring freshness and quality while supporting sustainable agriculture practices.

As the movement to combat food waste gains momentum, Misfits Market and Imperfect Foods merged to lead the charge with their innovative business models and commitment to sustainability.

15. Mosa Meat

Location: Watermolen 28, 6229 PM Maastricht, Netherlands

Founders: Mark Post and Peter Verstrate

Founded in: 2016

Mosa Meat is a cultured meat startup that creates lab-grown beef products by cultivating animal cells in a controlled environment. This process eliminates the need for traditional livestock farming, resulting in a more sustainable and ethical alternative to conventional meat production.

As the cultured meat industry gains traction, Mosa Meat’s groundbreaking research and commitment to environmental responsibility make it a significant player in the future of food production.

16. Olio

Location: London, England

Founders: Tessa Clarke and Saasha Celestial-One

Founded in: 2015

Olio is a food-sharing app that aims to combat food waste by connecting neighbors and local businesses with surplus food. Users can share unwanted food items, reducing waste and fostering a sense of community. The app also partners with local retailers, allowing them to offer surplus food at a discount.

With its innovative approach to tackling food waste and promoting sustainability, Olio has quickly become a popular platform for eco-conscious consumers.

17. Solar Foods

Location: Helsinki, Finland

Founders: Pasi Vainikka and Juha-Pekka Pitkänen

Founded in: 2017

Solar Foods has developed a unique protein powder called Solein, produced using only water, air, and electricity. This revolutionary protein source is created through a process of electrolysis and fermentation, making it independent of traditional agriculture and livestock farming. With its minimal environmental footprint and potential for large-scale production, Solar Foods’ innovative protein solution is poised to play a critical role in addressing global food security challenges.

18. Too Good to Go

Location: 66 Landskronagade, København, Capital Region, 2100, Denmark

Founders: Brian Christensen, Thomas Bjørn Momsen, Stian Olesen, Klaus Bagge Pedersen, Adam Sigbrand, Lucie Basch

Founded in: 2015

Too Good To Go is an app that connects users with local food businesses offering surplus food at discounted prices. The platform aims to reduce food waste by offering consumers an affordable, eco-friendly alternative to traditional food purchasing. With a rapidly growing user base and partnerships with various food businesses, Too Good To Go is quickly becoming a leader in the fight against food waste and a popular choice for sustainability-minded consumers.

19. Wicked Foods

Location: 4622 Arden Ave, Edina, MN

Founders: Derek and Chad Sarno

Founded in: 2017

Wicked Foods is a plant-based food company that offers a range of delicious, chef-driven vegan products. Their mission is to make plant-based eating more accessible and appealing to the masses by focusing on bold flavors, innovative ingredients, and creative recipes. With a strong commitment to sustainability and animal welfare, Wicked Foods has quickly gained a loyal following among consumers seeking delicious, ethical food options.

20. Wonder

Location: 57-10 Flushing Ave, Maspeth, NY 11378

Founders: Marc Lore

Founded in: 2020

Wonder is revolutionizing the food delivery and takeout experience by curating a remarkable selection of the country’s finest chefs and restaurants in a single, user-friendly app. Their platform allows you to explore various eateries, sample dishes from multiple establishments in a single order, and enjoy meals prepared fresh upon request.

Committed to leading the way in ethical and transparent food sourcing, Wonder has set ambitious standards for the ingredients they utilize.

Do You Have a Food Startup?

The food startups mentioned above demonstrate the power of innovation and creativity in revolutionizing how we look at food. By adopting sustainable practices, minimizing environmental impact, and focusing on animal welfare, these trailblazers are changing the way we approach food consumption and production. Aspiring food entrepreneurs have the potential to make a significant difference in the world in whichever way they see fit, even if it just means connecting people with the food they love.

At PartnerSlate, we understand the challenges and opportunities that come with launching a food startup. That’s why we’re dedicated to helping entrepreneurs like you connect with the resources you need to turn your vision into reality. PartnerSlate streamlines the manufacturing process by matching you with high-quality production partners from our extensive network of food and beverage manufacturers and co-packagers.

Instead of spending months on cold calls and research, PartnerSlate finds you the right partner in just days. Start creating a profile and listing your project and then we connect you with the top manufacturer options so you can quickly get your idea from product to shelf–and become the next big food startup.

The post 20+ Innovative Food Start-Ups to Know in 2023 appeared first on PartnerSlate.

Retort Pouches: What is Retort Packaging in Co-manufacturing?

Matt Suggs — Fri, 19 May 2023 02:12:43 +0000

Retort packaging has become increasingly popular as the demand for convenient, shelf-stable products grows. This innovative packaging method provides an efficient and flexible solution for preserving food items, offering an alternative to traditional canning.

According to the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), the retort process involves sealing the food in a pouch made of heat-resistant material, which is then subjected to a combination of steam and pressure in a retort chamber. This method offers numerous benefits for co-manufacturers seeking an efficient and flexible packaging solution.

As co-manufacturers navigate this space, understanding the pros and cons of using retort pouches can help determine whether this type of packaging is suitable for your product.

What is a Retort Pouch?

A retort pouch is a food-grade, laminated pouch that’s specially designed to withstand high temperatures during the sterilization process, enabling the food packaged within to have a longer shelf life. Some products that retort pouches are suitable for include seafood, pet food, snacks, vegetables, baby foods, and dairy.

Constructed from multiple layers of high-barrier materials, retort pouches provide excellent protection against moisture, oxygen, and light, preserving the taste, texture, and nutritional content of the food inside. These pouches are typically made from a combination of materials such as polyester, aluminum foil, and polypropylene, which work together to create a robust, heat-resistant package capable of withstanding the retort sterilization process.

For food business owners, retort pouches present an opportunity to optimize product quality, reduce packaging costs, and meet the growing consumer demand for convenience and sustainability. They can be a good alternative to traditional packaging methods like metal canning, offering a more lightweight, flexible, and space-saving solution for food storage and transportation.

History of Retort Pouches

The history of retort pouches dates back to the 1960s when the US Army began exploring alternative packaging methods that would provide a lightweight, durable solution for meals in the field. The military needed a packaging solution that would allow for easy transportation and storage, as well as an extended shelf life for rations without compromising the quality of the food.

The retort pouch was finally developed as a collaboration between the US Army’s Natick Soldier Research, Development, and Engineering Center (NSRDEC) and private industry. This innovative packaging method combined the benefits of traditional canning with the advantages of flexible packaging materials, resulting in a more efficient and practical solution for preserving and transporting food.

Since their inception, retort pouches have undergone numerous improvements and innovations, such as the development of more advanced barrier materials and the integration of microwave-safe features. These advancements have made retort pouches an increasingly attractive option for food manufacturers seeking a versatile, efficient packaging solution.

Popularity & Growth of Retort Pouches

Retort pouches have gained popularity in the consumer packaged goods (CPG) market due to their cost-effectiveness, convenience, and sustainable features. These flexible packaging options provide consumers with easy-to-use, shelf-stable products that require minimal preparation and offer extended shelf life. Retort pouches also help reduce packaging waste and carbon emissions due to their lightweight nature, making them an environmentally-friendly choice in the food industry.

The global retort pouch market has experienced significant growth in recent years and is expected to continue expanding as more food manufacturers adopt this innovative packaging solution. According to a market research report by IMARC Group, the worldwide retort pouch market is projected to experience robust growth in the coming years, driven by factors such as increasing demand for convenience foods, growing awareness about the environmental impact of packaging materials, and advancements in pouch technology.

The report also highlights the importance of the Asia-Pacific region in the growth of the retort pouch market, with countries such as China, India, and Japan contributing significantly to the increasing demand for this type of packaging. This can be attributed to factors such as rapid urbanization, changing lifestyles, and a growing middle-class population seeking convenient food options.

As consumer preferences continue to evolve and environmental concerns become more prominent, it’s expected that the global retort pouch market will maintain its upward trajectory in the coming years.

Is Retort Packaging Safe?

Retort packaging is considered safe when the materials and processes used comply with food-grade industrial standards. High-quality retort pouch suppliers ensure that their products undergo strict testing and adhere to regulations, providing peace of mind for brands and consumers alike.

It’s important for food business owners to work with reputable packaging suppliers who maintain high standards for quality control and regulatory compliance. This includes selecting pouch materials that are approved by governing bodies such as the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA), as well as ensuring that the retort sterilization process is properly conducted to effectively eliminate or reduce harmful microorganisms.

By partnering with a reliable retort pouch supplier and adhering to industry best practices, food business owners can confidently utilize retort packaging as a safe and effective means of preserving and protecting their products. Ultimately, the safety of retort packaging depends on the quality of materials, the sterilization process, and the diligence of both the packaging supplier and the food manufacturer in maintaining compliance with all relevant safety standards.

Searching For Your Perfect Co-packer?

Retort Pouch Production Process

1. Design & Printing

Business owners work closely with retort pouch manufacturers to create custom designs that match their brand and product. The design is then printed on a suitable substrate such as metal foil or food-grade film.

2. Lamination

Retort pouch construction involves laminating various layers to provide resistance to heat, oxygen, and moisture. It can include the lamination of metal foils, plastic films, and other food-safe materials depending on the desired packaging properties.

3. Shaping

The pouch material is cut and sealed into its final shape, ensuring it has a tight seal and consistent thickness.

4. Filling

The pre-cooked or ready-to-eat meals are filled into the pouches under controlled conditions to maintain hygiene and quality.

5. Sealing

Pouches are then hermetically sealed, ensuring that no contaminants can enter the packaging and compromise the contents.

6. Sterilization

Finally, the sealed pouches undergo a sterilization process at high temperatures to kill any remaining bacteria or pathogens to make the products shelf-stable.

Benefits of Using Retort Pouches

Cost-effective

Retort packaging requires fewer materials than traditional packaging methods, ultimately reducing manufacturing costs. These savings can be translated into improved business margins or lower prices for consumers, making your products more competitive in the marketplace.

Convenient for Producers & Consumers

Retort pouches are lightweight, easy to use, portable, and compatible with both wet and dry products, streamlining the production process while also allowing for easier transportation and storage for consumers. This added convenience can be an appealing selling point that differentiates your products from those of competitors.

Sustainable

Retort pouches require fewer resources to manufacture and can often be recycled, making them more environmentally friendly than other packaging options. By embracing this sustainable packaging solution, you can attract eco-conscious customers and enhance your brand’s image, reflecting a strong commitment to protecting the environment.

Longer Shelf Life

The airtight design and sterilization process helps preserve the quality of the packaged food for extended periods, reducing the risk of contamination or spoilage. This extended shelf life contributes to reduced food waste and ensures your customers can consistently enjoy your products in optimal condition.

Durable Material

High-quality retort pouch material ensures the package remains intact throughout production, transportation, and storage, preventing product leaks or damage. The durability of retort pouches can protect your products from potential accidents during handling, ensuring satisfaction and building trust with your customers.

Disadvantages of Retort Pouches

While retort pouches offer numerous advantages for food packaging, it’s important to acknowledge their potential drawbacks.

Higher Initial Investment

The sophisticated technology required for retort pouch production may represent a significant upfront investment for manufacturers. As a food business owner, you should evaluate the financial viability of this packaging option and consider partnering with established co-manufacturers to alleviate the initial costs.

Complex Processing

Brands may find it challenging to source co-manufacturers specializing in retort packaging due to the specific equipment and expertise required. Partnering with the right co-packer or contract manufacturer can help you access the necessary resources and skills efficiently while mitigating the complexity of this process.

Susceptible to Breaking or Puncturing

Despite their durability, retort pouches can be susceptible to punctures, cuts, or other damage during handling or transportation. Ensuring proper handling and packaging materials can minimize this risk and maintain the integrity of your products throughout the supply chain.

Is Retort Packaging Right For Your Food or Beverage Product?

Deciding whether retort packaging is the right choice for your food or beverage product involves carefully weighing the advantages and disadvantages of this innovative packaging method. By considering factors such as cost, product compatibility, consumer preferences, and environmental impact, you can make an informed decision that best aligns with your specific product needs and business goals.

If you’re unsure about your options or need guidance in selecting the ideal packaging solution, PartnerSlate’s Project Marketplace can connect you with the right co-manufacturers and packaging partners that best suit your requirements. Just set up your profile, list your project specifications, and wait for the right partner to come to you. We’ll connect you with several options and then streamline the documentation and onboarding process so you can get your products to the shelves that much faster.

The post Retort Pouches: What is Retort Packaging in Co-manufacturing? appeared first on PartnerSlate.

What is High Pressure Processing (HPP)?

Matt Suggs — Tue, 16 May 2023 02:02:48 +0000

High pressure processing (HPP) is a non-thermal pasteurization technique that has gained widespread recognition in the food industry. This eco-friendly method effectively eliminates harmful microorganisms and extends shelf life to help ensure product quality and safety.

If you have a food or beverage product that requires HPP, or if you’re looking for a potential co-man or co-packer that offers these services, it’s helpful to first understand the complexities of the technology. This article will review what high pressure processing is, how it works, and how to determine if you’ll need it for your food brand.

How Does HPP Work?

High pressure processing involves subjecting packaged food products to pressures ranging from 3000 to 6000 bar in water-filled pressure vessels. The high pressures disrupt the cellular structure of microorganisms present in the food, effectively inactivating them without the need for high temperatures that can affect taste, color, texture, and nutritional content. The sterilization process occurs within the product’s final packaging, eliminating the risk of contamination post-processing, and ensuring the integrity of the food’s quality and safety.

High pressure processing is compatible with various packaging materials, including plastic, glass, and metal containers. This versatility enables you to cater to your customers’ preferences and your product’s unique requirements. However, it’s important to ensure that the chosen packaging material can withstand high pressure without collapse or rupture.

Below is a step-by-step rundown of the HPP process:

Preparation of food products: Before HPP, food products must be appropriately packaged in a flexible, water-resistant, and pressure-resistant material.
Loading the HPP machine: Place the packaged food products into the pressure vessel, or pressure chamber, of the HPP machine. The vessel can accommodate various shapes and sizes of food products and packages, but loading does require careful arrangement to maximize the load capacity.
Filling the pressure vessel with water: Once the products are loaded, the pressure vessel is filled with water. This water acts as the pressure transmission medium and ensures even pressure distribution on all surfaces of the packaged products.
Pressurization: After sealing the pressure vessel, the HPP machine will begin to increase pressure by pumping more water into the chamber. This high pressure is what inactivates microorganisms, enzymes, and other spoilage agents in the food.
Holding time: Maintain the desired pressure level for a predetermined holding time, typically ranging from 1 to 5 minutes, depending on the food product and desired shelf life extension. This holding time ensures the effective inactivation of the targeted microorganisms and enzymes.
Depressurization: After the holding time, the HPP machine releases the pressure inside the chamber rapidly, usually within a few seconds. This rapid depressurization prevents damage to the food products and helps maintain their texture, color, and nutritional properties.
Unloading and storage: Once the pressure has returned to atmospheric levels, unload the treated food products from the pressure vessel. They are now ready for storage, distribution, or further processing, as needed.

What Food and Drink Products Use High Pressure Processing?

A wide range of food and beverage products can benefit from HPP from juices to sauces to ready-to-eat meals. By preserving nutritional value and flavor profiles, deli meats, fresh fruit and vegetable products, and various dairy items such as yogurts and cheeses are also known to benefit greatly from this method. High pressure processing is often popular for processing guacamole and other avocado-based products since it helps maintain their freshness and taste.

In the beverage industry, HPP has made significant strides as well–cold-pressed juices, coconut water, and flavored milks experience a longer shelf life and enhanced nutritional content through this innovative method. The cold-brew coffee market has also embraced HPP, ensuring the preservation of flavors while deterring mold and maintaining freshness.

Below is a list of more foods that can be treated using high pressure processing:

Fruits and vegetables:

Fresh fruit juices, such as orange, apple, and grape
Smoothies and fruit purees
Fresh-cut fruits, such as melons, pineapples, and mangoes
Fresh-cut vegetables, including carrots, celery, and lettuce
Fruit and vegetable-based sauces, salsas, and dips

Meat and poultry products:

Deli meats, such as ham, turkey, and roast beef
Raw or marinated meats, like beef, pork, and chicken
Sausages and hot dogs
Cooked meat products, including ready-to-eat meals
Pâtés and meat spreads

Seafood products:

Raw or cooked shellfish, such as shrimp, crab, and lobster
Fresh or smoked fish, including salmon, tuna, and trout
Fish filets and steaks
Ready-to-eat seafood-based meals

Dairy products:

Liquid products, such as milk, cream, and yogurt drinks
Cheese, including fresh and soft varieties, like mozzarella and feta
Yogurt, including Greek and traditional styles
Dairy-based desserts, like custards and puddings

Ready-to-eat meals:

Sandwiches and wraps
Salads and prepared vegetable dishes
Soups and stews
Heat-and-eat entrees, such as pasta dishes and casseroles

Wet salads and dips:

Coleslaw and potato salads
Hummus and guacamole
Salad dressings and vinaigrettes

Baby food:

Fruit and vegetable purees
Meat and fish-based purees
Combination meals and toddler snacks

Searching for the Perfect Co-packer?

HPP vs Heat Pasteurization

Heat pasteurization is a widely used thermal method for prolonging the shelf life of food products and ensuring their safety. Instead of the pressure used in HPP, it involves heating food to specific temperatures for predetermined lengths of time in order to destroy harmful pathogens and spoilage-causing microorganisms.

While this method has proven efficient in improving food safety and preserving products, it comes with its drawbacks. Heat pasteurization can cause changes in the product’s taste, color, texture, and nutritional content, often resulting in a less fresh and less appealing final product.

If your goal is to differentiate your brand by offering clean-label, high-quality, and health-focused products, investing in HPP can be a game-changer for your food business in terms of capturing a broad consumer base and setting yourself apart in the competitive marketplace. Still, heat pasteurization remains effective and accessible for many food products.

High Pressure Processing Effects & Benefits

Cold Process

Embracing the benefits of HPP as a food business owner means appreciating its cold process. This means that no additional heating or cooling is necessary, making it a more sustainable and efficient option for food processing. It can ultimately lead to energy savings and a reduced carbon footprint for your business.

Removing Microorganisms

By effectively eliminating pathogenic microorganisms like listeria, E. coli, and salmonella, HPP significantly reduces the risk of foodborne illnesses. This ensures a higher level of food safety for your customers and can enhance your brand reputation.

Extended Shelf Life

High pressure processing ensures food safety and also extends the shelf life of products that have already been pasteurized, thanks to the further inactivation of any remaining microorganisms. Longer shelf life allows for improved inventory management, reduced waste, and better distribution capabilities.

Preserves Flavor, Color, & Texture

One of the major advantages of HPP over traditional heat pasteurization methods is its preservation of natural flavor, color, and texture in food products. This delivers a fresher taste to consumers which can lead to increased customer satisfaction and brand loyalty.

Reduced Environmental Impact & Production Costs

HPP’s cold process and minimal use of chemicals lend to a reduced environmental impact and lower production costs in comparison to traditional methods. This environmentally friendly method allows your brand to appeal to eco-conscious consumers, while simultaneously minimizing production expenses, which is nice for your bottom line.

Maintains Nutritional Content

HPP’s ability to process food without heat is crucial for preserving the valuable nutrients in your products. As health-conscious consumers increasingly demand nutrient-rich, clean-label products, this technology offers a competitive advantage in meeting these expectations.

Drawbacks of HPP

Before integrating high pressure processing into your production process, it’s essential to consider some of its limitations to ensure its suitability for your products.

Equipment Cost

The initial investment in HPP equipment can be steep for some businesses, particularly for small-to-medium-sized enterprises. High-quality HPP machines, which ensure optimal results, often come with a hefty price tag.

To mitigate this challenge, food business owners can explore partnering with a reliable contract manufacturer that already owns and operates the technology, thus reducing upfront costs and still benefiting from the method’s advantages.

Operating Costs

High pressure processing operating costs can be higher compared to hot fill and other pasteurization methods due to factors such as energy usage, maintenance, and the need for skilled operators.

However, it’s essential to weigh these costs against the increased shelf life, enhanced food safety, and overall improvement in product quality. In many cases, these benefits more than justify the extra cost, making HPP a potentially very valuable long-term investment.

Limited Availability

Due to the high costs and specialized equipment involved, HPP services may not be widely available in all regions. This can be a hurdle for food business owners looking to implement this technology.

Let PartnerSlate do the research and connect you with experienced co-packers and contract manufacturers in your region that offer HPP services. This will allow you to leverage their expertise without needing to invest in the equipment yourself.

Is High-Pressure Processing Safe?

HPP is considered a safe method for food processing since it effectively eliminates harmful microorganisms without changing the food product and doesn’t require the use of chemicals. This technology can help your products stand out in an increasingly competitive market where consumer awareness of ingredients and food processing techniques is on the rise.

However, it’s important to keep in mind that high pressure processing is not a one-size-fits-all solution since some food products may not be suitable for the high-pressure treatments. It’s helpful to work closely with HPP experts or specialized contract manufacturers to optimize the process for your specific products and ensure successful outcomes.

Find a Contract Manufacturer with High Pressure Processing Capabilities

High pressure processing is an effective and sustainable method for food processing that offers numerous advantages over traditional heat pasteurization. It ensures the safety and quality of food products while maintaining their natural flavor, color, texture, and nutritional content.

Whether you’re a food business owner looking to use HPP technology–or aren’t quite sure what processing your food or beverage product needs–PartnerSlate will help you find the perfect contract manufacturer with the required expertise and equipment.

PartnerSlate’s matching marketplace pairs you with high-quality production partners from an extensive network of food and beverage manufacturers and packagers. Simply start by creating a profile and listing your project. We’ll connect you with multiple manufacturers on our platform, which streamlines document sharing, communication, and onboarding–all in one place!

The post What is High Pressure Processing (HPP)? appeared first on PartnerSlate.

Turnkey Manufacturing: How Turnkey Services Can Support Your Food & Beverage Business

Matt Suggs — Fri, 12 May 2023 01:53:15 +0000

This article will review the turnkey manufacturing processes, benefits, and potential limitations of this food and beverage manufacturing service.

What is Turnkey Manufacturing?

What is the Difference Between Turnkey Manufacturing and Contract Manufacturing?

Many contract manufacturers offer turnkey services, but you can also partner with a co-packer for just some portion of the job.

Turnkey Manufacturing vs Tolling

The main distinction between turnkey manufacturing and tolling is that tolling requires the client to provide all the raw materials necessary for production.

Find Your Next Turnkey Manufacturing Partner

Find Your Perfect Manufacturing Partner

Turnkey Manufacturing Services for the Food Industry

1. R&D

If feasibility checks out, initial samples of the new or enhanced product are made. This typically takes several rounds of experimentation with formulas to reach the desired result.

2. Ingredient Sourcing

There is a sizeable amount of work that goes into this part of the food production process, including:

Identifying the best suppliers
Monitoring quality, price, and lead time
Negotiating contracts and terms with suppliers
Managing ongoing relationships with the suppliers to ensure timely delivery of materials and consistent quality

3. Manufacturing

4. Product Testing

Product testing happens throughout various stages of the production process and can include:

Nutritional analysis
Analytical chemistry testing
Sensory testing
Microbiology testing
Packaging quality testing

5. Packaging

Vertical and horizontal form, fill, and sealing
Individual and multi-pack wrappers and over-wrapped trays
Heat seal and cold seal
Rigid and semi-rigid bowl and tray packaging
Flat and stand-up packaging
Hot pack and cold pack
Bottling (glass, plastic)
Canning
Boxing, and packaging bag-in-boxes
Cartons
Dual and multiple-compartment pouches
Re-packing
Shrink sleeve and cut & stack labeling
Carbonation and nitrogen dosing
Skin packaging
Map packaging
Wet packing and dry packing

By utilizing appropriate packaging materials and processes, manufacturers can reduce the risk of damage, maintain their brand’s reputation for reliable, quality products, and support branding.

6. Quality Control & Assurance

7. Warehousing & Shipping

Manufacturers offer inventory management by providing warehousing facilities where your products, and all the materials that go into making them, are stored.

Ready to Find Your Perfect Co-packer?

Benefits of Turnkey Manufacturing

Flexible Manufacturing

Improved Quality

Efficient & Cost Effective

Disadvantages of Turnkey Projects

Larger Initial Investment

The initial dollar amount required depends on the complexity of the production system, the size of production, and the type of product being manufactured.

Risk of a Mismatch

A mismatch can also occur if there is a lack of alignment between the customer’s expectations and the manufacturing team’s understanding of those expectations, or even just a poor culture fit.

Our goal to align you with the best partners in the business–suited to your most nuanced needs–ensures this sort of risk is avoided.

Find the Right Turnkey Manufacturing Partner For Your Food Business

When scaling your product, it takes time, energy, and investment to find the perfect manufacturing partner. That’s where Partnerslate comes in.

The post Turnkey Manufacturing: How Turnkey Services Can Support Your Food & Beverage Business appeared first on PartnerSlate.

Ultimate Review of Food Quality Control & Assurance [2023]

Matt Suggs — Tue, 09 May 2023 01:33:05 +0000

In a post-pandemic world, maintaining food safety and quality is of the utmost importance to bolster public health. Food businesses must abide by strict regulations to ensure their products are fit for human consumption. According to the World Health Organization, “an estimated 600 million – almost 1 in 10 people in the world – fall ill after eating contaminated food and 420,000 die every year.”

These statistics highlight the critical need for stringent food quality control and assurance measures across the industry. But your focus is on your product…so who is managing food quality control and assurance for your product?

Enter PartnerSlate. We help you find the right co-packer and co-manufacturing partners for your product with our proprietary matching platform. The right production partner fulfills all your manufacturing and packing needs while adhering to the most stringent laws on quality control and assurance, so you can focus on the business.

What is food quality control?

Food quality control is a critical aspect of food safety management that focuses on implementing and enforcing measures and procedures to assure consistent quality and safety of food products.

As a food business owner, adopting quality control strategies is crucial in meeting customer expectations and adhering to regulatory requirements. According to the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, effective food quality control systems can help prevent diseases, ensure food safety, and maintain consumer confidence in your products.

Food quality control encompasses various measures, such as:

Monitoring and analyzing product quality: Regular testing helps detect contamination or inconsistencies and allows businesses to address issues swiftly, protecting consumers and the company’s reputation.
Ingredient specifications: Detailed ingredient specifications ensure their quality, safety, and consistency, defining acceptable contaminant levels, grading criteria, and supply sources.
Eliminating contamination sources: Identifying and addressing contamination sources within the production process helps prevent the spread of foodborne pathogens or contaminants.
Quality characteristics: Meeting established standards for product characteristics, such as taste, texture, and appearance, ensures consumer satisfaction and market compliance.
Quality control procedures: Implementing a comprehensive set of procedures across all production aspects can include best manufacturing practices, sanitation, equipment maintenance, and employee training.

Effectively implementing food quality control measures minimizes the risk of recalls, protects customers’ health and safety, and promotes a culture of excellence, paving the way for higher revenues and a robust marketplace reputation.

What is food quality assurance?

Food quality assurance is a comprehensive approach that focuses on the food business’s overall responsibility to ensure its products meet or exceed customer expectations and regulatory requirements. The globally recognized ISO 22000 standard highlights the importance of food quality assurance in maintaining food safety and driving continuous improvement throughout the supply chain.

Implementing food quality assurance practices is crucial for long-term success. Key aspects of food quality assurance include:

Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (HACCP): A HACCP system helps identify and control potential hazards in food production processes, ensuring the highest level of food safety.
Adherence to international regulations: Compliance with local and international food regulations is crucial for a business’s legal and reputational standing.
Documentation and traceability: Maintaining accurate records supports traceability and transparency, enabling quick issue identification and resolution.
Supplier and distributor management: Implementing stringent supplier qualification processes ensures the safety and quality of sourced materials and products.
Employee training: Continuous training on safety and quality management systems fosters a culture of quality and enhances overall performance.
Continuous improvement: Regularly reviewing food quality assurance processes promotes system enhancement and competitiveness in an evolving industry.

Investing in food quality assurance can lead to a more robust market reputation, increased consumer trust, and a solid foundation for business growth.

Searching for the Right Co-packer?

Food Quality Control vs. Food Quality Assurance

While food quality control and food quality assurance share common goals, they differ in scope and focus. Let’s examine the distinctions between these two important aspects of food safety to help business owners like you grasp their complementary roles and the necessity of implementing both approaches for optimal results.

Food quality control primarily focuses on specific measures and procedures targeting the product’s quality, such as testing, monitoring, and evaluating individual characteristics like taste, texture, appearance, and safety. It aims to identify issues and correct them during the production process to ensure finished products adhere to defined standards. Food quality control helps maintain consistency in the company’s offerings, prevent incidents of contamination, and comply with regulations.

Food quality assurance encompasses a holistic approach, integrating a wide range of practices and programs to maintain and enhance the entire food industry’s standards. It goes beyond the product and includes all aspects of a food or beverage business, such as:

Supplier management and qualifications
Employee training and development
Sanitation and hygiene programs
Documentation and traceability
Regulatory compliance
Continuous improvement of processes and systems

Food quality assurance underscores the business’s overall responsibility to assure that its products consistently meet or exceed customer expectations and adhere to regulatory requirements. It is a proactive approach that emphasizes preventing issues rather than just finding and fixing them.

Key Procedures in Food Quality Control

1. Product & Recipe Formulation

The first step in the process of food quality control is developing a well-defined product recipe and formula. This means identifying ingredients, ratios, and processing methods to be followed during production.

2. Manufacturing Management

Manufacturing processes must be closely monitored, including personnel training and the use of appropriate equipment. Proper management ensures that quality control procedures are consistently executed, resulting in safe and high-quality products.

3. In-Process Records

Maintaining in-process records and documentation helps track production and identify potential issues that could impact food quality. This can include logs for batch production, temperature checks, and weight measurements.

4. Packaging & Labeling

Ensuring accurate packaging and labeling can prevent contamination and provide information on product contents, allergy warnings, and nutritional details. Conforming to local and international regulations for labeling is also critical.

5. Sanitation & Hygiene

Regular cleaning of facilities, equipment, and storage areas helps prevent contamination from pests and pathogens. Employees must maintain personal care and hygiene and adhere to proper sanitary practices.

6. Warehousing Requirements

Proper storage conditions, including temperature and humidity control, can significantly influence product quality, shelf life, and safety.

7. Create Recall Plans

In case a contaminated product reaches the market, having a recall plan is crucial for effectively managing and limiting potential damage to consumers and the brand.

Ready to Find Your Perfect Co-packer?

Key Procedures of Food Quality Assurance

1. Ingredient Specifications

Establishing and adhering to well-defined ingredient specifications is essential for guaranteeing consistency in product quality and mitigating risks from external suppliers.

Maintaining detailed specifications for factors like origin, grading criteria, and permissible levels of contaminants will help ensure the safety, quality, and uniformity of your products.

2. Vetted & Approved Suppliers

Working with reliable and established suppliers guarantees access to high-quality ingredients, playing a pivotal role in food quality assurance. Carefully vetting and selecting suppliers based on criteria like certifications, reputations, and consistency in delivering high-quality products can mitigate risks associated with raw materials and help maintain consistency in the final products.

3. Incoming Goods Inspections

Conducting regular inspections of incoming raw materials is a proactive measure for verifying their quality and ensuring that they comply with established standards. This helps maintain the integrity of your final products by detecting inconsistencies or issues with the supplier’s quality controls in the early stages of production.

4. Determine Product Standards

Setting clear and quantifiable product standards guarantees consistency, streamlines production processes, and helps compliance with regulatory requirements. As a food business owner, it is vital to establish standards for aspects like taste, appearance, shelf life, and nutritional values, contributing to a more coherent and efficient food quality assurance system.

5. Product Audits & Checklists

Regular audits and checklists serve as invaluable tools for verifying that your business adheres to proper manufacturing practices, maintains good hygiene standards, and complies with essential regulations. Implementing scheduled and surprise audits can identify areas of non-compliance, encourage a culture of accountability, and ensure that corrective measures are taken promptly.

6. Make Data-Driven Improvements

Utilizing data gathered from audits, inspections, and testing allows for identifying areas for improvement and continuously refining your food quality assurance systems. By making data-driven decisions, your business can optimize operational efficiency, boost product quality, and adapt to changing regulatory landscapes or consumer preferences.

Find Food Manufacturers with Exceptional Food Quality Control & Assurance

Quality assurance, adherence to regulations, and effective control mechanisms are the foundations of a successful and thriving food business. By committing to the highest standards, food companies can secure their future and guarantee they provide the highest quality goods to their customers. That, in turn, is the recipe for lasting success within the food industry.

To ensure your company’s longevity, it’s crucial to partner with manufacturers that prioritize food quality control and assurance. PartnerSlate’s Marketplace provides an extensive network of food and beverage manufacturers and packagers, connecting you to high-quality production partners with a focus on delivering exceptional products that meet international standards.

You can create a detailed project and post it anonymously to the marketplace where qualified manufacturers with the right capabilities can come and show interest in your project. PartnerSlate will then get you connected directly and streamline the onboarding, communication, and document sharing so you can get started with a co-packer that values your product’s quality as much as you do.

Get started with PartnerSlate for free!

The post Ultimate Review of Food Quality Control & Assurance [2023] appeared first on PartnerSlate.

7+ Energy Drink Manufacturers to Know [2023]

Matt Suggs — Tue, 02 May 2023 16:23:01 +0000

When it comes to choosing the right manufacturer for your energy drinks, it’s important to take the time to do your research. However, finding the right one can make a huge difference in the quality of your final product. But don’t worry! We’ve made a list of some great energy drink manufacturers so you can begin to explore your options.

Whether you’re an experienced energy drink producer or just getting started, this review will help you get one step closer to finding the right manufacturer for your product.

Top Energy Drink Manufacturers

While this list of energy drink manufacturers are all great options, there are lots of incredible options to build your energy drink brand. But this can make it challenging to determine the perfect manufacturing fit.

PartnerSlate allows you to access tons of verified manufacturers, saving you from months of cold calls, research, and outreach. Through our exclusive marketplace matching system, you can connect with up to three partners with the appropriate capabilities to make and package your product.

If you’re still interested in the manufacturers listed below, let’s get started.

AZPACK

AZPACK is a beverage co-packing and drink manufacturing company founded in 2009. They have a microbiologic laboratory available for product testing and research, and they specialize in producing kosher, halal, and non-GMO beverages. AZPACK offers quality packaging services for bottled and canned beverages, and adheres to the highest standards of cleanliness and sanitation.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Bottling and canning
Packing and cold-fill carbonated
Full microbiological laboratory services for product testing and formulation
Tunnel pasteurization
Hot fill
Cold fill
Full-body shrink sleeves with steam tunnel
Pressure-sensitive labeling with front and back capability
RO water with UV protection

Product Types:

Teas
Infused Waters
Energy drinks
Energy shots
Meal replacements
Non-carbonated bottled drinks including super fruit juice based dietary and nutrient supplements
Carbonated canned drinks
Dry mix beverages

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Organic
Kosher
Halal
Non-GMO
Preservative free

Location: 7303 S. Kyrene Rd., Tempe, AZ 85283

Big Brands

Big Brands was established to take advantage of growing trends in new product development, sales, marketing, and consulting for the food and beverage industry. This includes the manufacturing and distribution of energy drinks and frozen food products. Big Brands also specializes in formulation and developing package designs.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing
Research and development
Product samples
Alcoholic, CBD, non-alcoholic, nutritional beverage formulation
Flavoring
Custom packaging design
Beverage consulting
Filling and packaging with glass bottles, PET bottles, HDPE bottles, aluminum cans, shot bottles, stick packs, form fill and seal, liquid pouches, bag in a box, multi-packs
Online sales and distribution
Shipping and logistics
Sales and marketing
Exporting
Trademarking

Product Types:

Alcoholic beverages including beer, wine, spirits, malts, cordials
Bar mixes and syrups
Energy drinks and shots
Exercise and workout beverages and shots
Flavored sparkling waters
Fruit and juice based drinks and juice concentrates
Frozen drinks – cappuccinos, fruit smoothies, bar mixes
Functional drinks and shots
Health and beauty drinks and shots
Isotonic and sports drinks
Novelty products
Probiotics
RTD protein drinks and powder
Soft drinks and sodas
Vitamin infused water
CBD infused drinks

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Organic
TTB-approved flavors

Location: 7065 West Ann Rd, Las Vegas, NV, 89130

Carolina Beverage Group

Founded in 1874, Carolina Beverage Group is a family-owned business that has developed into a contract beverage manufacturing company. Their production lines feature high-speed operations and unique techniques such as hot fill, cold fill, and tunnel pasteurization.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing
Logistics management
Fulfillment
Quality and food safety assurance
Flexible blending and specialty processes
Canning
Secondary packaging including can ends and finished options
Tunnel and flash pasteurization
Carbonation
UV light water purification
Nitrogen dosing
Reverse osmosis and carbon filtration
De-aeration water treatment
Full batch blending
Syrup concentrate blending
Juice adaptive valves for products containing pulp
Super sack handling
On-site and off-site warehouse facilities
Refrigerated, frozen, and dry storage

Product Types:

Soft drinks and sparkling waters
Beers and malt beverages
Wine
Non-alcoholic carbonated and non-carbonated drinks including teas, energy drinks and juice based products
Specialty drinks

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: 110 Barley Park Ln, Mooresville, NC, 28115

MetaBrand

Meta Brand is a beverage manufacturer that can help their clients formulate and produce quality products. They are based in New Jersey and offer a wide variety of services that include tunnel pasteurization, nitro dosing, and co-packing. Meta Brand is also FDA-certified, GMP compliant, and capable of making kosher products. They have knowledge, experience, and in-house capabilities to take the vision of new and existing beverage brands from concept to finished product.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Nitro dosing
Beverage ideation and assessment
New product development
Co-product development
Beverage formulation with support from alchemists and development staff
Tunnel pasteurization
Ingredient sourcing
Hot and cold fill for PET and glass
Pilot production run
Line-extension trial
Just-in-time production
Distributor and investor samples
Any-scale manufacturing
Label and packaging design
Label printing
Secondary packaging
Flexible pack-out configuring

Product Types:

Ready-to drink beverages
Nootropic RTD
Carbonated beverages
Seltzers and spirits
Sports drinks
Infused teas
Plant-based elixirs
Energy drinks and shots
Alcohol-infused RTD cocktails, mixers, blended spirits
Supplement shots
Functional beverages
TCM and ayurvedic beverages
CBD/Delta-8 infused beverages
Natural beverages
Sparkling water
Mixers and syrups
Pro/prebiotic infused beverages

Speciality Product Capabilities: Kosher

Location: 25 Progress St, Edison, NJ 08820

Pack Labs

Packlabs is a beverage company that was founded in 2019. They focus on bottling, canning, and boxing beverages and offer services in tunnel pasteurization, hot fill, and product development. Some products they specialize in are beer, wine, cider, and malt beverages.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Warehousing
Product ideation and development
Research and development
Full-scale production
Operational support
Ingredient sourcing
Supply chains
Hot Fill
Tunnel Pasteurization
Packaging including glass and aluminum bottles and cans

Product Types:

Beer, wine, and cider
Ready-to-drink beverages
Flavored malt beverages

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: 456 Acorn Ln., Downingtown, PA 19335, United States

Portland Bottling Company

Established in 1924, the Portland Bottling Company is a co-packer specializing in ready-to-drink beverages in aluminum cans. These include juices, energy and functional drinks, teas, and carbonated soft drinks in various sizes. They operate a modern, state-of-the-art, and efficient automated beverage filling line to process conventional or organic certified, ready-to-drink, cold fill, or tunnel pasteurized aluminum can beverage products.

Services:

Co-packing
Contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing
On-site warehousing
Quality assurance including on-site QA labs
Cold fill
Tunnel pasteurization
Liquid nitrogen dosing
R.O. water treatment system
Liquid and granulated sweeteners
Registered film shrink wrap
Refrigerated and freezer storage for ingredients
Bulk ingredient handling systems
Cartoning
Packaging with aluminum cans of various sizes
Secondary packaging with cartons, loose packs, variety packs
Repacking

Product Types:

Carbonated and non-carbonated juices and waters
Energy drinks
Carbonated juices
Juice-based products
Functional beverages
Coffee
Teas
Organic beverages
Ready-to-drink beverages

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: 1321 NE Couch St., Portland, OR, 97232

U.S. Beverage Manufacturing

In Nevada, USA, U.S. Beverage Manufacturing is one of the leading carbonated beverage co-packers and makers. Their services include various beverage creation, production, formulation, and marketing options, offering customers a wide range of alcoholic and non-alcoholic drink options.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Ingredient and materials sourcing
Packaging with plastic bottles, aluminum cans, sachets, form/fill/seal standup pouches, pouches with a fitment (spout), stick packs, tubes, shot bottles
PET blow fill copacking
Packaging and labeling, as well as creative design services
Food safety management
Quality management
Warehousing
Beverage product development
Beverage flavoring and formulation
Hot fill
Ambient fill

Product Types:

Flavored seltzer waters
Carbonated sodas
Fruit juices
Wines, beer, and spirits
Custom hard seltzers and liquors
Sports and energy drinks
Flavored, still, and sparkling waters
Liquids and powders
CBD & hemp products
Meal replacement shake powders
Nootropics

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Organic

Location: 7065 W. Ann Rd. #130260, Las Vegas, NV 89130

Energy Drink Manufacturers for Small-Batch Products

What is a Low MOQ Product?

A product with a low MOQ, or minimum order quantity, is a food or beverage item that is made in smaller batches. Startups and small businesses may create low quantities of their products until they can scale up production.

How to Find an Energy Drink Manufacturer for Low-Volume Products

If you want to see what manufacturers specifically work with low-volume energy drink orders, PartnerSlate can help. All you have to do is make a free account and upload your project specifications, then PartnerSlate will match you with compatible manufacturers in just a few days.

PartnerSlate provides a convenient concierge service and onboarding support to make ramp-up easy. But, if the project does not continue after the initial introduction, there is no fee for the matching service.

Best Energy Drink Manufacturers to Work With as a Startup

Here are some energy drink manufacturers that work with low-volume orders, or orders under 25,000 units:

Carolina Beverage Group
Big Brands
Meta Brand
Pack Labs
Portland Bottling Company
U.S. Beverage Manufacturing

More About Energy Drink Manufacturing

How Are Energy Drinks Manufactured?

Energy drinks are manufactured in various ways depending on the specific processing requirements of the product. Most top energy drink companies use a combination of ingredients such as sugar, caffeine, taurine, guarana, and other herbal extracts to create their drinks.

The ingredients are blended, heated, and then cooled to form a syrup diluted with water or carbonated, flavored, and canned. The quality of the ingredients used and the manufacturing process employed by the manufacturer vary from company to company.

Top energy drink manufacturers strive to create both enjoyable and healthy beverages, and consumers should always look for products certified by the FDA and other health organizations.

How Do You Create Your Own Energy Drink Brand?

Knowing the industry, adhering to the right protocols and regulations, and joining forces with industry experts are essential steps to making sure your new energy drink succeeds in the marketplace.

1. Learn the Market

A good understanding of the energy drink market is essential for achieving success when launching your own energy drink. It’s important to conduct extensive research on what consumers are looking for and where the competition is so you can fill a niche with high demand.

2. Developing a Concept

Developing a unique idea for your energy drink company is the next step toward launching your business. Crafting a concept requires industry knowledge and experience, so working with professionals during this stage is wise to prevent common issues such as not having enough money or having an unspecified target market.

3. Branding Your Energy Drink

Your branding should tell a story about your energy drink and reflect the value of your business. The right branding will help you build product recognition and customer loyalty over time.

4. Formulation

Making a successful product in the market starts with the right beverage formulation. While you might have a recipe in mind, it’s critical to get it converted to a formula before you start looking to commercialize your product so you’ll be ready to scale up when it’s time.

5. Manufacturing

Now you have to start considering the manufacturing process and how you’ll manage the production of your energy drinks. Locating manufacturers who are experts in formulating and manufacturing can help you get a quality product to market fast and efficiently.

6. Marketing Your Energy Drink

A well-thought-out marketing plan can help you promote your drinks and excite people, which will help drive sales.

The primary demographic purchasing energy drinks are individuals usually between 12 and 34 years old. This means your brand story, packaging, and even name will need to stay in tune with the latest online and social media trends.

7. Get Your Drink On the Shelves

It’s time to get your product out on shelves and into the hands of consumers. Experienced and reliable energy drink distributors can assist you in producing your energy drink and getting it into the hands of customers.

Find the Best Energy Drink Manufacturer for Your Product

Want to bring vitality to your customers with your own delicious energy drink? You’ll need the right manufacturer first. It doesn’t have to be a manufacturer on this list–PartnerSlate has a vast network of manufacturers wanting to work with brands like yours.

Our platform is designed to simplify the process, offering a network of pre-vetted manufacturing companies sorted by capacity and capability. With PartnerSlate, you can save time, stress, and money and start getting your energy drink on the shelves.

The post 7+ Energy Drink Manufacturers to Know [2023] appeared first on PartnerSlate.

12+ Great Cookie Manufacturers & Suppliers in the US [2023]

Matt Suggs — Mon, 24 Apr 2023 14:01:00 +0000

Cookies are one of the most beloved treats in the United States, enjoyed by people of all ages, which is all the more reason to start your cookie business. From classic chocolate chip to exotic flavors like matcha green tea, there is a cookie for everyone. But with so many cookie manufacturer and supplier options, it can be hard to know where to turn for the best results.

PartnerSlate knows that finding the right food manufacturer for your product is integral to success. That’s why we’ve compiled this list of some great cookie manufacturers and suppliers in the United States. If you’re a business owner in need of a reliable supplier for private label cookies, cookie contract manufacturing, private label cookie dough, and more, this guide has got you covered.

Cookie Manufacturers vs Cookie Suppliers

Cookie manufacturers and cookie suppliers are both involved in the production and distribution of cookies, but they have distinct differences in their roles and functions.

Manufacturers are companies that produce the items‌ in which they specialize, such as drink manufacturing, textiles, chemicals, and so much more. Cookie manufacturers create their delectable offerings using their own recipes and ingredients. They may offer a wide selection of cookie flavors and they handle all aspects of the production process, from sourcing ingredients to packaging the finished product. Some bakery manufacturers also specialize in private label cookies, which means they produce cookies for other companies to sell under their own brand name.

On the other hand, cookie suppliers are businesses that distribute cookies to retailers and other businesses. They typically don’t produce cookies themselves but instead source them from manufacturers and sell them to other businesses. Suppliers may offer a range of cookie options, but their selection will depend on the manufacturers they work with and the agreements they have in place.

Top Cookie Manufacturers & Suppliers in the US

While this is a “top” list, there are many other cookie manufacturers and suppliers available to you and your business. Sign up with PartnerSlate and we’ll put you in touch with manufacturers and suppliers that have the exact capabilities you’re looking for.

Alessi Bakeries

Alessi Bakeries is a family-owned business that has been serving the Tampa Bay area for over a century. Their bakery products have a focus on Italian-inspired recipes. The family-owned bakery and manufacturing facility, now in its fourth-generation,operates collaboratively, giving father and son a unique opportunity to keep a close eye on industry trends and maximize efficiencies. They specialize in small, medium and large companies, and have multiple locations, even offering catering services for events.

Services:

Contract manufacturer
Co-packer
Private label manufacturer
Controlled temperature areas
Ingredient sourcing
Product customization
Recipe development
Production
Storage
Shipping

Product Types:

Cakes
Cupcakes
Cream pies
Cake pops
Mini brownie bites
Mini cream puffs and eclairs
Flan
Cannolis
Cookies
Pastries
Baked confections
Bread products
Crackers

Speciality Product Capabilities: None specified

Location: 5202 Eagle Trail Dr, Tampa, FL, 33634

Best Maid Cookie Company

Best Maid Cookie Company is a dessert manufacturer that has been in business for over 70 years. Their products use traditional recipes with fresh ingredients. Their products are available for retail and wholesale purchase for both small and large companies, and they also provide custom orders for special events.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Customized formulation
Product development
Recipe development
Packaging
Ingredient sourcing

Product Types:

Pre-baked cookies and pre-portioned cookie dough
Bread
Chocolate
Individually wrapped cookies and bars
Flour mixes and doughs
Baked confections
Crackers

Speciality Product Capabilities: None specified

Location: 1147 Benson St., River Falls, WI, 54022

Bristol Works

Bristol Works is a solar-powered co-manufacturer and co-packer dedicated to using locally sourced ingredients and sustainable practices in their operations. In 2015, Bristol Bakery started manufacturing crackers from spent grains and expanded into gluten-free snack products. Now, they specialize in offering scale-up services to young gluten-free brands in the cookie, brownie, and cracker categories on their growth journeys to mass production.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Baking
Sheeting
Dehydrating
Rotary molding
Extruding
Pouches
Plastic bags
Cartons
Bag-in-box

Product Types:

Cookies
Baked confections
Brownies
Crackers
Muffins
Scones
Granola

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free

Location: 72 Munsill Avenue, Bristol, VT 05443

Damascus Bakery Co-Pack

Damascus Bakery Co-Pack is a food company that offers co-packing and private label services for flatbreads, including pita, wraps, and lavash. They work with food service customers to create custom products that meet their specific needs. Their facility is located in the US but they serve clients both throughout the US and Canada.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Quality assurance
Quality control
Engineering
Warehousing (dry, cold and frozen)
Sales and marketing
Accounting services
Customized products
Production scaling

Product Types:

Bars
Cookies
Baked confections
Flour mixes and dough
Bread products like pitas, lavash roll-ups, lavash wraps, pizza crusts, and panini breads
Brooklyn Bred Products
Frozen baked goods
Tortillas
Dry Pasta
Snacks
Chips, puffs, and popped snacks
Crackers

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher

Location: 56 Gold Street, Brooklyn, NY, 11201

Darlington Cookie Company

Darlington Cookie Company is a food company that produces over 80 different cookies and baked snacks for small and large food companies. Their products include classic flavors, as well as unique and seasonal options. Darlington Cookie Company uses carefully selected ingredients and traditional baking techniques to create delicious and satisfying treats. They sell their products in grocery stores and online.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing
Individually wrapped, tray or full batch products
Shelf-stable products

Product Types:

Soft and crunchy cookies
Savory crispy crackers
Sweet crispy snacks
Oatmeal bars
Bars
Snack squares
Bites
Wafers
Granola bites
Animal crackers
Shortbreads
Squares
Waffle snaps

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Nut-free
Kosher dairy
Sugar-free

Location: 1001 Hadley Rd Ste 103, Mooresville, Indiana, 46158

Globel the Superfood Copackers

Globel the Superfood Copackers is a food company that provides private label and contract manufacturing services for a wide range of food products. Their specialties include snacks, baked goods, and dry food mixes. They work with startups, small, medium and large businesses and offer a range of packaging options to suit the specific needs of each client.

Services:

Food service contract packaging
Retail contract packaging
Bakery contract manufacturing
Private label contract packaging
Retail co-packing
Food service co-packing
Bulk co-packing
White label co-packing
Industrial bakery operation
Recipe and product development
Dry storage
Ingredient packaging
Ingredient sourcing
Packaging, branding, and design
Traditional cookie manufacturing
Specialty cookie manufacturing
Flexible packaging formats
Dry storage
New product development
Packaging with pillow bags, gusset bags, flat bottom bags, stand-up pouches, INNO-LOK® Face Zipper

Product Types:

Premium cookies
Baked confections
Snack mixes (dried fruit, spicy, sweet, or savory)
Edamame snacks
Soya sticks
Veggie chips
Corn snacks
Chickpea snacks
Asian inspired snacks
Granola
Puffed snacks
Teas
Wrapped candies
Gummies
Bread products
Dry pasta
Flour mixes and doughs
Granola
Chips, crackers, and pretzels

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Organic
Gluten-free
Kosher
CBD & THC infused
Keto
Sugar-free
Peanut-free

Location: 2116 Sherman St, Hollywood, FL 33020

The Greater Knead

The Greater Knead is a bakery that creates gluten-free and allergen-friendly products such as bagels, donuts, and bread. They use high-quality ingredients and traditional baking methods to produce delicious treats that are safe for those with celiac disease or other food allergies. Working with startups to larger food companies, the mother-daughter duo who founded the company wanted to create tasty gluten-free options for their family.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Refrigerated, freezer and dry storage
Recipe and product development
Strict allergen control

Product Types:

Cookies
Baked confections
Bread products
Bagels
Frozen baked goods
Buns
Soft pretzels and pretzel nuggets
Chips
Flour mixes and dough
Crackers
Bars

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Top-9 allergen free

Location: 1690 Winchester Rd, Bensalem, PA 19020

Iya Foods

Iya Foods is a food company that offers innovative, delicious, everyday foods made with African superfoods – all gluten free. This includes spices, seasonings, flours, and snacks. They source their ingredients from small-scale farmers in Africa and aim to provide healthy, flavorful, and convenient food options. A Nigerian-American woman who wanted to share the taste of her culture with others started the company.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Dry storage
Ingredient sourcing
Packaging sourcing
Recipe and product development
Dry mix blending
Baked snack manufacturing
R&D product innovation kitchen
Material and quality control
Sifting and screening

Product Types:

Dry mixes and blends
Cookies
Crisps
Crackers
Bars
Brittles
Flour, flour blends, and dough
Pancake and waffle mixes
Baking mixes
Hibiscus and whole food powders
Chips
Spices and seasonings

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Kosher
Peanut-free

Location: 31W290 Schoger Drive, Naperville, IL 60564

Montana Cookie Company

Montana Cookie Company has been bringing its co-manufacturing experience to the table since 2009. They specialize in facilitating strategic co-manufacturing for gluten-free and nut-free baked products for small and large brands across the US. Montana Cookie Company prioritizes producing high-quality gluten-free cookies and snacks–without sacrificing flavor.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Dry storage
Ingredient sourcing

Product Types:

Cookies
Snacks
Snack bars
Crackers

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free

Location: 24875 Frontage Rd, Bozeman, MT, 59718

Oakhouse Bakery

Oakhouse Bakery is a food company that produces a variety of baked goods. They commit to using natural ingredients and do not use preservatives or artificial flavors. They sell their products online and at local farmers’ markets and have gained a loyal following for their delicious and wholesome baked goods. They work with smaller companies looking to grow their food businesses.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Research and development
Climate-controlled production area
Modern equipment
Segregated ingredient storage areas
Ingredient quality assurance

Product Types:

Baked confections
Bread products
Cookies
Granola
Muffins
Bars
Breads
Buns
Bagels

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: 2221 Mustang Way, Madison, WI, 53718

Rise Baking Company

Rise Baking Company is a bakery manufacturing company that never fails to surprise its customers. Working with mostly larger companies, and with the help of sophisticated technology, their production floors can keep up with large volumes of orders while minimizing any wastage. For instance, they use the Fast Pan panning system for making cookie dough, enabling them to save up to 70% on their labor costs altogether. As a company whose objectives revolve around customer satisfaction, Rise Baking Company offers different artisan breads, cakes, bars, and cookies that are deliciously baked.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturing
Food wholesale service
Refrigerated and frozen storage

Product Types:

Artisan breads including different types of baguettes, loaves, and rolls
Cakes including celebration, dessert, and ready-to-finish
Dessert bars
Cookies, muffins, brownies, and crispy rice bars of various flavors
Frozen baked goods
Snack foods like crackers
Fillings, glazes, icings, toppings, and whipped toppings

Speciality product capabilities:

Kosher

Location: 828 Kasota Ave SE, Minneapolis, MN 55414

Trans-Packers Services Corp.

Trans-Packers Services Corp. is a food company that offers packaging and transportation services for food and beverage products from startups to larger businesses. Trans-Packers Services Corp. has a state-of-the-art 95,000+ square foot facility and uses advanced technology to ensure that their clients’ products transport efficiently and securely. They also offer site connection services to make it easy for clients to access their products.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Detailed lab testing
Extensive hygiene program (to assure that the packing of your products are under ideal conditions for optimal health factors)
Full-service cartoning
On-site warehousing
Refrigeration facilities
Shipping and receiving services
Packaging with food containers, carton boxes, tea bags
Custom-designed packaging, blending, and indexing equipment

Product Types:

Dry mix for beverages
Cookies
Chips
Crackers
Nuts and mixes
Puffs and popped snacks
Chocolate and candy bars
Hard candy
Chewy candy
Gummies

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Organic

Location: 4100 New Brunswick Avenue, Piscataway, NJ, 08854

Cookie Manufacturers & Suppliers for Small-Batch Products

What is a Low MOQ Product?

MOQ stands for minimum order quantity, which is the minimum number of units or products that a supplier is willing to sell to a customer in a single order. A low MOQ product refers to a product that has a relatively small minimum order quantity, typically less than the standard quantity required by the supplier.

Low MOQ products can be beneficial for small businesses, startups, or individuals who have limited capital or storage space and can’t afford to order large quantities of products. It allows them to test the market with a smaller investment and reduce the risk of overstocking or wasting inventory.

How to Find a Cookie Manufacturer or Supplier for Low-Volume Products

Finding a cookie manufacturer or supplier for low-volume products can be challenging, as many manufacturers have a high minimum order quantity (MOQ). However, there are strategies you can use to locate a supplier that can accommodate your low-volume needs.

One of those strategies is working with a third party company. PartnerSlate’s matching platform works to pair you with a partner that works specifically with smaller businesses or low-volume products.

You can look through PartnerSlate’s profiles to find a partner that offers the production run size you’re looking for, whether it’s:

Startup (Less than 25,000 units)
Small (25,000-100,000 units)
Medium (100,000-1,000,000 units)
Large (1,000,000+ units)

Best Cookie Manufacturers & Suppliers to Work With as a Startup

We have compiled a list from this guide of companies that work with startup size production runs (less than 25,000 units):

Silver State Baking Company
Fancypants Baking Co.
Globel Copacking LLC
Amrita Global Group
Trans-Packers Services Corp.
The Greater Knead
Gramercy Bakery
Fat Molly’s
Oakhouse Bakery

As well as small production runs (25,000-100,000 units):

Apogee Foods
Montana Cookie Company
Darlington Cookie Company
Alessi Bakeries
Best Maid Cookie Company

Find the Right Cookie Manufacturer or Supplier for Your Brand

These are just a selection of the top cookie manufacturers and suppliers in the country, but there are many more options out there for you. Find the perfect manufacturer for your cookie products through PartnerSlate.

PartnerSlate is the ideal way to find the best manufacturer for your food business. Register here! All you need to do is provide details about your company and create a project outlining the product and your production requirements. You can then post your project to the PartnerSlate Project Marketplace and wait for manufacturers to show interest.

The platform will then take care of the introduction and onboarding process to get your products to market quickly and efficiently. Need we say more?

The post 12+ Great Cookie Manufacturers & Suppliers in the US [2023] appeared first on PartnerSlate.

9 Great Soda Manufacturers & Private Label Companies in the U.S. [2023]

Matt Suggs — Thu, 20 Apr 2023 02:14:04 +0000

If you’ve been looking for a soda manufacturers or private label company for your brand, then you’re familiar with the long phone calls and extensive research it takes to find the right partner. With so many manufacturers offering different services and capabilities, it can be difficult to choose. But rest assured the best manufacturer for your business is out there—you just have to find it!

To serve as a jumping-off point, we’ve curated a list of some top soda manufacturers and private label companies in the U.S. to help you explore your options.

How is soda manufactured?

Soda and soft drink manufacturers can make a wide variety of bubbly beverages using ingredients like water, carbon dioxide, sugar, acid, juices, and extra flavoring. Here are the steps soda manufacturers would typically take to create your soda:

1. Clarification

In this first step the goal is to remove any unwanted materials from the water. Flocs are added to the water, acting as magnets for the suspended particles. Once the flocs have absorbed the particles, the water can be separated from the flocs, leaving it clear. The water is then put through a filtration and disinfection process.

The water will go through several filters of different materials and pore sizes. A small amount of chlorine is also added to eliminate bacteria and parasites. After a few hours, the water is then dechlorinated with an activated carbon filter.

2. Ingredient Mixing

Dissolved sugar and flavor concentrates are mixed in batch tanks in precise amounts. This combination can be heated via a pasteurization process to eliminate any bacteria and increase shelf life. This is then carefully mixed with the clarified water using specialized equipment to manage the proportions and prevent aeration.

3. Carbonation

After all the ingredients have been processed and combined, manufacturers add carbonation to the mixture. The amount of carbonation pressure varies depending on what type of soda or soft drink is being made.

Sometimes carbonation is added to the water at the beginning of the soda manufacturing process.

4. Filling & Packaging

The finished product is added to cans or bottles and then immediately sealed. Labels are added next; however, cans can have branding and product information printed on them before filling.

The bottled and canned sodas are packed into cartons or packaging. Finally, they’re sent to warehouses for storage or distributors for sale.

Top Soda Manufacturers & Private Label Companies

Before we get into the list, we want to make it clear that there are innumerable incredible soda manufacturers throughout the United States. This article just touches on some great companies that could be the right fit for your brand.

But…why guess if it’s the right fit? Wouldn’t you start working immediately with a co-manufacturer with all the right capabilities for your brand?

With PartnerSlate, you can create a detailed project and post it anonymously to the marketplace where qualified manufacturers with the right capabilities can come and show interest in your project. PartnerSlate will get you connected directly and cut the search process down from months to days.

Skip the long days of cold calls and endless research and connect with the perfect manufacturer with help from PartnerSlate. Or if you want to continue the research first, keep reading!

1. California Custom Beverage LLC

California Custom Beverage, established by the founder of Reed’s Inc, offers co-packing services and produces drinks for the private-label market. With over four decades of experience, CCB offers expert guidance from design to distribution and has production capabilities on both the East and West coasts.

Services:

Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Contract manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing
Product development
Beverage formulation
Pressure sensitive labeling
Product design
Bi-coastal bottling
European old-style swing-lid bottles
Exclusive glass sourced from China
Traditional twist or pry-off

Product Types:

Still water
Carbonated
Beer and cider

Speciality Product Capabilities: Not listed

Location: 13000 S Spring St, Los Angeles, CA, 90061

2. Castle Co-Packers

Castle Co-Packers is an independent bottling plant founded in 2004. They focus on working with specialized brands and are a kosher and organic-certified plant. They make sauces and non-carbonated and carbonated drinks and offer tea brewing, repacking, and sleeve labeling services, and have an expert logistics service that oversees a 500,000-square-foot warehouse.

Services:

Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Contract manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing
Tea brewing
Repacking
Hot fill for plastic and glass bottles
Sleeve labeling for plastic and glass bottles
Cut and stack

Product Types:

Non-carbonated and carbonated beverages
Dressings, salsas, marinades

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: 11 Lloyd Avenue, Latrobe, PA, 15650

3. Circle Beverage

Circle Beverage takes a customer-centric approach to assist clients through the startup, launch, and scale-up of their business operations. They have a SQF Food Safety and Quality Certification, USDA Organic Certification, FDA Registration, and are a certified distilled spirits plant.

Circle Beverage is a good option for brands producing craft, health-focused, canned beverages in large quantities. The company also has several products available for wholesale.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturing
Cold and aseptic filling
Tunnel pasteurization
Liquid blending
Batching
Processing
Can sleeving
Flavor extraction
Product development
Refrigerated, frozen, and dry storage
Steeping

Product Types:

Still water
Carbonated and non-carbonated
Sparkling collagen water
Spirits
Tea and kombucha
CBD-infused products
Fruit juice
Extracts and powders

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free

Location: 1050 E. Washington St., Indianapolis, IN 46202

4. CSD Copackers

CSD Copackers specializes in developing carbonated beverages in a variety of packaging types. They are experts in manufacturing, flavor development, ingredient sourcing, and all things packaging. They can also accommodate trial runs, small batch sizes, proprietary packaging, and other challenging production requirements.

From flavor development and ingredient sourcing to brand identification and packaging design, CSD helps existing and emerging soda brands produce quality products.

Services:

Co-packing
Contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing
Product development
Tunnel pasteurization
Packaging: glass and aluminum bottles
Package design
Flavor development
Product formulation
Inventory management
Pressure sensitive labeling
Cold sterilization
Handling and storing dry sweeteners

Product Types:

Carbonated beverages
Bag-in-box syrups

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Organic

Location: 100 W Poplar Street, Scranton, PA, 18509

5. Nor-Cal Beverage Co.

Nor-Cal Beverage Co. is a full-service, high-volume, contract manufacturer that co-packages iced teas and ades, energy drinks, organic beverages, and more. Serving some of the largest beverage industry leaders like Coca-Cola®, Nor-Cal offers services in packaging, pasteurization, labeling, distribution, and has two production facilities in California.

Services:

Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Contract manufacturing
Product development
Packaging: tray, pad, shrink wrap, RSC fill wrap, shrink wrap bundles, fiber multi-packs, cartons, Hi-cone, and Bliss Box
Repacking
Food Safety and quality management
Labeling: roll-fed, cut and stack, pressure sensitive labels, drop sleeve PET
Tunnel pasteurization
Cold fill
Hot fill

Product Types:

Still water
Non-carbonated and carbonated beverages
Iced teas and ades
Sparkling waters
Energy drinks
Chilled juices
Organic and all-natural beverages

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
USDA Certified Organic

Location: 2150 Stone Blvd, West Sacramento, CA, 95691

6. Rocky Mountain Soda Co.

The Rocky Mountain Soda Company is a family-owned company producing custom soda flavors using four high-quality natural and organic ingredients: carbonated Colorado water, pure cane sugar, all-natural flavors, and non-GMO citric acid.

Each of their flavors is custom crafted in small batches and every bottle is packaged by hand the day it’s made. Based in Colorado, Rocky Mountain Soda Co.’s products are free of artificial flavors, artificial colors, added salts, and preservatives.

Services:

Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing

Product Types:

Sodas with unique flavors including birch beer, elderberry, prickly pear, peaches & cream, and many more

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Vegan

Location: 4420 Glencoe St., Denver, CO, 80216

7. Sprecher Brewing Co. LLC

Sprecher Brewing is a contract and private label manufacturer specializing in producing hand-crafted beer and sodas to the exact specifications of their clients. They have been in business for over 40 years and offer bottling, canning, and bulk packaging services. From product development to packaging, they offer virtually unlimited customization.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturing
Bulk packaging
Bottling
Canning
Packing
Flash pasteurization
Cold fill

Product Types:

Carbonated drinks
Beer and cider
Mixers
Sparkling water
Hard seltzers and hard cider
Soda extract
Kegs
Root beer
Craft sodas

Speciality Product Capabilities: Not listed

Location: 701 West Glendale Ave, Glendale, WI 53209

8. Southeast Bottling & Beverage

Southeast Bottling & Beverage provides state-of-the-art bottling services, ready-to-drink manufacturing, and co-packing services for every stage of production. They hold several certifications, including USDA, HEPA, and FDA, and have a 150,000-square-foot facility equipped with the latest in beverage manufacturing and co-packing technology. Their services range from formula development to flash pasteurization pressure-sensitive labeling.

Services:

Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Contract manufacturing
RTD manufacturing
Freezer and refrigerator storage
Ingredient sourcing
Ozonation
Flash pasteurization
Cold fill
Hot fill
Cool tunneling
Formula development
Film and carton packaging
Shrink sleeve
Pressure sensitive labeling

Product Types:

Still water
Non-carbonated and carbonated beverages
Flavored waters
Sports drinks
Functional beverages
Teas
Fruit juices
Liquid supplements

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
USDA Certified Organic

Location: 15340 Citrus Country Drive, Dade City, FL, 33523

9. Wildpack Beverage Inc.

Wildpack Beverage Inc. was founded in 2017 and produces canned beverages for middle-market brands. They work to help beverage companies grow and expand their production by offering services in sleeving, packaging, batching, and canning. They handle all ingredient sourcing, offer a range of cans and packaging materials, and provide logistics and inventory management services for clients.

Services:

Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Contract manufacturing
Shrink sleeving
Ingredient sourcing
Small batch agitated mixing
Flexible liquid temperature control
Product development
Alcohol storage
Inventory management
Logistics management
Flexible production run sizes
Customer service support
Brite cans
Can ends
Printed cans
PakTech carriers
Case trays
Aluminum cans

Product Types:

Still water
Non-carbonated and carbonated drinks
Wine, beer, spirits, and cider
Seltzer
Cold brew
Kombucha
RTDs

Speciality Product Capabilities:

USDA Certified Organic
Kosher

Location: 1301 Edison Hwy, Suite A2, Baltimore, MD 21213

Soda Manufacturers for Small-Batch Products

What is a Low MOQ Product?

Products with a low minimum order quantity (MOQ) are food or beverage items produced on a smaller scale. A low MOQ is usually necessary for businesses and startups before they have the capital to increase their production volume.

How to Find a Soda Manufacturer for Low-Volume Products

It can be difficult for small businesses to find the right co-manufacturer for the low MOQ products since some co-mans have higher MOQ requirements.

Skip the headaches of matching with the wrong co-packer by working with PartnerSlate. We make it simple to connect with the best soda manufacturers in the country–including options with lower MOQs.

PartnerSlate offers a convenient concierge service so brands can get their products to market faster without exorbitant consulting fees. Plus, there’s no cost for the matching service if your project does not move forward after the initial introduction.

Best Soda Manufacturers to Work With as a Startup

Here are some soda manufacturers that are great for startups looking to produce less than 25,000 units:

California Custom Beverage
WildPack Beverage
CSD Co-packers

Find the Best Soda Manufacturer or Private Labeler for your Brand

While this list provided some great soda manufacturer options, the best soda manufacturer for your business will depend on a myriad of factors: do you need a low MOQ? A specific flavor profile? A kosher manufacturer?

PartnerSlate is the perfect solution for finding the right manufacturer for your beverage business. Sign up for free, add details about your business, and create a project describing the product and production needs.

The platform will link you with three suitable manufacturers and handle the introduction and onboarding process so your ideas from product to launch quickly, efficiently, and with a lot less stress.

The post 9 Great Soda Manufacturers & Private Label Companies in the U.S. [2023] appeared first on PartnerSlate.

9+ Great Food Manufacturers in Colorado [2023]

Matt Suggs — Tue, 18 Apr 2023 08:02:51 +0000

Colorado is home to a vibrant and diverse food manufacturing industry. From craft breweries to artisanal cheese makers, the Centennial State boasts a rich food and agriculture culture that attracts culinary entrepreneurs from all over the world. For food brands looking to start or scale their production in Colorado, this is great news.

But, finding the right food manufacturing partner can be tedious and time-consuming. This article will review a few of the top food manufacturers in Colorado to kick-start your research. With the right manufacturer, you can start getting your high-quality and innovative food products to market in no time.

Top Food Manufacturers in Colorado

While these are some great food manufacturers in Colorado, they are by no means your only options. In fact, sometimes the number of great co-mans in Colorado can feel overwhelming.

The easiest and fastest way to find the right partner is through PartnerSlate’s Project Marketplace.. You can create a detailed project and post it anonymously to the marketplace where qualified manufacturers with the right capabilities can come and show interest in your project. PartnerSlate will then get you connected directly and streamline the onboarding, communication, and document sharing so you can get started right away. Much better than weeks and months of cold calling and research, right?

You can get started with PartnerSlate right now.

If you’d rather continue your research, keep reading:

1. Colorado Quality Foods

Colorado Quality Foods (CQF) is a natural foods manufacturing, packaging, R&D, and eCommerce company with a team of trained chefs, food and process certification experts, and more. They provide a full-service, turnkey solution to customers from ingredient procurement to fulfillment. CQF works with startups launching new products, as well as larger, more established brands looking to expand their production capabilities.

As a dedicated peanut-free, gluten-free facility, they ensure their products meet all of your customer’s dietary needs.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Turnkey solutions
Ingredient sourcing
Ecommerce fulfillment
Wholesale fulfillment
Warehousing
Packaging with bottles, jars, cans, tubs and tins, pouches, cups, pouches, bags, trays, bowls, and cartons
Hot and cold filling
Baking and frying capabilities
Dry blending
Extruding
Kettle cooking
Refrigerated, freezer, and dry storage
Research and development
Fulfillment services
Product formulation and reformulation
Packaging sourcing
Repacking

Product Types:

Non-carbonated beverages
Dry-mix beverages
Coffee
Tea
Baked confections: fresh or frozen baked goods, cookies, flour mixes, dough
Frozen baked goods
Sauces and spreads: sauces, dressings, salsas, marinades, jams, dips, hummus, syrups
Dry seasonings: spices and extracts
Snack foods: bars, chips, crackers
Plant-based products: fresh or frozen meat alternatives, non-dairy beverages
CBD and THC-infused products
Appetizers and entrees: soups, broths, chili
Vitamins and supplements: liquid, powder

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Nut free
Gluten-free
Organic
Kosher

Location: 4220 Carson St, STE 102, Denver, CO, 80239

2. Culinaire Foods

Culinaire Foods is a food manufacturing company based in Colorado that produces various high-quality frozen food products. Their mission is to remain dedicated to building a unique portfolio of food products with a focus on selection, market trends, food safety, quality, innovation, and value. Known for its customized products that meet the specific needs of its clients, Culinaire Foods caters to small to large operations.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Wholesale manufacturing
Equipment with bake, roast, sauté, slow cook, deep fry, char, grill, and sear capabilities
Rheon coextrusion
Anko machinery
Temperature control
Product development
Distribution
Custom frozen food manufacturing
Food safety and quality management

Product Types:

Prepared entrees
Grab-and-go and handhelds
Side dishes
Complete meals
All-natural dishes
Desserts
Sandwiches
Wraps
Salads
Pot pies and wellingtons
Schnitzel
Chicken breast
Pupusas
Rolls
Arancini
Latkes
Kugels
Savory cakes
Roasted vegetables
Baked and twice-baked potatoes
Pasta dishes

Speciality Product Capabilities: Non-meat items

Location: 1111 W. Exposition Ave., Denver, CO, 80223

3. Fresca Foods

Fresca Foods is a leading co-manufacturing partner in the natural & organic space. The company works with established brands, creating high-quality products using natural and sustainable ingredients. They provide end-to-end solutions for the development, production, and distribution of innovative food products.

With a focus on culinary creativity and industry expertise, Fresca Foods has established itself as a leader in the natural foods market.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturing
Recipe development
Product development
Packaging design
Supply chain management
Research and development
Formulation and commercialization of new products
Brand renovations
Line extensions
Cold-form extrusion
Extruding
Baking
Cold filling
100% wind-powered plants
Custom manufacturing
Dry, freezer, and refrigerated storage
Turnkey solutions
Ingredient sourcing
Packaging sourcing
Packaging with jars, pouches, bags, trays, cartons, bag-in-box

Product Types:

Cereals
Granola
Nut butter
Cookies
Flour mixes and doughs
Nut Butter
Bars
Nuts and mixes

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic
Vegan
Paleo
Dairy-free
Soy-free

Location: 195 CTC Blvd., Louisville, CO, 80027

4. The Kitchen Coop

The Kitchen Coop is a manufacturing company that specializes in co-packing and food production services. Established in 2013, the company provides commercial kitchen facilities and expertise to small-scale food businesses and entrepreneurs, helping them bring their product ideas to market. They are committed to using high-quality ingredients and sustainable production practices to create innovative and delicious food products for their clients.

The Kitchen Coop takes pride in their transparent approach to serving their clients and customers in the making of healthy snacks and treats.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Recipe development
Labeling
Refrigerated and freezer storage
Allergen control and testing
Material sourcing
Inventory management
Cost modeling
Roosting process
Fulfillment
Sales development
Process development
Cost optimization

Product Types:

Cookies
Bread products
Frozen baked goods
Flour mixes and dough
Jams, hummus, dips, syrups, nut butter
Marinades
Snack bars
Crackers
Nuts and mixes

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: 8835 West 116th Circle, Broomfield, CO 80021

5. Landmark Foods

Landmark Foods is an FDA-inspected and certified organic co-packing facility. They specialize in a large variety of food packaging, beverage bottling, and bottling or packaging of other consumables. Their clients range in size from start-up organizations to established companies with a significant market presence. Landmark Foods has modern high-speed equipment meant to add value to its clients and their manufacturing needs.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Modern high-speed equipment for food processing and bottling
Research and development team
Dry mixing and blending
Bottling with plastic, glass, or metal containers
Packaging in tubs, heat seal pouches, jars, etc.
Dry, freezer, and refrigerated storage
Turnkey solutions
Ingredient sourcing

Product Types:

Carbonated and non-carbonated beverages such as lemonade, sports drinks, vitamin water, cocktail mixers, tea, fruit juices, chai, CBD beverages
Honey
Oils such as coconut oil, chili oil, and bath oils
Protein and sports powders
Cocoa and cacao
Loose-leaf tea and tea blends
Single herbs and herb blends
Fresh and dehydrated fruits and vegetables
Chia seed
Single spices and spice blends
Extracts
Nuts and mixes
Creamers
Cake mix
Pancake mix
Collagen
Nut butter
Cereal
Granola
Hummus
Canine supplements
Hemp hearts
Pickles
Oatmeal
Syrup
Agave nectar
Dressings
Salsas
Marinades

Speciality Product Capabilities: Organic

Location: 6779 S. Queen Rd, Littleton, CO, 80127

6. Motherlode Co-Packing

Motherlode Co-Packing is a manufacturing company that offers co-packing and production services for food and beverage businesses. They provide state-of-the-art equipment and an experienced staff to help clients bring their product ideas to life. With a commitment to quality and efficiency, Motherlode Co-Packing is a trusted partner for businesses looking to scale their production capabilities whether that is bringing your recipe from the kitchen to the world stage, or an existing brand looking for a partner to grow with.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturing
Co-packing
Custom blending
Filling
Packaging with glass, plastic, and pouch options
Label design
Sourcing
Recipe development
Flavor sampling
Shelf life consulting

Product Types:

Bottled sauces
Condiments
Syrups
Drink mixes
Marinades
Dressings

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free

Location: 400 Main St., Hudson, CO 80642

7. Ready Foods Inc.

Ready Foods Inc. is a family-owned company providing custom food solutions for the past 50 years. Their specialty is kettle-cooked foods like soups, sauces, beans, pasta, and more. The company serves a wide range of customers, from large restaurant chains to smaller independent food service providers. Ready Food Inc.’s experienced team of chefs and food scientists works to create innovative new products and flavors in their multi-facility production footprint.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Research and development
Quality assurance
Food science tools
Pouch packaging
Glass free facility
Lean manufacturing
Frozen, refrigerated, and dry storage
Kettle cooking

Product Types:

Cheese sauces
Chile
Pasta, rice, and vegetables
Soups
Fully-cooked beef products
Plant-based meat alternatives
Salsa
Dressings
Marinades
Sauces
Beans
Soups
Fillings
Cereal
Granola
Frozen fruits and vegetables

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Any allergen-free products upon client request

Location: 2645 W 7th Ave, Denver CO

8. Rocky Mountain Foods

Rocky Mountain Foods has been roasting, mixing, packaging, and marketing snacks for over 20 years. Working with all sizes of companies, they will help invent, design, source, and supply your products to market. They pride themselves on providing organic ingredients as they partner with several local and national organic conventional grocers and convenience retailers.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Turnkey solutions
Ingredient sourcing
Research and development
Branding
Custom packaging and labels
Roasting and mixing
Quality assurance
Marketing

Product Types:

Trail mixes
Dried fruits
Sesame sticks
Sunflower kernels
Raw ingredients

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Organic
Kosher
Gluten-free

Location: 13105 E 38th Avenue Unit 30, Denver, CO 80239

9. Yumbana

Yumbana is a manufacturing company that focuses on creating healthy and sustainable food products. They specialize in gluten-free products for their own brand as well as many others, making them an ideal partner for health-conscious manufacturers. Yumbana also supports sustainable agriculture practices by sourcing ingredients from local and organic farmers whenever possible.

With a commitment to delicious, nutritious, and eco-friendly snacks, Yumbana is a growing force in the food industry.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturing
Co-packing
Depositing and extrusion
Baking
Dry and frozen storage
Packaging in pouches, plastic bags, flowrapping, and cartons
Labeling
Manufacturing consultation
Scale-up and commercialization
Nutritional panel
Fulfillment
Bulk pre-blending
Batch baked and unbaked products

Product Types:

Bars
Breads
Mini cakes
Full cakes
Cookies
Cookie Dough
Donuts
Muffins
Pies
Rolls and crusts
Holiday cookies (seasonal)

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten free
Soy-free
Peanut-free

Location: 651 Topeka Way Ste 500, Castle Rock, CO 80109

Food Manufacturers in Colorado for Small-Batch Products

What is a Low MOQ Product?

MOQ, or minimum order quantity, is the minimum number of units or products that a manufacturer is willing to sell to a customer in a single order. A low MOQ product refers to a relatively small minimum order quantity, typically less than the standard quantity required by the supplier. Low MOQs can be beneficial for small businesses or startups that need to manage their inventory and cash flow carefully.

Low MOQ products may be offered by suppliers or manufacturers who specialize in producing small quantities or custom products or by those who are willing to accommodate the needs of smaller businesses. Some suppliers may charge higher prices for low MOQ products to offset the costs of producing smaller quantities. So, it is important to find a manufacturer that is willing to work with smaller businesses and low MOQs.

How to Find a Colorado Food Manufacturer for Low-Volume Products

Many of the companies previously listed work with startups and smaller businesses as they are small themselves. Before reaching out to those companies to see if they will work for your business, you can work with PartnerSlate to find exactly what you need. PartnerSlate’s matching platform will pair you with a partner that works specifically with the production run size you’re looking for, whether it’s at the level of:

Startup (Less than 25,000 units)
Small (25,000-100,000 units)
Medium (100,000-1,000,000 units)
Large (1,000,000+ units)

Best Colorado Food Manufacturers to Work With as a Startup

Here is a list of companies from this article that work with startup-size production runs:

Colorado Quality Foods
Ready Foods Inc.
Landmark Foods

As well as small production runs:

Culinaire Foods
Oogies Snacks
Rocky Mountain Foods

More About Food Manufacturing in Colorado

What foods are manufactured in Colorado?

From this list alone, you will find there are meats, snacks like popcorn and chips, frozen meals, trail mixes, and more. While Colorado may not be as established a manufacturing state as the Rust Belt or the Southeast, its newness allows it to be unconstrained by tradition and innovative for all types of new up-and-coming products.

Top Denver-based Food Companies

Colorado Quality Foods
Culinaire Foods
Oogie’s Snacks
Ready Foods Inc.
Rocky Mountain Foods
Landmark Foods

Top Boulder-based Food Companies

Fresca Foods

Choose the Best Food Manufacturer in Colorado For Your Product

The food manufacturing industry in Colorado is diverse and each manufacturer offers a unique set of strengths and capabilities. Whether it is their experience in your product category, their production capacity, or their quality control processes, ensuring your co-man can meet your product needs is key to a successful food business.

By working with PartnerSlate you can find the best food manufacturer in Colorado to bring your product to market. Partnering with the right manufacturer can help ensure the success of your product and the growth of your business. Sign up with PartnerSlate to find suitable manufacturers for you and your products today.

Try PartnerSlate today

The post 9+ Great Food Manufacturers in Colorado [2023] appeared first on PartnerSlate.

7+ Great Gluten-free Co-packers & Manufacturers [2023]

Matt Suggs — Wed, 29 Mar 2023 03:20:20 +0000

Approximately 6% of Americans are gluten intolerant, so it’s no surprise there’s been continued growth in gluten-free products and alternatives.

However, developing, producing, and packing gluten-free foods can be a complex process for brands. Fortunately, working with an experienced gluten-free co-packer or manufacturer can help ensure the success of your brand and safety of your customers.

We know it can take a lot of time to find the right co-manufacturer, so we’ve compiled a list of some great gluten-free manufacturers to work with in the U.S.

Gluten-free Co-packers & Manufacturers

While this list provides some incredible gluten-free co-packer and co-man partners, there are lots of manufacturers offering gluten-free food production. While a lot of options can be helpful, it also means it can take a lot more time and resources to narrow down the right fit for your product.

Fortunately, PartnerSlate can help you find the perfect partnership in a matter of days or weeks–not months or years. Our matching system connects brands with manufacturers and co-packers based on your exact needs. We then streamline the onboarding process so you can get your gluten-free products to market even faster.

If you’re ready to find the best gluten-free manufacturer for your product right now, sign up with PartnerSlate for free. If you’re still interested in learning more about the manufacturers listed below, keep reading!

1. Apogee Foods

Apogee Foods specializes in producing natural, gluten-free desserts and snacks. Their nearly 40,000 square-foot facility is a 100% gluten-free, kosher-certified facility, and designed to accommodate both large-scale and small-scale manufacturing. Offering a range of services for manufacturing, product development, and customer service, Apogee Foods can be a partner for health-focused brands of all sizes.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Dry and refrigerated storage
Ingredient and package sourcing
Product development
Fulfillment
Recipe development
QA testing
Nutritional analysis
Full product commercialization
Logistics management
Product certifications
Procurement
Demand planning

Product Types:

Cookies, brownies, pies, and muffins
Baked confections
Cereal and granola
Snack bars, nuts, and mixes
Breakfast, chocolate, dessert, and candy bars
Nutrition, weight management, functional bars
Chocolate enrobed products

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: 9755 Clifford Dr., Suite 150, Dallas, TX, 75220

2. Bristol Works

Bristol Works is a solar-powered co-manufacturer and co-packer located in the Green Mountains of Vermont. They started their journey in 2007, pre-baking bread and pies for partnered local restaurants. In 2015, Bristol Bakery started manufacturing crackers from spent grains and expanded into gluten-free snack products.

Now, they specialize in offering scale-up services to young gluten-free brands in the cookie, brownie, and cracker categories on their growth journeys to mass production.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Baking
Sheeting
Dehydrating
Rotary molding
Extruding
Pouches
Plastic bags
Cartons

Product Types:

Cookies
Baked confections
Crackers

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free

Location: 72 Munsill Avenue, Bristol, VT 05443

3. Creations Foods

Creation Foods is a gluten-free manufacturer that offers various products, including mini cookies, specialty crackers, and cheese snacks. All of their products are USDA-certified and produced in their certified SQF and gluten-free facility located in the Pacific Northwest. Creations also own three in-house brands: Toatzy, Chewma, and Benefit Foods.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Private label
Custom manufacturing
Product development & innovation
Stand-up pouch packaging

Product Types:

Cookies
Cheese crisps
Granola
Crackers

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Vegan
Grain-free
Dairy-free
Paleo friendly
Plant-based
Soy-free
Keto friendly

Location: 1830 Scout Place, Ferndale, WA 98248

4. Gramercy Bakery

Gramercy Bakery is a certified gluten-free and kosher manufacturing facility focused on producing clean-label food products for natural foods brands. They specialize in making snack bars and cookies for companies of all sizes, including startups, SMBs, private label, and retail brands. Founded in 2016, the company implements strict food safety and quality assurance measures to ensure customer satisfaction.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing
Fulfillment
Baking
Extruding
Paper bags
Plastic bags
Flow wrap
Bag-in-a-box

Product Types:

Vegan, keto, and gluten-free cookies
Granola, nut, seed, crispy, and protein bars

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: 7175 Belcastro St, 101, Las Vegas, NV 89113

5. The Kitchen Coop

The Kitchen Coop has developed a distinct path to co-manufacturing that involves consulting services to help brands commercialize recipes, scale up operations, and transition to outsourced manufacturing. With certified gluten-free and kosher facilities, The Kitchen Coop handles sourcing, production, packaging, and fulfillment for early-stage and rising food companies.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Refrigerator and freezer storage
Allergen control and testing
Material sourcing
Inventory management
Cost modeling
Roosting process
Packaging
Fulfillment
Sales development
Process development

Product Types:

Cookies
Bread products
Frozen baked goods
Flour mixes and dough
Jams, hummus, dips, syrups, nut butter
Marinades
Snack bars
Crackers
Nuts and mixes

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: 8835 W 116th Circle, Suite A, Broomfield, CO, 80021c

6. Local Oven

Local Oven is a certified and dedicated gluten-free bakery/manufacturer producing a wide variety of products for companies in the restaurant industry, industrial manufacturers, and wholesale distributors. Their mission is to deliver safe, premium gluten-free breads, pastas, and sweets that exceed customer standards. Equipped with a 30,000 square-foot manufacturing plant in Dallas, Local Oven makes gluten-free products with carefully sourced ingredients.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Production for hotels and sports venues
Production for hospital and healthcare facilities
Quality testing
Refrigerated, frozen, and dry storage
Ingredient sourcing
Fulfillment

Product Types:

Cookies
Tortillas
Dry pasta
Flour mixes and dough
Frozen baked goods
Snack bars
Chips and crackers
Puffs and popped snacks
Breads
Dry ingredients
Pizzas

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-Free

Location: 4436 McEwen, Farmers Branch(Dallas), TX, 75244

7. Montana Cookie Company

Montana Cookie Company has been bringing its co-manufacturing experience to the table since 2009. They specialize in facilitating strategic co-manufacturing for gluten-free and nut-free baked products for brands across the US. Montana Cookie Company prioritizes producing high-quality gluten-free cookies and snacks–without sacrificing flavor.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Dry storage
Ingredient sourcing

Product Types:

Cookies
Snack bars
Crackers

Speciality Product Capabilities:

GMP
Kosher
Gluten-free

Location: 24875 Frontage Rd, Bozeman, MT, 59718

Get started with Partnerslate!

Other Co-packing Options

If your food company is looking for other co-packing options, here is some information that may be helpful.

Private Label Gluten-Free Food Manufacturers

If you’re looking for a gluten-free food manufacturer that provide private label services, try:

Apogee Foods
Creation Foods
Gramercy Bakery
The Kitchen Coop
Local Oven
Montana Cookie Company

Vegan Co-packer

These manufacturers can support vegan brands:

Creation Foods
Gramercy Bakery

Kosher Co-packer

Searching for a kosher co-packer? Try these manufacturers:

Apogee Foods
Gramercy Bakery
The Kitchen Coop
Local Oven
Montana Cookie Company

Snack Co-packer

Looking for a great snack food co-packer or manufacturer?

Head to our list here.

Protein Bar Co-packers

When choosing a co-packer for protein bars, it’s crucial to find one that offers a comprehensive solution, from formulating the product to manufacturing and promotion.

Read more about some great protein bar co-packers here.

Want to review more co-packing options all at once? Use PartnerSlate’s extensive network of co-packer and co-manufacturers.

Get Started

Gluten-Free Manufacturers for Small-batch Products

What is a Low MOQ Product?

Products with a low Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) are food or beverage items produced on a smaller scale. A low MOQ is usually necessary for businesses and startups before they can increase their production volume.

How to Find a Food Manufacturer for Low-Volume Products

Finding the right manufacturer to meet your product volume requirements is essential to avoid order quantity issues. It’s important to be realistic about what can be sold and the manufacturer should only agree to a quantity they can provide.

PartnerSlate provides an easy solution for brands to find the perfect manufacturer for their product run. Manufacturers in PartnerSlate’s network list their minimum order quantities and are matched with brands based on their specific production requirements.

Gluten-Free Manufacturers to Work With as a Startup

These gluten-free co-packers and co-manufacturers all work with smaller production runs:

Apogee Foods
Bristol Bakery
Gramercy Bakery
The Kitchen Coop
Local Oven
Montana Cookie Company

Work with the Best Gluten-Free Manufacturer for You

Whether you’re selling gluten-free candy bars or hot dog buns, it’s important to look for a partner that meets your specific needs.

If you’re ready to be matched with a reliable partner — join PartnerSlate. It’s a straightforward platform that makes finding the perfect gluten-free manufacturer simple.

PartnerSlate will connect you with the ideal co-packer or manufacturer, and provide concierge services to support you through the entire onboarding process. And you only pay once you get to a successful production run.

The post 7+ Great Gluten-free Co-packers & Manufacturers [2023] appeared first on PartnerSlate.

11+ Top Protein Bar Manufacturers To Know [2023]

Matt Suggs — Wed, 29 Mar 2023 01:53:25 +0000

Finding the right co-packer or contract manufacturer to bring your protein bar product to shelves can take extensive time and resources. With PartnerSlate’s industry expertise, we understand the difficulties that brands face when searching for the right protein bar manufacturer.

That’s why we’ve compiled this list of trusted manufacturers who have a proven track record of producing high-quality, delicious protein bars. Whether you’re a food startup looking for a manufacturer that offers small product runs or an established brand in need of a new production partner, this article can help you find the perfect match.

Great Protein Bar Manufacturers

While the following list contains some great protein bar manufacturers in the industry, it’s important to note that there are numerous exceptional co-mans and co-packers for protein bar production. But the research and cold calls required to find the right fit can take months–or even over a year.

That’s where PartnerSlate comes in: our platform connects brands with the right contract manufacturers and suppliers for their needs in weeks or days. Plus it’s free to get matched: you only pay if you get to a successful production run.

Ready to connect with a manufacturer for your protein bar right now?

Make Your Free Account

Want to review some top manufacturers first? Let’s begin.

1. Amrita Global Group

Amrita Global Group is a reputable co-packer that specializes in producing high-quality plant-based protein bars. With a team of experienced professionals, Amrita Global Group offers a range of services including ingredient sourcing, bar formulation, production, and packaging. Their product types include protein bars, energy bars, and meal replacement bars and they can also make specialty vegan, gluten-free, and kosher bars.

Services:

Contract manufacturing and co-packing
Recipe and formula development
Product testing and analysis
Packaging and labeling design
Product registration and certifications
Pouch filling, sealing, and dating
Contract manufacturer
Co-packer
Fulfillment

Product Types:

Cookies
Cereal and granola
Dry fill mixes
Extruded protein bars
Crackers

Specialty Product Capabilities:

Vegan
Organic
Kosher
Plant-based
Allergy-friendly
Gluten free
Dairy free
Peanut free
Egg free
Shellfish and fish free

Location: 540 Barnum Avenue , Bridgeport, CT, 06608

2. Claremont Foods

Claremont Foods is a contract manufacturer of protein bars, snack bars, and nutrition bars. They offer turnkey services from product development to packaging and distribution. Claremont Food has experience working with a range of clients, including startups and established brands, and specializes in creating customized products.

Services:

Contract manufacturing and co-packing
Product development and testing
Packaging and labeling design
Distribution and logistics
Private label manufacturing
Customized flavors and textures
Re-formulations, packaging modifications, production process improvements
Quality improvement of existing products
Development of new products

In-house bench top formulations
Run time on existing production equipment
Raw materials and packaging sourcing
Packaging design
Costing and pricing analysis
Access to external consultants

Product Types:

Protein bars
Granola bars
Snack bars
Energy bars

Specialty Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-Free
Organic
Keto-friendly

Location: 6325 Monarch Park Place, Longmont, CO, 80503

3. Clean Copack, A BumbleBar Co.

Clean Copack is a co-packing company that focuses on manufacturing healthy, plant-based, gluten-free products. With their new USA-made slab line, an Italian mixing system, Japanese quality control equipment, and German packaging technology, they have invested in only the best equipment to make the best products. Serving both start-up and fasting-growing nutrition companies, Clean Copack works to combine healthy, delicious food with social and environmental activism.

Services:

Retail products
Co-packing
Wholesale applications
Private label and contract manufacturer
Recipe scaling
Onsite product testing
Consulting services

Product Types:

Superseed bites
Energy bars
Protein products
Pet treats
Granola
Trail mixes

Speciality product capabilities:

Gluten-free
Vegetarian
Vegan
Low-sugar
Kosher
Keto
Paleo

Location: 3808 N. Sullivan Rd., Suite 13M, Spokane Valley, WA 99216

4. Element Bars

Element Bars is a co-packer that specializes in creating custom nutrition bars. They offer a unique online platform where clients can customize their bars by selecting from a range of ingredients, flavors, and textures. Element Bars then produces and packages the bars to the client’s specifications. Their product types include protein bars, energy bars, and meal replacement bars, and they have the capability to create specialty products such as organic, gluten-free, and paleo bars.

Services:

Customized nutrition bars
Co-packing and private label manufacturing
Recipe and formula development
Packaging and labeling design
Customized ingredients and flavors
Dry storage
Ingredient sourcing
Fulfillment services

Product Types:

Protein bars
Energy bars
Snack bars
Granola bars
Keto bars
Paleo bars
Cereal and granola
Nuts and mixes

Specialty Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic
Vegan
Kosher
Halal

Location: 5001 W Belmont Ave , Chicago, IL, 60641

5. Fantasy Cookie Co.

Fantasy Cookie Co. is a co-packer that specializes in creating protein cookies, snack bars, and energy bars. They offer a range of services, including recipe formulation, production, and packaging. Fantasy Cookie Co. prioritizes using high-quality, natural ingredients in their products, and is capable of producing a range of specialty products, including vegan, gluten-free, and keto-friendly bars. They have experience working with a variety of clients, from small startups to large established brands.

Services:

Contract manufacturing and co-packing
Recipe and formula development
Packaging and labeling design
Private label manufacturing
Baking
Rotary molding
Enrobing
Extruding
Ingredient sourcing
Packaging sourcing
R&D

Product Types:

Protein bars
Granola bars
Energy bars
Snack bars
Cookies

Specialty Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic
Keto-friendly
Low-sugar
Allergy-friendly
Kosher

Location: 12322 Gladstone Ave, Sylmar, CA 91342

6. Fresca Foods

Services:

Contract packager
Contract manufacturer
Private label manufacturer
R&D
Supply chain and management
Food safety & quality
Pouches, flow-wraps, cartons, vertical form seals, and glass jars
Cold form extrusion
Extruded baking
Co-packing
Storage (Refrigerated, freezer, and dry)
Ingredient Sourcing

Product Types:

Soft-baked and crunchy cookies
Baked granola and granola clusters
Nut butters
Dessert spreads
Baked bars
Protein bars

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Organic
Grain-free
Gluten-free
Dairy-free
Soy-free
Vegan
Paleo
Kosher

Location: 195 CTC Blvd., Louisville, Colorado, 80027

7. KiZE Concepts Inc.

KiZE Concepts Inc. is a co-packer that specializes in creating high-quality protein bars, energy bars, and snack bars. They have a team of experienced professionals who offer a range of services, from formulation to packaging. KiZE Concepts Inc. is committed to using only high-quality, natural ingredients in their products, and has experience creating customized bars for a range of clients.

Services:

Recipe and formula development
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Turnkey solutions

Product Types:

Protein bars (gluten-free, keto, plant-based, grass-fed, adaptogens, organic)
Keto bars
Nut butter blends
Meal replacement bars

Specialty Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free and soy-free options available
Vegan
Keto
Plant-based
Organic

Location: 1740 NW 3rd St, Oklahoma City, OK 73106

8. National Foodworks Services

National Foodworks Services is a contract manufacturer producing healthy snack bars, granolas, and energy bars for small-run productions. National Foodwoods Services offers a wide range of services, including recipe formulation, bar development, packaging, and distribution.

Services:

Product development and formulation
Co-packing
Private labeling
Distribution
Storage
Packaging design and sourcing
Quality control and assurance
Supply chain management
R&D

Product Types:

Protein bars
Energy bars
Meal replacement bars
Nutritional bars
Dough
Crackers
Snack bars
Granola bars
Keto bars

Specialty Product Capabilities:

Organic
Vegan
Plant-based
Gluten-free
Allergen-free
Kosher

Location: 575 Brush College Road, Decatur, IL, 62521

9. Snackwerks

Snackwerks prides itself on lean processing lines and high food quality and safety standards in all its food product offerings. Located in Battle Creek, Michigan, Snackwerks continues the legacy of the “Cereal City” with a large variety of different cereal and granola products.

Services:

Food manufacturing
Bulk pack and flow wrap
Stand up pouches
Flexible cup filling with seal and lid
Packaging

Product Types:

Soft or crispy cookies
Granola
Snack bars, cold-formed or extruded
Cereal bites
Nuts and mixes
Soft or crunchy snack bites

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: 180 E. Goodale Ave., Battle Creek MI 49037

10 YouBar

Founded in 2006, YouBar has been disrupting the food manufacturing industry with its trailblazing cookies, bars, cereals, toaster pastries, and rice crispies. With YouBar, you can bring your ideas to reality and have them distributed through global distribution companies, like Amazon, Whole Foods, GNC, Trader Joe’s, Costco, and more.

Services:

Food bars manufacturing and co-packing
Recipe and formula research and development
Private label manufacturing
Food packaging, branding, and design
Turn Key solutions
Amazon and dropshipping fulfillments
Growth partnership and consulting
Distribution

Product Types:

Extruded bars and slab bars
Balls (spheres)
Filled balls and bars
Bites (circular, rectangular, square)
Enrobed bars, bites, and balls
Nut-Butter filled bars, bites, and balls
Protein shakes, powders, and mixes
Cookies and cookie dough
Cereals & granola
Toaster pastries
Rice crispy treats

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Keto
Paleo
Low-sugar
Vegan
Gluten-free
Kosher

Location: 445 Wilson Way, City of Industry, CA 91744

11. Your Bar Factory

Your Bar Factory is a private label manufacturer of bars located in Quebec, Canada. They specialize in the production of protein bars, energy bars, and granola bars. Your Bar Factory offers a range of services, including recipe formulation, packaging, and labeling. The Your Bar facility is certified organic, gluten-free, and kosher.

Services:

Product development
Ingredient sourcing
Recipe customization
Production and packaging
Co-Packer

Product Types:

Granola bars
Energy bars
Protein bars
Meal replacement bars
Nutritional bars

Specialty Product Capabilities:

Vegan bars
Gluten-free bars
Kosher bars
Organic bars

Location: 7232 Cordner Street, Lasalle, QU, H8N 2W8

Get started with PartnerSlate.

More About Protein Bar Manufacturers

This section will review different types of protein bar manufacturing capabilities.

Private Label Protein Bar Manufacturers

The following protein bar manufacturer on this list also offer private labeling services:

Claremont Foods
Clean Copack
Element Bars
Fantasy Cookie Co.
Fresca Foods
Kize Concepts Inc.
National Foodworks Services
YouBar
Your Bar Factory

Protein Bar Co-packers

Just looking for a copacker? Try some of these great protein bar copackers:

Amrita
Claremont Foods
Clean Copack
Element Bars
Fantasy Cookie Co.
Kize Concepts Inc.
National Foodworks Services
Fresca Foods
Snackwerks
YouBar
Your Bar Factory

Protein Bar Manufacturers in Europe

Europe has a strong presence in the protein bar manufacturing industry. Some of the top protein bar manufacturers in Europe include Bodybuilding Warehouse, MaxiMuscle, and Sci-MX Nutrition.

Protein Bar Manufacturers in Canada

Canada is home to several protein bar manufacturers, including Simply Protein, Genuine Health, and Iron Vegan. These manufacturers produce high-quality protein bars with a range of flavors and nutritional profiles.

Protein Bar Manufacturers for Small-batch Products

What is a Low MOQ Product?

MOQ stands for “Minimum Order Quantity,” and it is the lowest amount of product that a manufacturer is willing to produce per order. Knowing a manufacturers MOQ can help brands narrow down the right partnership since not all protein bar manufacturers offer small-batch production.

How to Find a Protein Bar Manufacturer for Low Volume Products

The production of low-volume products requires manufacturers with the right resources and capabilities for smaller production runs. Some manufacturers may have strict minimum order quantities that are too large for a low-volume product.

PartnerSlate can help you find the perfect manufacturer for your product run. All manufacturers listed on the platform provide their minimum order quantities, and brands can submit their projects with specific production requirements to find the right partner that can meet their needs.

With PartnerSlate’s concierge service, the introduction and onboarding process is straightforward, allowing brands to bring their products to market quickly. If the project does not move forward after the introduction, there is no fee for the matching service.

Best Protein Bar Manufacturers to Work With as a Startup

Here are some companies from the above list that produce lower quantities of product.

Small production runs (25,000-100,00 units):

Amrita Global Group
Clean Copack, A BumbleBar Co.
Claremont Foods
Element Bars
KiZE Concepts Inc.
National Foodwoods Services
Your Bar Factory

Startup production runs (less than 25,000 units):

Amrita Global Group
Clean Copack, A BumbleBar Co.
Claremont Foods
Element Bars
Fantasy Cookie Co.
KiZE Concepts Inc.
Snackwerks
Your Bar Factory

Choose the Best Protein Bar Manufacturer For Your Product

When choosing a protein bar manufacturer, it’s important to consider factors such as their experience, production capabilities, and reputation. Look for manufacturers that specialize in protein bar production and have a proven track record of delivering high-quality products.

PartnerSlate can help simplify the process of finding the best protein bar manufacturer for your brand. With a vast network of pre-vetted manufacturers and a dedicated concierge service, we can match you with the right partner who can meet your specific needs. Plus, the platform allows you to easily compare quotes and production capabilities, saving you time and effort in the research and outreach process.

Let PartnerSlate help you bring your protein bar products to market efficiently and effectively.

The post 11+ Top Protein Bar Manufacturers To Know [2023] appeared first on PartnerSlate.

18+ Great Snack Manufacturers in the U.S.

Matt Suggs — Fri, 03 Mar 2023 01:04:59 +0000

Did you know there are over 3,000 snack manufacturers in the United States alone? That can be an intimidating number for snack brands searching for the right manufacturer. It can takes months–or even more than a year–to find a production partner that can help with product development, ingredient sourcing, cost containment, packaging, storage, labeling, and in-house R&D.

Fortunately, there are lots of incredible snack food manufacturers that offer these services–and more. This article will review some top snack manufacturers that can help build your brand and business.

Great Snack Manufacturers in the U.S.

While this is a list of some great snack manufacturers, it’s not exhaustive. The right snack co-packer or co-manufacturer for your business will depend on your product, your budget, and your manufacturing and packaging needs.

With PartnerSlate, you can connect with our extensive network of vetted manufacturers right now. No more cold calls, research, or legwork: our proprietary matching system quickly matches you with up to three partners that have the right capabilities to produce and package your product. And it’s free to get matched–you only pay if you get to a successful production run.

If you’re ready to connect directly with a manufacturer now, sign up for free!

Or, keep learning about some great snack manufacturing companies in the U.S.

AceCoPack

AceCoPack is a popcorn contract manufacturer creating new flavors for brands and retailers. They specialize in Wet Pop with a topical seasoning and packaging with Vertical Form and Fill pillow pouches. They also offer air popping (dry popping) with a coat of oil and seasoning.

Location: 376 Loranne Ave, Pomona, CA 91789

Ballreich

Ballreich’s has been a potato chip manufacturer since 1920. They can handle smaller orders of custom flavor and bag orders for discerning customers as well as large national accounts requiring large volumes. They strive to make the highest quality potato chips and snacks while maintaining exemplary customer service.

Location: 186 Ohio Avenue, Tiffin, OH, 44883, Tiffin, OH 44883

Century Snacks

Century Snacks is a premier snack food producer specializing in roasting, seasoning, blending, and packaging. Century Snacks focuses on providing premium quality products and unmatched service at the best value. Their range of products includes nuts, seeds, trail mixes, dried fruits, and candies.

Location: 5560 E Slauson Ave, Commerce, CA, 90040

Globel Copacking

Globel Copacking is a co-packer owned by two companies with over 50 years in the food and packaging industry. They offer co-packing, private label manufacturing, and new product development services. Globel Copacking is also Kosher and USDA certified and specializes in making snack foods, cookies, pasta, and more.

Location: 2116 Sherman St, Hollywood, FL 33020

J&J Snack Foods

J&J Snack Foods Corp. (NASDAQ: JJSF) is a leader and innovator in the snack food industry, providing nutritional and affordable branded niche snack foods and beverages to food service and retail supermarket outlets. Its products include such icons as SuperPretzel and Icee, fan favorites like Luigi’s Real Italian Ice, The Funnel Cake Factory Funnel Cakes, and Hola Churros, as well as a host of other products spanning the baked goods, frozen beverage, and frozen novelties categories.

Location: 6000 Central Highway , Pennsauken, NJ, 08109

Jones Potato Chip Company

Jones’ Potato Chips is a snack manufacturer known for its chips and snacks, like its popular Potato Stix. These chips and snacks come in 9 flavors ranging from BBQ to sour cream and onion. They offer clients private label manufacturing, co-packing, and ingredient sourcing and are willing to work with startups as well as handle large orders.

Location: 823 Bowman St, Mansfield, OH, 44903

Joy Snacks

For over a decade, Joy Snacks has been the leading snacks manufacturer in the United States. The Joy Snacks facility is certified gluten-free, kosher, and SQF level 2. They specialize in creating healthy snacks, including nut bars & clusters, granola bars & bites, chocolate-covered rice cakes, protein cookies, power date balls, drizzled bites, and cauliflower pizza.

Location: 365 Blair Rd a, Avenel, NJ 07001

Mikesell’s Snack Food Company

Mikesell’s Snack Food Company is a gluten manufacturer and SQF Level 2 Certified facility. They are a quality snack producer specializing in traditional and kettle chips, corn snacks, puffcorn, cheese curls, pretzels, and more. Mikesell’s Snack Food Company also offers its clients private label manufacturing, shipping, dry storage, and ingredient sourcing services.

Location: 333 Leo St, Dayton, OH, 45404

Monogram Meat Snacks

Monogram Meat Snacks is a leading SQF-certified manufacturer specializing in co-packing, private label manufacturing, food safety, and more. They also offer a line of healthy and savory meat snacks like jerky, meat sticks, precooked bacon, sausage on a stick, mini corndogs, and appetizers.

Location: 530 Oak Court Dr, Ste 400, Memphis, TN, 38117

Paxton Packing LLC

Paxton Packing LLC is a manufacturer with in-house custom spice blending that will allow you to find a flavor profile that meets your consumer’s needs. Their team can develop products to meet non-GMO, gluten free, organic, low sodium, keto, and paleo requirements. Paxton Packing LLC sources specialized meats like grass-fed, poultry, and standard and exotic game. With over 20,000 square feet of cooler and freezer space and a state-of-the-art PSG Lee pouch system, Paxton Packing can meet various staging, holding, shipping, and packaging needs.

Location: 145 W. State Street, Paxton, IL, 60957

Rural Route

Rural Route 1 Popcorn is a top-of-the-line popcorn manufacturer specializing in growing and producing high-quality gourmet popcorn. They provide their customers with the option of private labeling, custom recipes, and a vast selection of ready-to-eat treats, including natural, savory, and dessert recipes, popcorn barrels, and much more.

Location: 105 East Tama Street, Livingston, WI, 53554

Savor Street

Savor Street works with your company to make the most delicious and appealing snacks relevant to today’s marketplace, whether baked, popped, or puffed. Their facility offers a peanut and tree-nut-free environment, with the capacity to create certified gluten-free and kosher products. They provide a comprehensive selection of products, expert formulation and flavor development, quality-sourced ingredients, superior manufacturing processes, and a range of packaging options: a recipe for perfection to make your snack brand in demand.

Location: 51 Spring Valley Rd, Reading, PA, 19605

Siena Development

Siena Development offers a wide range of services for small batches, including co-packing, ingredient sourcing, nutrition labels, flavor matching, and much more. Some of their projects and products include protein shakes, carbonated drinks, vegan ice cream, keto cookies, granola, energy bars, and sports drinks.

Location: 500 Technology Farm Drive, Geneva, NY 14456

Snak King

Snak King is a Kosher, gluten-free, Halal, and SQF level 3 certified food manufacturer with experience in food safety, private label, co-manufacturing, packaging, and design. They produce a wide range of snacks like tortilla chips, potato chips, popcorn, extruded snacks, popped crisps, pellet snacks, corn chips, peas snacks, pork rinds, and nut snacks.

Location: 16150 East Stephens St, City of Industry, CA, 91745

Star Snax LLC

Star Snax is a known Non-GMO, kosher, and organic certified snack manufacturer that makes various flavors and shapes of tortilla chips, crackers, crips, and potato chips. On top of this, they offer their clients fulfillment services, dry storage, co-packing, private label manufacturing, and ingredient sourcing.

Location: 103 Somerset Dr. NW, Conover, NC, 28613

Superior Nut & Candy Co.

For over 30 years, Superior Nut & Candy Co., Inc. has been helping food companies by offering design, sourcing, purchasing, and warehouse packaging services. They are also gluten-free, organic, and SQF certified and make snacks with combinations of tree nuts and seeds, dried fruit and vegetables, and chocolate.

Location: 1140 W. Exchange Ave, Chicago, IL, 60609

Terra Soul

Terrasoul Superfoods provides a wide range of services to ensure that food companies of all sizes can thrive. From nitrogen flushing to sustainable packing, the company helps its clients source ethically, produce efficiently, and maintain the highest food quality and safety standards. Terrasoul Superfood makes snacks with nuts, seeds, chocolate, and dried fruits, as well as teas and coffees.

Location: 1001 NE Loop 820, suite 525, Fort Worth, TX 76131

Wyandot Inc.

Wyandot is the premier custom manufacturer of high quality grain based snack foods, cereals, and better-for-you offerings for the world’s largest food marketers, restaurants, and retailers.

As a full service snack food manufacturing annex, Wyandot offers extensive technical support, with a team of seven food scientists and engineers that manage projects from ideation through development, commercialization, and then onto processing and packaging.

Location: 135 Wyandot Ave, Marion, OH 43302

Get started with PartnerSlate.

More About Some of the Top Snack Manufacturers in the US

Here is more information about snack manufacturers in the U.S. to help narrow your search for the perfect manufacturing partner.

Local Snack Companies

We’ve got you covered if you’re looking for a manufacturing company in your local area. When you make a PartnerSlate profile, you can specify where your food company is located and PartnerSlate will find local manufacturers that best fit the needs of you and your product.

Snack Manufacturers for Small-batch Products

What is a Low MOQ Product?

Products with a low Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) are typically food or beverage items that have been produced on a smaller scale. For businesses and startups, a low MOQ is usually necessary before they can increase their production volume.

How to Find a Snack Food Manufacturer for Low Volume Products

It can be difficult for many food entrepreneurs and small business owners to locate the appropriate food manufacturer to take their low-volume products from concept to store shelves.

You’ll need production partners experienced in handling smaller production runs.

To avoid issues with order quantities, it’s critical to find a manufacturer capable of meeting the necessary requirements of the product. PartnerSlate makes it easy to find the perfect manufacturer for your product run. Manufacturers list their minimum order quantities, while brands submit their projects with specific production requirements, making it easy to find a match.

PartnerSlate also offers a hassle-free concierge service, allowing brands to get their products to market in no time. Plus, there’s no charge for the matching service if the project does not progress after the initial introduction.

Snack Food Manufacturers to Work With as a Startup

If you’re just starting out with your food business, here are somemanufacturers that are great for startups (less than 25,000 units):

Joy Snacks
Globel Copacking LLC
AceCoPack
Terrasoul
Paxton Packing LLC
Jones Potato Chip Company

These also work for small-batch products (25,000-100,000 units)

Jones Potato Chip Company
J&J Snack Foods
Joy Snacks
Globel Copacking LLC
Century Snacks
Ballreich
AceCoPack
Wyandot Inc.
Terrasoul
Superior Nut & Candy Co., Inc.
Star Snax LLC
Savor Street
Rural Route 1
Paxton Packing LLC
Monogram Meat Snacks

Choose the Best Snack Manufacturer For Your Product

We’ve looked at some of the top snack manufacturers in the country, but there are more options out there for you to choose from. Get connected with the perfect manufacturer for your snack products with PartnerSlate!

PartnerSlate is the ideal way to find the perfect manufacturer for your food business. Register for free, provide details about your company, then create a project outlining the product and production requirements. The platform will then connect you with three suitable manufacturers and take care of the introduction and onboarding process to get your products to market quicker.

The post 18+ Great Snack Manufacturers in the U.S. appeared first on PartnerSlate.

11+ Top Pet Food Manufacturers in the U.S.

Matt Suggs — Thu, 02 Mar 2023 17:30:41 +0000

For many new and existing pet food companies, it takes time to find the right co-manufacturer or co-packer for your brand. It’s critical to work with a pet food manufacturer that sources quality ingredients, offers the required processing and packaging services, and fits within your budget.

At PartnerSlate, we streamline the manufacturing process by matching you with high-quality production partners that are the best fit for your brand. Whether you’re a startup or an existing brand, we can help you find your next manufacturer in days–not months.

Whether you need support for product development, private labeling, or other production demands, this article will review some of the top pet food manufacturers in the United States.

Top Pet Food Manufacturers in the USA

While these are some great choices, they’re by no means the only pet food manufacturers in the U.S. You can find even more options on the PartnerSlate platform that can be perfect for your brand’s needs. We offer a proprietary matching system that skips all the research, outreach, and legwork of finding a manufacturer.

Ready to get matched now? Sign up free.

Want to keep reading? Let’s get started.

Alive Pet Foods

Alive, LLC is a pet food processing company located in the midwestern United States. After 25 years in business, they understand how to deliver quality products while meeting pricing, packaging, and marketing needs. Its packaging and production facilities have capacity to serve large and small retailers with fully implemented HACCP, GMP, and SSOP systems for food safety.

Alive works to understand your specific distribution needs and give you state-of-the-art food processing services all while helping build and guide your brand.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturing
Bulk or customized packaging
Labeling
Frozen goods storage

Packaging
Vacuum packaging
Stand-up pouch packaging

Product Types:

Custom blends and formulations
Fruits and vegetables
Nutritional supplements
Fresh meat and poultry
Dry pet food
Wet pet food
Treats

Location: 23645 County Rd. 37, St. Charles, MN 55972

Alphia

Alphia is a trusted, custom manufacturing partner with marketplace intelligence, R&D expertise, and turnkey production and supply chain capabilities. Made up of two top pet food manufacturers and its ingredient milling sister company, Alphia is a great manufacturing option for leading pet food brands.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Marketplace intelligence
R&D
Production and supply chain management

Product Types:

Baked treats
Dry kibble
Whole muscle jerky

Location: 2813 Wall Ave, Ogden, Utah 84401

BrightPet Nutrition Group

When it comes to pet food manufacturing, Bright Pet Nutrition Group values quality, reliability, and safety. As a leading developer and reliable contract producer of premium pet foods for U.S., European Union, and Taiwan certified facilities, BrightPet Nutrition Group seeks to elevates what people feed their pets.

Organic, natural, and holistic recipes are well within their capabilities. They keep more than 150 different ingredients on hand and export products to more than 25 countries worldwide.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Custom formulation and custom labeling (OEM)
Thorough cooking processes for higher starch conversion
Custom recipe formulation
Customized diets with high protein and meat
Fresh meat processing
AAFCO regulatory assistance
Extruded kibble production
Palatability and digestibility testing
Branding

Product Types:

Dry pet food
Treats

Location: 38281 Industrial Park Road, Lisbon, OH, 44432

Elmira Pet Products

Elmira Pet Products is the largest Canadian Private Label dry pet food manufacturer. With over 30 years of experience delivering manufacturing services in over 35 countries, they provide unique solutions to help drive growth for small and large pet food brands across the globe.

Elmira Pet Products produces well-known brands for mass merchandise, grocery, and pet specialty channels. Their expertise allows them to manufacture unique diets for distribution to niche markets while incorporating their cost-effective solutions.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing
Packaging
Competitive pricing
Diverse bag format offerings

Product Types:

Dry pet food
Customizable blends and formulations
Therapeutic diets

Location: 35 Martin’s Lane, Elmira, ON, N3B2Z5

Eurocan Pet Products

Eurocan Pet Products is a contract manufacturer locally owned and operated out of Ontario, Canada. Their team of sales reps, product bakers, packagers, and distributors provide a personalized touch on your products every step of the way. Their FDA and CFIA compliant, food-grade manufacturing facility offers baking, testing, and quality control. They value high quality ingredients and sourced from farms across North America.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Product development
Wholesale and bulk packaging
Storage
Logistics
Sourcing
Baking and testing
Quality control

Product Types:

Beef, pork, and poultry treats
Bones
Chews

Location: 367 Victoria Street New Hamburg, ON N3A 2K5, Canada

NaturPak Pet

NaturPak Pet is a contract manufacturer of wet dog and cat food for Tetra Pak Recart in North America. Its dedicated pet food plant is BRC “AA” rated, USDA, and Organic. They have a full R&D team and pet nutritionist on staff to assist brands with product development. NaturkPak Pet is great for e-commerce, lower-cost shipping, better on-shelf presence, sustainability, recyclability, and lower carbon footprint.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Product development
Market research
Storage
Logistics
Sourcing
Private labeling
Variety pack assembly
Club store packaging
Short retort process
Tetra Pak Recart in a range of sizes from 3 oz-17 oz

Product Types:

Pates
Stews
Broths
Pour overs/toppers

Location: 100 Innovation Drive, Janesville, WI 53546

Performance Pet Products

Performance Pet Products is a full-service pet food cannery and co-packer. They work with pet food brands of various sizes, including low-volume and startup companies. They recently expanded their production capacity by adding a new 168,000 sq. ft. cannery.

With their qualified team of experts, Performance Pet Products is available to help package and manufacture your products while providing brand, inventory management, and other services.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Contract packaging
Private label manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing

Product Types:

Dry pet food
Wet pet food
Treats

Location: 915 E. Havens St., Mitchell, SD, 57301

Phelps Pet Products

Phelps Pet Products is a contract manufacturer of specialty meat-based dog treats. They source a range of protein and meat options for private labels and national brands. Phelps Pet Products are organic, USA-made, and SQF Level II certified. Their goal is to meet the nutritional and lifestyle needs of your target customers. They develop, source, mix, cook, and package pet treats right out of their facilities in Rockford, IL and Janesville, WI.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Product development
Private labeling
Logistics
Sourcing
Recipe development
Wholesale and bulk packaging

Product Types:

Meat based “jerky” dog treats

Location: 5213 26th Avenue, Rockford, IL 61109

PLB International

PLB International has been manufacturing high-quality food for dogs and cats for over 45 years. PLB has reached thousands of customers in over 35 countries working with distinct brands meeting specific needs and lifestyles. They offer modern manufacturing services to small, medium, and large companies, all while implementing stringent safety measures.

In 2022, they introduced production line automation to their facilities to maintain increased packaging productivity and meet the market’s constantly growing demand.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing
Packaging for different formats
Formula development
Generic cat and dog food formulation
Brand development

Product Types:

Dry pet food
Wet pet food
Treats

Location: 85 J.A. Bombardier Bureau 200, Boucherville, QU, J4B 8P1

Simmons Pet Food Inc.

Simmons Foods is a poultry, pet, and ingredient product supplier based in Siloam Springs, Arkansas. They are one of the top 20 poultry producers in the U.S., as well as the largest supplier of store-brand wet pet food in North America. They work with companies of varying sizes, and provide an innovative line of proprietary feed ingredient products.

With 5,800 employees, Simmons serves customers in all 50 states and more than 40 countries worldwide with a commitment to quality and safety.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing

Product Types:

Dry pet food
Wet pet food
Treats

Location: 316 North Hico, Siloam Springs, AR, 72761-2806

Specialty Products Resources

Specialty Products Resources has provided specialized programs to customers for the last 15 years. It is an integrated company that manufactures and distributes various rawhide dog products, selling under several specialty product and private label brands. As a family-owned company, Specialty Products Resources vows to provide honest, straightforward information about their products and services.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing
Private label manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing

Product Types:

Dry pet food
Wet pet food
Treats
Dog bones
Rolls
Treats
Twists
Donuts
Chips
Novelty items

Location: 42 Harrington Rd, Waltham, MA, 02452

Get Started with PartnerSlate.

More About the Top Pet Food Companies

Now that you know a bit about these pet food companies, we broke them into categories so you can easily find potential partners to work with based on your needs.

Private Label Pet Food Manufacturers

These pet food manufacturers also offer private labeling services:

NturPak Pet
Alive Pet Foods
Performance Pet Products
Elmira
PLB international
Simmons Pet Food Inc.
Specialty Product Resources
Alphia
BrightPet Nutrition Group

Organic Pet Food Manufacturers

If you’re looking to produce organic products, these companies can help.

NaturPak Pet
BrightPet Nutrition Group

Largest Pet Food Companies

Here are some large and established pet food companies.

Elmira
PLB International
Simmons Pet Food Inc.

Small Pet Food Companies

These manufacturers are smaller and offer low MOQ product production.

Alive
Performance Pet Products

Pet Food Manufacturers for Small-batch Products

What is a Low MOQ Product?

A low MOQ (Minimum Order Quantity) product is a product manufactured in smaller unit sizes for a single order or purchase. Smaller businesses or start-ups have smaller inventories as they typically have lower average order sizes. For businesses without a robust customer base (yet), low MOQ products are advantageous as they require a lower initial investment and ultimately reduce the risk of losing money on unused inventory.

How to Find a Pet Food Manufacturer for Low-Volume Products

It can be challenging to find companies interested in producing low-volume products since there could be lower profit margins, or they may only want to work with larger brands with a track record of sales.

Working with PartnerSlate can be a great solution. Their matching platform works to pair you with a partner that works with smaller businesses or low-volume products.

You can peruse Partnerslate’s profiles to find a partner that offers the production run size you’re looking for, whether it’s:

Startup (Less than 25,000 units)
Small (25,000-100,000 units)
Medium (100,000-1,000,000 units)
Large (1,000,000+ units)

Pet Food Manufacturers to Work with as a Startups

Performance Pet Products and Alive LLC are two manufacturers that work with low MOQ products, but more can be found through PartnerSlate’s matching platform.

Choose the Best Pet Food Manufacturer in the USA

This article reviewed some of the top pet food manufacturers on the market, but there are many more companies out there that can help you save time and money on manufacturing while you focus on growing your brand.

Thankfully, finding the right partner can be easy. With PartnerSlate, you can get connected with the manufacturer you need to help your business scale.

The post 11+ Top Pet Food Manufacturers in the U.S. appeared first on PartnerSlate.

11+ Great Food Manufacturers in Minnesota

Matt Suggs — Fri, 17 Feb 2023 00:23:55 +0000

If you’re looking to start (or scale) a food business in Minnesota, finding the right food manufacturer for your products is essential. A reliable and trustworthy food co manufacturer is central to success since it impacts the quality of your products, the speed of delivery, and your profit margins.

This post will review some of the top food manufacturers in Minnesota and what sets them apart. We’ll cover what types of food they manufacture, what services they offer (including co-packing and private label services) and even their food capabilities.

Top Food Manufacturers in Minnesota

It’s important to note that while this article includes some of the great food manufacturers in Minnesota, these are by no means the only ones available for your products. This list is just an example of some of the great manufacturers and co-packers you can find on PartnerSlate’s extensive network of food and beverage manufacturers and packagers.

PartnerSlate is a co-packing industry expert that understands the often overwhelming process of finding a co-man or co-packer for your product. So, we streamlined the process to provide transparency and guidance to both product owners and food manufacturers.

Most co-manufacturers are bogged down with ill-informed requests that can be a waste of their time. PartnerSlate has a trusted relationship with co-mans who know we’ll introduce them to the right products for their facility. Instead of each side having to compare and contrast needs and capabilities, we use a proprietary matching process to narrow down options that will be the best fit–saving the months (or years) it can take to find a partner.

Once you find your perfect fit? Use the secure platform to e-sign NDA’s, share documents, and schedule an introductory call–with helpful content to help guide you through the process. And all without paying exorbitant consultant fees.

Want to start the process right now? Sign up with PartnerSlate.

Or, read on to discover some of the top food manufacturers in Minnesota.

At Last Gourmet Foods

At Last! Gourmet Foods calls Minneapolis their home and is the perfect place for newer brands to find a helpful companion in the packaging and manufacturing process. They’re focused on liquid and spreadable products and custom production formulations for food service and retail customers.

Our clean label products have transformed the grocery and restaurant markets, bringing increased levels of flavor, protein, nutrition, cleaner labels, and product functionality to foodservice and retail markets through the midwest.

Services:

Contract manufacturer
Product development/R&D
Sustainable sourcing solutions
Clean label production

Product Types:

Meat and poultry processing
Sauces and spreads
Salsa and marinades
Dips and hummus
Fresh and frozen appetizers & entrees
Soups, broths, and chili

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Organic
Gluten-Free

Location: 2101 E 24^th Street, Minneapolis, MN 55404

Big Watt Beverage

Big Watt Beverage Co specializes in producing beverages that can be canned or delivered directly to brand owners. Their commitment to sustainability is at the forefront of their mission, with each product being organic and sourced responsibly through our international partnerships. They also offer pick-up and freight delivery options for their customers.

Big Watt primarily works with small businesses and startups with production runs up to 25,000 units.

Services:

Contract manufacturer
Private label manufacturer
Liquid blending
Flash pasteurization
Carbonation
Cooling and canning
Pre-glued popup containers
Paktech and shrinking wrap
Processing
Hot and cold fill
Roasting

Product Types:

Still water
Non-carbonated and carbonated drinks
Bees and ciders
Coffee and tea
Liquor
CBD and THC infused products

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-Free
Organic
Non-GMO

Location: 1280 Madison Avenue, New Richmond, WI 5401

Blackeye Beverage

Blackeye Beverage is a craft beverage manufacturer and committed partner with the right brand experience, product development, and manufacturing expertise to bring your brand ideas to life. Whether it is cold brew coffee, high end tea products, or sparkling water, they offer a full suite of capabilities to deliver a product in a timely manner that will exceed your expectations.

Instead of a typical launch that could take 9-12 months, Blackeye developed a process that can be completed in six.

Services:

Contract manufacturer
Co-packer
Private label manufacturer
Onsite extractions
Processing
Retort sterilization
Pasteurization
Ingredient, refrigerated, packaging, dry sourcing
Product and thermal process development
Commercial production
Formulation

Product Types:

Still and sparkling water
Non-carbonated and carbonated beverages
Cold brew coffee
Tea
Vitamins
Supplements
Natural energy drinks
Infusions
Kombucha
Ready-to-drink lattes

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Non-dairy
Plant-based

Location: 705 Vandalia St., St. Paul, MN 55114

Buddy’s Kitchen

Buddy’s Kitchen provides specialized packaging solutions for airline catering businesses, private retail labels, branded products, convenience stores, vending, canteen operators, specialty restaurants, and senior living and food service industries. Their services include private-label sandwich packaging as well as airline food packaging.

Services:

Contract manufacturer
Co-packer
Private label manufacturer
Dry, freezer, and refrigerated storage
Custom labeling
Hand and flow wrapping
Pouch sealing
Kitting
Retail cartoning
Bulk pack and heat sealing
On-site test kitchens
Shelf-stable packaging
Spiral and blast freezers
Omelet frying stations

Product Types:

Frozen baked goods
Ice cream
Frozen fruits and vegetables
Frozen appetizers and entrees

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic

Location: 12105 Nicollet Ave, Burnsville, MN, 55337

Fairmont Foods

Fairmont Foods, Inc. is an USDA-certified food manufacturer that distributes frozen prepared foods for both retail stores and restaurants. They handle contract manufacturing for frozen entrees, IQF meals and sauce cubes, soups, sauces and dips, and starch and vegetable side dishes. Fairmont Foods works with small to medium production run sizes.

Services:

Contract manufacturer
Co-packer
Private label manufacturer
C-PET packaging
2 oz-9 oz pouches
Aluminum pans
Bulk totes

Product Types:

Frozen vegetables and fruits
Frozen entrees and appetizers
Starch
Vegetable fats
Oils, dressings, salsa, marinades,
Jams, dips, hummus, syrups, nut butter

Speciality Product Capabilities: Organic

Location: 905 East Fourth Street, Fairmont, MN, 56031

Faribault Foods

Faribault Foods, Inc. aims to create great-tasting, high-quality, safe, and nutritious foods and beverages that can be distributed to families all over the country. They provide their own brand, private label for retailers, and collaborate with co-manufacturing partners.

Services:

Contract manufacturer
Co-Packer
Private label manufacturer
Ingredient sourcing
Product development
Co-manufacturing
Marketing
Food safety
Logistics

Product Types:

Beans (baked, refried, flavored)
Juice pouches and nectars
Canned vegetables, fruits, and meat
Pasta and sauce-based meals
Chilli
Soups
Jams, dips, hummus, syrups, nut butter
Chips, puffs, puffs, and popped snacks
Dressings, salsas, and marinades
Non-carbonated drinks

Speciality Product Capabilities: Organic

Location: Minneapolis, MN, 55402

Karlsburger Foods

Karlsburger Foods, Inc. has supplied restaurants, schools, healthcare institutions, and manufacturers with top-tier food bases, sauces, gravies, and seasonings for over sixty years. Their sales team is dedicated to delivering exceptional customer service and a wide selection of products.

Services:

Contract manufacturer
Co-packer
Private label manufacturer
Ingredient sourcing
Liquid filling
Vacuum packing
Squeeze bottles
Bottling lines
Pumpable totes

Product Types:

Dressings, salsa, marinades
Spices, breadings, blends
Extracts
Soup bases
Gravies, stocks, broths

Speciality Product Capabilities: Organic

Location: 3236 Chelsea Road, West Monticello, MN, 55362

Nikolas Foods

Nikola’s Foods provides a wide array of services to both start-ups and established companies. They supply existing product lines as well as develop and manufacture new lines.

They have a full selection of bakery goods available to food service and retail outlets and they manufacture certified gluten-free, organic, and kosher products. They also provide product development, marketing, and manufacturing services.

Services:

Contract manufacturer
Co-packer
Private label manufacturer
Seasonal manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing
Product development
Marketing

Product Types:

Muffins
Yogurt and stuffed muffins
Coffee, sweet, pound, individual stuffed cakes

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: 8301 Grand Ave S, Minneapolis, MN, 55420

Rise Baking Company

Rise Baking Company is a bakery manufacturing company that never fails to surprise its customers. With the help of sophisticated technology, their production floors can keep up with large volumes of orders while minimizing any wastage.

For instance, they use the Fast Pan panning system for making cookie dough, enabling them to save up to 70% on their labor costs altogether. As a company whose objectives revolve around customer satisfaction, Rise Baking Company offers different artisan breads, cakes, bars, and cookies that are deliciously baked.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturing
Food wholesale service

Product Types:

Artisan breads (which include different types of baguettes, loaves, and rolls)
Cakes (celebration, dessert, and ready-to-finish)
Dessert bars
Cookies, muffins, brownies, and crispy rice bars of various flavors
Frozen baked goods
Snack foods like crackers

Speciality product capabilities:

Kosher
Non-GMO

Location: 828 Kasota Ave. SE, Minneapolis, MN 55414

Steuart Contract Packaging

Steuart Contracting Packaging aspires to create excellence across all areas of their business, emphasizing LEAN manufacturing and instilling their core values in all our team members. They strive to provide quality products, build enduring relationships with their customers, and become an extension of their vision.

Their main goal is cultivating LEAN leaders, producing scalable and meaningful products, and growing our optimized plants to serve customers better.

Services:

Formulation
Blending
Powder filling
Liquid filling
Product development
Contract packaging services
Contract manufacturing
Stick packs
Powder container filling

Product Types:

Flavored powders, creams, and gel products
Liquid supplements

Speciality Product Capabilities: Not specified

Location: 142 S Main St. Mabel, MN 55954

Stone Gate Foods

For over four decades, Stone Gate Foods has been a leading provider of specialty foods for retail, food service, and private label customers across the US. Established as a retail food distribution firm, the company was founded to supply customers with products that could not be sourced elsewhere.

Their 35,000 sq-ft facility is located only 20 minutes from Minneapolis, Minnesota.

Services:

Contract manufacturer
Co-packer
Private label manufacturer
Packaging and bottling
Product development
Refrigerated, dry, freezer storage
Ingredient sourcing
Flow, shrink, overwrapping
Pouch sealing
Large and small batching
Meal kitting
Retail carton, vacuum, hand packing
Onsite test kitchen
Warehousing
Custom labeling
Inkjet coding
Inline liquid nitrogen freezing

Product Types:

Cookies
Ice cream
Frozen fruits, vegetables, seafood, entrees, appetizers
Jams, hummus, syrups, nut butter
Crackers
Salsa, dressings, marianades,
Fresh entrees and appetizers

Speciality Product Capabilities: Organic

Location: 4218 Valley Industrial Blvd. S, Shakopee, MN, 55379

Join PartnerSlate for Free

More About Minnesota Food Manufacturers

If you’re looking for more specific Minnesota food manufacturers, we’ve narrowed them down for you.

Great Minnesota Snack Companies

These companies offer manufacturing for snacks:

Faribault Foods
Rise Baking Company
Stonegate Foods

Top Copackers in Minnesota

Here are some great co-packers in Minnesota:

Karlsburger Foods
Buddy’s Kitchen
Stone Gate Foods
Fairmont Foods
Faribault Foods
Nikola’s Foods
Blackeye Beverage Co
Steuart Contract Packaging

Minnesota Food Manufacturers for Small-batch Products

What is a Low MOQ Product?

A low MOQ product, or low “minimum order quantity” product is a food or beverage product that’s made on a smaller scale. Smaller businesses and startups might have a low MOQ before they can scale production.

At PartnerSlate we use the term “Startup” to refer to the smallest production run size, which is 25,000 product units and less.

How to Find a Food Manufacturer for Low Volume Products

It can sometimes be challenging for food entrepreneurs and small business owners to find the right food manufacturer to help them get their low-volume products from concept to store shelves. Low-volume products require manufacturers with the right resources and capabilities for smaller production runs.

Some manufacturers may only be able to work with larger order quantities, which is why it’s critical to find a production partner that can work with your product quantities. You don’t want to over promise on what you can sell–and you wouldn’t want a manufacturer to agree to a service they can’t provide.

Fortunately, you can find the perfect manufacturer for your product run with PartnerSlate. All manufacturers include their minimum order quantities and brands submit their project with specific production requirements. This allows all parties to be matched with the right partner who can meet their needs.

Then, PartnerSlate’s concierge service makes the introduction and onboarding process easy so brands can get their products to market quickly. And there’s no fee for the matching service if the project does not move forward after the introduction.

Minnesota Food Manufacturers to Work With as a Startup

Fortunately, many of the Minnesota food companies on this list are happy to work with low MOQ products.

Small production runs (25,000-100,00 units)

At Last! Gourmet Foods Inc
Blackeye Beverage
Buddy’s Kitchen
Fairmont Foods
Faribault Foods
Karlsburger Foods
Nikola’s Foods
Stone Gate Foods

Startup production runs (less than 25,000 units)

At Last! Gourmet Foods Inc
Big Watt Beverage Co.
Blackeye Beverage

More Resources for Food Businesses in Minnesota

Here are some other great additional resources for anyone starting and growing their food business in Minnesota.

FoodOps

In 2016, FoodOps was created to meet the need for a fractional operations consulting firm tailored to small and growing CPG companies. As part of their full monthly services, FoodOps assists clients in understanding their operations, making use of Gino Wickman’s Entrepreneur Operating System (EOS) to prioritize needs and deferred tasks.

Additionally, FoodOps provides food planning, food safety, portfolio support, and specification development services.

Grow North

Grow North is an organization operated out of the Carlson School of Business at the University of Minnesota. Their goal is to create a strong and prosperous ecosystem for Minnesota agriculture entrepreneurs and organizations. Their hub connects people to important resources, information, and individuals across the food and agriculture industries.

Grow North has taken the most effective elements from incubators, accelerators, networking organizations, and other organizations worldwide to build a thriving community of problem solvers for the entire Minnesota food system.

Choose the Top Food Manufacturers in Minnesota

This article has reviewed some of the state’s top manufacturers and services they offer. But, it’s these aren’t the only food manufacturer in Minnesota. How do you choose the best food manufacturer in Minnesota for you?

Through PartnerSlate. PartnerSlate’s matching systems means you can find your next co-packer and co-manufacturer in days–not months. Whether you’re a new start-up or an existing brand, PartnerSlate streamlines the manufacturing process by matching you with high-quality production partners from our extensive network.

Get connected with the right food manufacturer for your brand.

The post 11+ Great Food Manufacturers in Minnesota appeared first on PartnerSlate.

8+ Great Sauce Bottlers: Co-packing & Private Labeling for Sauces [2023]

Matt Suggs — Tue, 02 Aug 2022 00:24:28 +0000

Did you know that ketchup is America’s favorite sauce, ranking number one in 25 states? Well no matter if it’s ketchup, BBQ, or chocolate, no matter what type of sauce you’re bottling and selling, you need a great co-packer or private label company to ramp up production and bring your sauces to the masses.

But when you’re trying to determine what co-packer has the services you need–at the right price and the right speed–it can feel like a lot at once. So we’ve put together this list of some of the top sauce bottlers, co-packers, and private labeling services to help start your search.

What Does a Sauce Bottler Do?

Sauce bottlers are manufacturing companies that bottle:

Tomato sauce
BBQ sauce
Hot sauce
Salsas
Condiments
Dressings
Chocolate sauce and other dessert sauces
Fruit sauces

And many more products! Depending on your product, you may need a sauce bottler with specific manufacturing capabilities, such as:

Hot fill
Cold fill
High pressure processing
Aseptic processing
Liquid blending

You may also be looking for various bottling options, including:

Glass and plastic jars
Glass or plastic jugs
Glass package substitutes

Types of Sauce Bottler Manufacturers

There are three main sauce bottling companies: co-packers, private labeling services, and sauce manufacturers. Most manufacturing companies offer all these services and even help their clients develop, test, and perfect a sauce recipe.

Sauce Co-packers

Co-packing is short for contract packaging, which is a specific realm in the food manufacturing and packaging field. A co-packing company focuses on packaging finished products.

Co-packers don’t typically create the product unless they’re also your contract manufacturer.

Private Labeling for Sauces

Private label companies produce sauces for other brands. They’re normally made using the manufacturer’s own food recipes or formulations. Brands can collaborate with private-label food companies to develop the components or precise ingredients and then sell them under their label.

Sauce Manufacturing

Sauce contract manufacturing is the actual production of sauces based on a brand’s recipe. Sometimes the manufacturer is also the co-packer, which means that raw ingredients go in one side of the factory and shelf-ready products come out of the other.

Depending on your company size and product, you may need one or all of these services. But when you’re trying to focus on growing your business, the last thing you need is to waste time trying to find the right bottling company for your sauce.

So here’s how you do it!

How to Find a Sauce Co-Manufacturer

1. Start with Research

Identify potential sauce bottlers through online directories, industry publications, trade shows, and referrals from trusted sources. Look for manufacturers that specialize in making sauces, marinades, and dressings, or have experience with sauce bottling specifically.

Look for a manufacturer with relevant certifications and a solid reputation in the industry. Consider their expertise, track record, and customer reviews to understand their reliability and product quality.

2. Send Outreach

If you’ve narrowed your search to a few possible contenders, then it’s time for some cold calling or emailing. Contact bottling companies and manufacturers to introduce your business and express your interest in partnering with them.

Manufacturers and companies are busy and receive cold calls all the time. Provide a concise and impactful message that establishes credibility, outlines your product and volume, and sets the stage for further discussion.

3. Conduct Site Visits

As with all business decisions, a degree of healthy caution is always a good idea when entering a partnership with a company. Visiting the manufacturing facilities in person will give you a better understanding of their operations, food quality control measures, and overall suitability for your business.

4. Prioritize Culture Fits

Another perk of site visits is seeing if there’s a culture fit between your brand and the co-packer. If your values don’t match, their production process can be difficult. Ask about their relationships with suppliers and workers to ensure they prioritize a healthy product environment.

Understanding the manufacturer’s culture will also help you build a long-term partnership that supports your brand values and resonates with your target audience.

5. Conduct Onboarding

Before finalizing the partnership, carefully review and negotiate the terms and conditions of the contract, and ensure that the contract covers aspects such as pricing, production capacity, quality control, delivery schedules, and any other specific requirements. Once the contract is signed, collaborate closely with the manufacturer to establish an efficient onboarding process and communicate your expectations.

6. Make it Easier with PartnerSlate

This extensive process of finding the best organic food manufacturer can be arduous without the assistance of platforms like PartnerSlate. The research alone can take months–especially when balancing the other elements of growing your food business. But that’s why we created PartnerSlate: so you could find your co-packer in just days instead.

You can create an account and include all the details about your sauce product and what you’re looking for in a manufacturer. Manufacturers can see the project details and determine whether or not they’re a good fit for you. If they are, the manufacturer will reach out, and you can start the process immediately.

We then streamline the onboarding and document-sharing process so you and your new manufacturer can get started as soon as possible!

Find your perfect match with PartnerSlate

Great Sauce Bottlers, Co-packers, & Private Label Services

The sauce bottler in this list is not your only option. You can choose from plenty of great sauce bottlers nationwide; we only made this list to give you ideas. So, if you’re interested in seeing the sauce bottler featured in our list, read on.

If you’re already prepared to work with one, sign up here, and we’ll connect you to some of the best sauce bottlers in the country!

1. At Last Gourmet Foods

At Last Gourmet Foods calls Minneapolis their home and is the perfect place for newer brands to find a helpful companion in the packaging and manufacturing process. At Last Gourmet Foods are co-innovators and can help you develop and sell your products.

They have a focus on all things food service, with products ranging from meat to broths. As one of the leaders in the industry, you couldn’t go wrong working with this company.

Services:

Contract Manufacturer
Product Development/R&D
Co-Innovators
Sustainable Sourcing Solutions
Clean Label Production

Product Types:

Meat and Poultry Processing
Sauces and spreads
Salsa
Marinades
Dips and hummus
Prepared appetizers & entrees (frozen)
Prepared appetizers & entrees (fresh)
Soups, broths, and chili

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Organic
Gluten-Free

Location: Minneapolis, Minnesota

2. ATX Specialty Foods

ATX Specialty Foods is the perfect place for those looking to get everything done in one place. With on-site quality management, nutritional analysis, and shelf-life studies, ATX works its hardest to make sure your product is destined for success. Each product goes through aggressive screening to make sure it meets your standard and that everything throughout the production process is up to par.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Small production runs
Hot and cold fill
SOP creation
Nutritional analysis
Shelf-life studies
HACCP plan development
Hot fill
Cold fill
Liquid blending
Kettle cooking

Product Types:

Non-carbonated beverages
Tea
Sauces
Spreads
Salsas
Marinades
Jams
Dips and hummus
Syrups
Prepared appetizers and entrees
Soups, broths, and chili

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Organic
Gluten-Free

Location: Austin Texas

3. Canopy Foods

Canopy Foods is a Pennsylvania native who can package and manufacture your product to standard, or can make the process private label entirely! You decide what you bring to the table and what you let Canopy Foods do, and they’ll make sure it gets done.

If you do decide to go with one of their recipes, know that each one is tried, edited, and tweaked until it is absolutely perfect. Canopy Foods operates at your pace though, so if you want more editing, testing, or tweaking, you just give them the say-so and it won’t be produced until you are proud of the flavor it has.

Services:

Testing kitchen
Commercial test runs
Contract manufacturer
Contract packager
Private label manufacturer
Hot fill
Kettle cooking

Product Types:

Sauces and spreads
Dressings
Salsa and marinades

Speciality Product Capabilities: Not mentioned.

Location: Downingtown, PA

4. Great Sauce Bottling Company

This company brings four decades of experience to the table when packaging or creating your product. They also have an Innovation Center, which provides national brand and private label partners with facilities, equipment, and expertise. This company is also capable of high-pressure processing, package design consultation, hot and cold fill, aseptic processing, and more.

Services:

Co-packing and processing of beverages, spirits, and food products
Private label for food, beverage, and spirits manufacturing
Product R&D
Tasting & recipe experimentation
Package design consultation
High-pressure processing
Hot fill and cold fill fresh processing
Aseptic processing
Glass and plastic jars
Plastic and glass bottles
Plastic jugs
The Living Jar™ glass package substitute

Product Types:

Carbonated and non-carbonated beverages
Dry beverage mixes
Wine and spirits
Dairy products
Grains and oilseed products (Oils, Vegetable Fats, and Starches)
Various sauces
Dips and spreads (Such as Jams, Nut Butters, Syrups, and Hummus)
Meat and poultry (Packaging and Processing)

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic
Kosher

Location: New York

5. Great Sauce Bottling Company

This sauce bottling company focuses on sauces, preserves, and dressings. They can make anything almost tomato-based, provide warehousing and long-term storage, recipe creation, and more. On top of that, this company is known for its quality customer and support.

Services:

Co-packing
Warehousing and longer-term storage
Hot-fill
Private label manufacturer
Contract manufacturer
On-site R&D
Recipe creation and reverse engineering

Product Types:

BBQ sauces
Salsas
Pasta sauces
Fruit preserves
Bruschettas
Salad dressings (vinegar-based)

Speciality Product Capabilities: Not specified.

Location: Ohio

6. Great Sauce Bottling Company

This sauce bottling company has been in business for 60 years and can accommodate various sizes. They provide services ranging from supply chain control to retail sizing. In addition, they offer a selection of bottles and sachets for your product and provide design, taste testing, and other services.

Services:

Supply chain control
Taste testing
Food service and retail sizing
Multiple packaging options
Hot fill
Cold fill
Liquid blending

Product Types:

Beverage non-carbonated
Tea
Coffee
Sauces and spreads
Dressings and marinades
Salsa
Syrups
Drink mixes
THC & CBD infused products

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic

Location: Colorado

7. Great Sauce Bottling Company

This sauce company is an international and coast-to-coast manufacturer and packager. With multiple services including but not limited to co-packing, kettle cooking and processing, private label manufacturing, and more. They can also make dressings, dips, salsa, broths, hummus, batters, and spreads.

Services:

Contract manufacturer
Contract packager
Private label manufacturer
Kettle cooking
Kettle processing
Product R&D

Product Types:

Sauces and spreads
Dressings and marinades
Dips, hummus, and spreads
Soups, broths, and chili
Gravies
Batters
Traditional salsa
Pico de gallo
Mango salsa
Hummus
Eggplant hummus

Speciality Product Capabilities: Not listed

Location: California

8. Great Sauce Bottling Company

This sauce bottling company is one of the highest-volume co-packers in the US. They produce over 400 unique items created to meet their client’s specific needs and desires. They are a full-service company, so all the customer needs to focus on is selling their brand. They pride themselves on their customer service skills and extensive flavors and ingredients library.

Services:

Product development
Ingredient and package sourcing
Distribution
Turnkey ingredient sourcing
Dry storage
Refrigerated storage
Freezer storage
Contract manufacturer
Contract packager
Private label manufacturer

Product Types:

Non-carbonated and carbonated beverages
Butter
Sauces and spreads
Dressings and marinades
Salsa
Jams
Dips and hummus
Syrups
Dry seasonings
Nut butters

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: Maryland

How to Start a Sauce Business

Starting a sauce business is easier said than done. When you start your business, you need to have a product in mind, know what audience you want to target, and be ready to put in the effort.

1. Conduct Market Research

Market research entails examining competitors’ products and gaining knowledge of consumers’ likes, lifestyles, personalities, and views. This can be useful in finding ways to make your sauce distinct or stand apart from the competition.

There are numerous sauces, condiments, and dressings already on the market, but some comprehensive research can help you discover a creative way to differentiate and position your sauce.

2. Formulate Your Recipe

To maintain quality and expedite production, you’ll need to convert your sauce recipe into a mathematical formula. A recipe is what you make at home, using cups, tablespoons, and pinches, while a formula is how a professional specialty food manufacturer documents your information in pounds, kilograms, grams, and other weight measurements.

Right from the start, always document your formula by weight. That’s how to ensure the formula remains consistent from bench-top preparation through final production. These weights can easily be converted to relative percentages and then used to make any amount or batch size of your product.

3. Partner with a Sauce Bottling Company

Next, you’ll need a sauce bottling company that can scale and grow with your product. The best way to find that? Using PartnerSlate. We’ll match you with the best sauce bottling companies for your product so you can see your vision come to life.

Make an account, upload all your product details, and get matched with quality manufacturers. It’s that easy!

4. Marketing & Branding

Marketing and branding is about showcasing yourself and the product to buyers and consumers. You want to create a recognizable brand in stores or online that grabs consumers’ attention and keeps them coming back!

Test your sauce and marketing techniques on a focus group so you can perfect your marketing strategy. See how they respond to the packaging, branding, and more. This can tell you if you need to change your product or if it’s ready to launch.

5. Launch Your Sauce!

If the product is ready for launch, make sure that your initial plan is ready. Have all departments confirm their part and prepare your product to ship. Your marketing team will take it from here and start campaigning your product to get consumers to buy it.

Match With the Best Sauce Bottling Company in the U.S.

There are many fantastic bottling companies in the US that can meet your needs–it’s finding them that’s the challenging part! PartnerSlate is happy to take on this task for you, so you can focus on developing your product, growing your team, and marketing your business.

All you have to do is create a profile and provide a project description that gives the manufacturers all the info they need to determine if they’re a good fit. We’ll then connect you with multiple manufacturers on our platform, which makes it easier than ever to share documents and manage onboarding.

Make your free account on PartnerSlate today to find your perfect sauce bottling match, from co-mans to co-packers to private label companies!

The post 8+ Great Sauce Bottlers: Co-packing & Private Labeling for Sauces [2023] appeared first on PartnerSlate.

11 Great Private Label Food Companies in the U.S.

Matt Suggs — Sat, 02 Jul 2022 10:28:38 +0000

Starting a new line of food products for your business can take time. From researching the ingredients of your potential products to designing their packaging and labels, the whole process can be a lot to handle.

Fortunately, you can outsource some parts of the process to another company, including the production process of your food products! With the help of a private label food company, it becomes much easier to adapt your products based on the current demands of your customers. Not to mention, private labeling will also enable you to have more control over the production costs or profitability of your food products.

If you’re looking for a great food manufacturing company that can provide high-quality private label food products for your business, you might just find the right one in this hand-selected list of some of the best private label food companies right here in the United States.

What is a private label food company?

A private-label food company is a manufacturing company that can be hired to produce private-label food products for different retail brands. Private-label food companies produce various food and beverage products under their own recipe and then sell those products to other brands, typically retailers.

The products are then packaged and sold under the brand’s own label, such as how you see Target brands, Whole Foods brands, and Trader Joe’s brands.

What are private label food products?

Private-label food products are essentially the finished products of a private-label food manufacturer. They are normally produced using the manufacturer’s own food recipes or formulations.

As a brand, you can collaborate with a private-label food company to develop the components or precise ingredients of your private-label food products. You can also specify how your food products are labeled and packaged.

An example of a brand that benefits from private-label food products is Trader Joe’s. Trader Joe’s outsources most of its food products from different food manufacturers like PepsiCo and Snyder’s-Lance.

Private label vs. co-packing vs. co-manufacturing

Apart from private labeling, there are other available services that you should know about when it comes to product manufacturing. Depending on your current resources and plans as a business owner, you can also get finished food products through co-packing or co-manufacturing.

Understanding the clear differences between the three kinds of services will allow you to know which one would be the best option for you and your brand.

Co-packing: It’s a type of packaging service that’s provided by co-packers. Unlike private labeling, which normally involves the production of products, co-packing specifically refers to processes such as bottling, canning, boxing, and other kinds of packaging services. Although co-packers mainly provide packaging services, they can also offer other related services such as package testing and safety, package designing, and shipping services.
Co-manufacturing (contract manufacturing): This type of service occurs when a co-manufacturer is hired to manufacture the products of a brand or small business. If you’re trying to manufacture food products with your own food recipes or formulations, then maybe co-manufacturing is the type of service you need.

Co-manufacturing allows you to have more control and ownership potential over your food products. It’s important to note that some co-manufacturers can also be co-packers, so more often than not, you will see that the two terms are used interchangeably.

11 Great Private Label Food Companies in the U.S.

Whether you’re starting a new private label brand or looking for the next big product for your business, researching manufacturing firms can be a challenging task. Apart from checking product types, you will need to check and look over the certifications and capabilities of each private label food manufacturer you find.

You can use PartnerSlate to make the research process much easier. You can create a profile and detailed project with PartnerSlate today to find your best potential production partners.

To help you get started first, here are some great U.S. private label food companies that you should know about.

Betty Lou’s Inc

As a contract manufacturer, Betty Lou’s also offers R&D services to help brands create or improve their own food products.

Services:

Private label manufacturing
Contract manufacturing
R&D services
Contract Packaging (plastic, flow wrap, cartons)
Retail
Wholesale fulfillment

Product Types:

Nutritional bars
Bites and energy balls Fruit bars
Candy bars
Just Great Stuff bars
Powdered peanut butter
Baked goods (cookies, crackers, and other bites)
Protein shakes
Citrus-based CBD edibles

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Organic
Gluten-free

Location: 1500 NE Miller St., McMinnville, OR 97128

Blue Chip Group

Services:

Private label manufacturing
Contract manufacturing
Contract packaging (cans, bottles, daypack pouches, and more)
R&D services
Custom product formulation
Lab testing
Sourcing
Blending/Mixing
Logistics

Product Types:

Baking mixes (pancakes, biscuits, and bread)
Beans and grains
Breakfast mixes and pails
Cereals and granolas
Carbonated and non-carbonated beverages
Beverages – Dry mixes
eggs and dairy products
Dry, dehydrated fruits & vegetables
Hard candies
Gummies
Baking supplies (flours, malts, dry pastas, and doughs)
Soups and entrees mixes
Freeze-dried meat products

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: 1911 S 3850 W, Salt Lake City, UT 84104

Canopy Foods

Canopy provides different private label manufacturing services such as ingredient sourcing, brand strategy, and distribution. Although Canopy is mainly focused on manufacturing sauces and spreads, they’re also fully committed to helping other brands develop new sauce recipes and concepts.

With Canopy as your strategic partner, you will be able to enhance how your customers experience your products.

Services:

Private label manufacturing
Contract manufacturing
Contract packaging (glass bottles and jars)
Ingredient sourcing
Packaging sourcing
Research and product development services
Brand strategy
Distribution and launch

Product Types:

Dressings
Salsa
Marinades
Curries
Sauces
Desserts

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Vegan
Gluten-free

Location: 454 Acorn Ln., Downingtown, PA 19335

Clean Copack BumbleBar

Clean Copack BumbleBar produces a variety of energy bars, granola, trail mixes, and private label protein products for entrepreneurs and established private label brands. As a firm advocate of ethical sourcing, Clean Copack gets its clean, high-quality ingredients from family-owned businesses as well as local farmers.

Whether you’re a startup company or a growing private label brand, Clean Copack will help you make the right protein product you’re looking for.

Services:

Private label manufacturing
Contract manufacturing
Retail products
Co-packing
Wholesale applications
Recipe scaling
Consulting and certifications
Onsite product testing
Ingredient sourcing

Product Types:

Superseed bites
Protein and energy bars
Granola bars
Trail mixes
Human-grade vegetarian pet treats
Cookies

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic
Low-sugar
Vegan
Paleo
Kosher
Keto

Location: 3808 N Sullivan Rd., Suite 13M, Spokane Valley, WA 99216

Fantasy Cookie Co.

Founded in 1979, Fantasy Cookie Co. is a reliable contract and private label manufacturer of cookies and other kinds of snacks. With the use of its five commercial tunnel ovens, Fantasy Cookie Co. continues to provide quality products for its customers and partners.

Using their own R&D lab, Fantasy Cookie Co. is also focused on enhancing the food recipes of various private label brands.

Services:

Private label manufacturing
contract manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing
R&D services
Contract packaging (club packaging, assortment packs, pouches, etc.)

Product Types:

Cookies (wire cut, sandwich, rotary molded, co-extruded fruit-ﬁlled, kosher)
Snacks
Crackers
Dry blends and ice cream inclusions
Different types of bars (fruit-filled bars, baked bars)
Cream sandwiches

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic
Low-sugar
Kosher

Location: 12800 Arroyo Street, Sylmar, CA, 91342

Heartland Gourmet

If you’re trying to create another delicious product for your bakery brand, Heartland Gourmet has got you covered. The company specializes in dry blending, frozen doughs and ready-to-eat products.

Heartland Gourmet has had a proven track record of private labeling for clients for over 15 years. Equipped with an experienced development team and an excellent line of products, Heartland Gourmet will provide the recipes and manufacturing services you need for your new private label baked goods.

Services:

Product rebranding
New products R&D
Recipe development
Contract manufacturing
Contract packaging
Private label manufacturing

Product Types:

Dry blend mix and foods
Dry beverage mixes (such as cocoas and other drink mixes)
Cookies and frozen baked goods, frozen and raw cookie doughs (both gluten-free and gluten-containing)
Flour mixes, gourmet scone mixes, organic mixes, and doughs
Pet goods (dog treat mixes)
Crackers

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Gluten-free
Organic

Location: 5220 South 19th St., Lincoln, Nebraska 68512

Scott Brothers Dairy

Scott Brothers Dairy is a family-owned business that focuses on dairy products and beverages. As one of the most well-known managed creameries in the nation, Scott Brothers Dairy has always strived to exceed the expectations of its customers and partners.

With the use of consistent, high-quality ingredients and innovative technology, Scott Brothers Dairy has managed to provide the best dairy and non-dairy products to more than 54 countries.

Services:

Private label manufacturing
Food co-packing and manufacturing
Creamery
Fulfillment services
Storage services (refrigerated, freezer)
Ingredient sourcing

Product Types:

Ice cream and soft serve mixes
Sour cream and crema
Milk
Yogurt, frozen yogurt, and yogurt drinks
Vegetable and fruit juices
Non-dairy frozen desserts
Non-carbonated beverages
Frozen and dry-mix beverages
Spirits

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-Free
Organic
Halal

Location:

(Creamery) 12006 East End Ave., Chino, California 91710
(Farm) 18051 Gilman Springs Rd., Moreno Valley, CA 92555

Silver State Baking Company

Established in 2020, the Silver State Baking Company offers a wide range of high-quality baked goods, including cakes, crisps, cookies, and a lot more. Apart from their baked goods, the company is also capable of producing other food products such as powders, mixes, baked bars, and non-baked items.

As a private label manufacturer, the Silver State Baking Company is focused on providing quality control as well as product development for different private label brands.

Services:

Private label manufacturing
Contract manufacturing
Ingredient sourcing
Contract packaging
Product development
Research and development services

Product Types:

Baked goods (cakes, cookies, crisps, etc.)
Powders and mixes
Baked bars
Non-baked items

Speciality Product Capabilities: Not specified.

Location: 1856 E Pama Lane, Las Vegas, NV 89119

TruFoodMfg

TruFoodMfg is one of the leading US manufacturers of nutrition bars, chocolate, and granola. The company excels at providing standardized, quality services for middle-market brands. As a strategic partner, they offer a state-of-the-art R&D center as well as a set of efficient, automated production lines.

Services:

Private label manufacturer
Contract manufacturing
Contract packaging
Research & development
Extrusion and slab forming
Chocolate moulding and enrobing
Baking
Bagging
Product delivery
Regulatory reviews and staff
Chemical, physical, microbiological and nutritional testing
Quality assurance compliance and monitoring

Product Types:

Nutrition and protein bars
Chocolate products
Baked granola products with nuts, chocolate, and fruit inclusions
Cereal-based snack bars
Other kinds of bars (such as chocolate-covered bars and fruit/nut snack bars)

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic
Halal

Location: Corporate Office 610 Alpha Dr., Pittsburgh, PA 15238

West Coast Copacker

West Coast Copacker Inc. offers an excellent range of manufacturing services. With the help of their state-of-the-art facilities and equipment, and a team of in-house formulators, West Coast Copacker is able to provide your brand with many private label products, including sauces and spreads, CBD-infused products, honey products, and many more.

If you’re looking for a versatile manufacturer to efficiently scale your brand’s products, West Coast Copacker is definitely worth considering.

Services:

Hot and cold filling
Product R&D
Ingredient sourcing & procurement
In-house lab
Product quality control
Plastic and glass bottles, jars, sachets
Contract manufacturing
Contract packaging
Private label manufacturing
Small and large batches
Costing analysis
Nutritional paneling
Regulatory and compliance assistance
Product certifications
FDA registrations

Product Types:

Energy drinks
Juices and lemonades
Non-carbonated beverages
Teas
Still water
Sauces and spreads (salsa, marinades, dressings, jams, dips, and hummus)
Syrups and honey products
CBD infused products
Cocktail mixes

Speciality Product Capabilities:

Organic
Halal
Gluten-free

Location: 2755 Commercial St., Suites 101-196, Salem, OR 97302

Water Lilies Food Inc.

As a leading manufacturer and distributor of Asian-inspired foods, Water Lilies Food Inc. has always strived to supply high-quality appetizers and entrees to many major retailers across the nation.

The company provides a wide variety of Asian gourmet specialty items, from buns and noodles to dumplings and other bite-sized appetizers. With their flexible production capabilities and drive to create Asian-inspired innovations, they can deliver the Asian-inspired food products that you want to have for your brand.

Services:

Private label manufacturer
Contract packaging
Contract manufacturing
Material sourcing
Frozen or fully cooked foods
Retail and bulk packaging
Formula development
Commercial trials

Product Types:

Spring rolls and egg rolls
Potstickers/dumplings
Pork buns
Sesame chicken and mandarin orange chicken
Assorted tofu items
Noodles
A variety of bite-sized snacks

Speciality Product Capabilities: Not specified.

Location: 45-10 19th Ave., Astoria, NY, 11105

How to find the best private label manufacturer

There are quite a few steps to finding the best private label for your brand. (Want to skip them? Make your account on PartnerSlate today to streamline the way you discover and connect with manufacturers–without any exorbitant consulting fees.)

1. Research

You will need to carefully research each of your potential options online and consider the capabilities as well as the services of each private label manufacturer. Apart from that, you will want to know how they process and manufacture products, the main ingredients they use, their certifications, and a lot more.

You can typically find some details you need about the manufacturing firms through their websites, but many websites might not provide the information you’re looking for, and the process can be time-consuming.

2. Outreach

After you’ve found and researched some reliable manufacturing companies, the next step that you will need to take is to reach out to the manufacturers for more details. You will need to make sure if the private-label manufacturer you’re considering has the capabilities, interest, and availability to manufacture your products.

You can contact private label manufacturers through their online forms, emails, or telephone numbers. Since many of them get inbound requests from various retail brands frequently, there’s no guarantee that you’ll get a response from the first or second manufacturer you get in touch with.

3. Get support to find the best private label company for your brand

Researching and reaching out to private-label manufacturers can be difficult to do, especially if you’re unfamiliar with the whole engagement process. Not to mention, it can take months or even years for you to find the right manufacturing firm to work with.

With PartnerSlate, you can make the engagement process between your brand and potential production partners much easier. As a leading discovery and connection platform, we know that comparing multiple manufacturing companies isn’t exactly a process that can be done quickly.

That’s why we use a matching process that will enable you to find the most suitable private label companies for your brand. With the use of our extensive network of food manufacturers and user-friendly online platform, you can spend more time handling the other important aspects of your brand.

More About Private Label Food Manufacturers

Private label food companies for…

Although we’ve already listed some of the best private label food companies we know in this post, there are certainly other great private label food manufacturing companies out there for you to choose from.

To help you narrow down your options, we’ve come up with a few specific lists for you to look at, just in case you haven’t found the right one for your brand.

Private label food manufacturers for cereal?

Here are some private-label cereal manufacturers that you should know about:

BCG Manufacturing
Cermount
Creative Werks
Fresca Foods
Glanbia Nutritionals

Private label food manufacturers for frozen foods?

Here are some private label frozen food manufacturers that you should know about:

Hearthside
Ready Foods
Request Foods
Heartland Gourmet
Maryland Packaging

Private label food manufacturers for beverages?

Here are some other private label beverage manufacturers that you should know about:

Nor-Cal Beverage Co.
Blue Marble Productions
Boombox Beverage
California Natural Products
Carolina Beverage Group

If you’re interested in hiring a private label beverage manufacturer, make sure to visit this post for more details.

Private label food brand examples

“Does private labeling really work?” That’s probably one of the questions you have as a business owner. Fortunately, private labeling can actually work for your business! Famous retailers don’t heavily advertise their private label food brands, but they do exist and help generate additional profits.

Here are some private label food brand examples:

Archer Farms (Target)
365 (Whole Foods)
Trader Joe’s
Kroger
Great Value (Wal-Mart)

Is it legal to private label products?

Yes, it’s absolutely legal to private label products!

What are the largest private label food manufacturers?

The U.S. private-label industry has shown gradual growth over recent years. The market share of private-label food and beverage brands was more than 19% in 2020.

One of the largest private label food manufacturers you might already know about is Tyson Foods, a well-known private label lunch meat provider in the retail market.

Other examples of large private label food manufacturers include General Mills, TreeHouse Foods, Shearer’s Foods, and Teasdale Foods.

Still, bigger doesn’t always mean better. It’s about what food or beverage product you need to create.

Conclusion: What is the best private label company in the United States?

When it comes to private label manufacturing, there’s really no such thing as the “best” company to consider. In fact, depending on the products you want to sell with your brand, you can work with almost any of the top manufacturers that are on this list–or others!

There are plenty of other private label food manufacturers out there that you can view on the PartnerSlate platform. Using our advanced matching services and easy-to-use platform, you will be able to lower the time it takes for your brand to get a production running! Get started with PartnerSlate today to easily discover the manufacturing companies that best fit your brand’s needs!

The post 11 Great Private Label Food Companies in the U.S. appeared first on PartnerSlate.

What is Co-packing or Contract Packaging? Food & Beverage Contract Packaging Explained

Matt Suggs — Fri, 13 May 2022 13:01:23 +0000

What is co-packing or contract packaging in the food and beverage industry?

Contract packaging, co-packing, co-packers…there are a few different terms we’re using in these posts, so let’s review what we all mean before diving in.

Contract Packager (co-packer)

Contract Manufacturer (co-man and sometimes also called a co-packer)

Private Label Manufacturer

Contract Packaging Services

There are a wide variety of services that food and beverage co-packing providers can offer to help streamline your business and supply chain, and this is not an exhaustive list.

Here at Partnerslate, we can help connect you to the right co-packer or co-manufacturer with the services you’re looking for. Contact us now!

Product Packaging

They’ll also take measures to ensure that adequate protection and sealing are tailored accordingly to the products being shipped directly out to customers and retailers.

Packaging services might include:

Vertical and horizontal form, fill, and sealing
Individual and multi-pack wrappers and over-wrapped trays
Heat seal and cold seal
Rigid and semi-rigid bowl and tray packaging
Flat and stand-up packaging
Hot pack and cold pack
Bottling (glass, plastic)
Canning
Boxing, and packaging bag-in-boxes
Cartons
Dual and multiple compartment pouches
Re-packing
Shrink sleeve and cut & stack labeling
Carbonation and nitrogen dosing
Skin packaging
Map packaging
Wet packing and dry packing

Package Testing & Safety

Product packaging testing & safety measures might include:

Tamper evident banding
Quality assurance
Thread caps
Mylar or induction sealing
Compression testing
Thickness measurements

Packaging Design

Of course, not all co-packers provide assistance with packaging design. If this isn’t something that a co-packer offers, there are many food and beverage co-packing consultants that can help them.

Product packaging design might include decisions on:

Graphic design
Material choice
Sizing
Labeling
Marketing

Warehousing, Logistics, & Shipping Services

These services might include:

Dry storage, refrigerated storage, freezer storage
Shipping
Expiration tracking
Wholesale and order fulfillment
Supply chain management
Inventory

Benefits of using a co-packer for your food and beverage product

Here are a few reasons why food and beverage brands should turn to contract packaging services to expedite their production.

Time Saving

Plus, if your co-packer is also a co-manufacturer, and provides all the design, shipping, and warehousing we mentioned, the time saved working with them will be priceless.

Reduced Costs

This can be avoided by hiring a co-packer, allowing you to quickly scale your product packaging and getting into the hands of your excited customers.

Product-Specific Expertise

Product-specific expertise is invaluable when you have a unique product or are just starting out. Many co-packers specialize in specific areas, whether it be in:

Packaging and shipping large quantities of your product
Designing detailed packaging for specialized items or private labels
Meeting very detailed labeling requirements
Offering an allergen-free facility (nuts, lactose, gluten, etc.)

Increased Productivity

How to find the right co-packer for your food or drink product

1. Research

2. Outreach

Make sure to work on your inquiries so that you have a higher chance of hearing back. For example, you might not get a response if you say:

An inquiry example on PartnerSlate.

3. Checking Certifications & Facilities

4. Finding Shared Missions & Values

Finding the right fit in multiple ways is so important to creating an efficient, productive, and enjoyable partnership that you can hopefully work with for years to come.

5. Signing a Contract

6. Getting Support Finding the Right Fit

When finding the right fit for a co packing partner, consider:

The age of your company. If you’re a young brand, choose a company comfortable working with startups that appreciates the teaching process.
How much support you need, and what support you need. Do you need storage? Help with shipping logistics? A co-manufacturer as well?
This seems obvious, but, your product! Do you need canning? Bottling? Both? Not sure? Finding a co packer that has all the options you need–or might need is important.
Your budget. You’re going to need to find a co packer that fits your price point, or that can be flexible with your budget. Take into account their order minimums when figuring this out.

Conclusion: Find the right co-packer for your product today

If your business is ready to work with a contract packager, then save months of time and energy by getting started with PartnerSlate today to find your perfect co packing match.

The post What is Co-packing or Contract Packaging? Food & Beverage Contract Packaging Explained appeared first on PartnerSlate.

11 Top Bakery Manufacturing Companies You Need to Know: Gluten Free & Allergy Free Co-packers Included

Matt Suggs — Tue, 26 Apr 2022 23:25:48 +0000

Whether you’re just starting out your bakery or customer demand is outpacing current supply, finding the best bakery manufacturing company to help scale the production of your baking product can be a challenging task. And given the diversity of bakery manufacturing company options on the market, if you’re trying to optimize your business and figure out which sales channels are best for your needs, it can definitely take more than a little research to get it started.

In this list, we’ll be reviewing some of the best bakery co-manufacturers out there. But note: there is really no such thing as a “best” bakery manufacturing company. All of the companies on this list–and many, many more–can be a great option for different baked good products that have different requirements. You just need to find the best fit.

But with all the research, cold calling, online forms, and no-show calls, it can be a frustrating process. And contract manufacturers for baked goods are getting tons of inquiries on their end–determining if they can service a particular brand or product takes time, effort, and expenses on their end as well.

For a much easier experience of discovering the optimal bakery manufacturing company for both sides, try PartnerSlate: a leading discovery and connection platform in the consumer packaged goods (CPG) industry connecting brands with manufacturing and packaging partners.

When reaching out to baking manufacturers, you may realize that your initial company of choice may not be the best one for the job. That’s why we created PartnerSlate: to take away the guesswork of finding manufacturers and co-packers so you can quickly get the information you need to make these decisions.

What products are made at a baking manufacturing company?

Baking manufacturing companies can create a wide variety of products. These include the more traditional types of baked goods like:

Breads
Cookies
Pies
Muffins
Cakes
Scones
Donuts

But, bakery co-manufacturers can also make various other goods that include (but aren’t limited to):

Pretzels
Candies
Pizzas
Bars
Crackers
Bagels
Cereal and granola
Flour and baking mixes
Pet foods
Nut mixes

Not every bakery manufacturer makes all of these products, so knowing which organizations can meet your needs is necessary. On the Parternslate platform, all manufacturers fill out forms that review not only product types, but also certifications, baking services–what services they might be open to adding to their facilities depending on need–and if they offer gluten-free and other allergen-free production capabilities.

How to find gluten-free, dairy-free, and other allergy-free bakery manufacturing companies

When it comes to baked goods–and really most food and beverage products–you need to be aware of facilities that offer specific product capabilities to avoid allergens, cross-contamination risks, how they avoid cross-contamination, and their protocols for excluding specific ingredients. You might also be looking for certain certifications, like kosher, organic, or non-GMO.

Whether it’s your product, or your customers, you might need to find manufacturing companies that are certified to produce:

Dairy-free
Gluten-free
Nut-free (whether peanuts, all nuts, or tree nuts)
Kosher, or Kosher for Passover
Certified organic
Non-GMO
BRC
Certain SQF levels (safe quality food)
GMP
GFSI

Plus a lot more. You can get on Google and hope to find all this information–as well as if they have the capacity or interest for your project–or you can use PartnerSlate to get this done for you. Contact us now to start the matching process, or first review some of the top manufacturing companies for baked goods first.

The Top Bakery Manufacturing Companies to Know

Bake Works

A family-run food manufacturing facility with a specialization in producing baked goods, Bake Works Inc. prides itself in ethically sourcing the best ingredients from high-quality sources. The company is dedicated to ensuring that all its processes are done in a sustainable manner.

Since Bake Works sources its ingredients from local farmers, they’re able to build lasting relationships with them and their customers. In doing so, the company is able to provide quality products even at a high volume.

Bake Works not only creates their own brand of products, but also helps other brands manufacture and distribute products–as well as work in tandem with clients who want to create entirely new products and brands.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturing
Retail products
Food wholesale service

Product Types:

Extruded and co-extruded food bars
Baked and unbaked food bars
Cookies
Scones
Other baked goods

Speciality product capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: 5600 NE 121st Ave. Ste. T1, Vancouver, WA 98682

Boston Baking

Boston Baking is a commercial bakery that has seen exponential growth over the last two years. According to the latest survey, their out-turn is close to 18,400 cakes, 105,000 bagel logs, and 72,000 cookies & brownies per day. Their vigorous commitment to quality and innovation has helped them evolve into one of the most eclectic bakery manufacturing companies of its time.

In foodservice, this manufacturer has served various industries including in-store bakeries, restaurants, and even other manufacturers. If you’re looking for retail solutions, Boston Baking has got you covered as well with their private label and co-packing services.

Services:

Retail and private label
Production partnering (co-packing)
In-store bakery development solutions
Food services for restaurants
Customized gourmet products

Product Types:

Brownies
Bundt cakes
Coffee cakes
Cookies
Crumb cakes
Cupcake blanks
Pie shells
Bread products
Flour mixes and doughs
Cereal and granola
Snack foods

Speciality product capabilities:

Kosher

Location: 101 Sprague St., Hyde Park, MA 02136

Clean Copack

Clean Copack is a co-packing company that focuses on manufacturing healthy, plant-based, gluten-free products. They manufacture and co-packs healthy energy bars, granola, trail mixes, human-grade pet treats, and private label protein products that are made with ethically sourced, gluten-free, and vegetarian ingredients.

With their new USA-made slab line, an Italian mixing system, Japanese quality control equipment, and German packaging technology, they have invested in only the best equipment to make the best products. Serving both start-up and fasting-growing nutrition companies, Clean Copack works to combine healthy, delicious food with social and environmental activism. If you’re looking for a partner where ethics and high-quality ingredients is at the core of the business, Clean Copack is among the best.

Services:

Retail products
Co-packing
Wholesale applications
Private label and contract manufacturer
Recipe scaling
Onsite product testing
Consulting services

Product Types:

Superseed bites
Energy bars
Protein products
Pet treats
Granola
Trail mixes

Speciality product capabilities:

Gluten-free
Vegetarian
Vegan
Low-sugar
Kosher
Keto
Paleo
Non-GMO

Location: 3808 N Sullivan Rd. Suite 13M, Spokane Valley, WA 99216

Golden Grains Baking Co.

Producing a wide variety of professional-grade baked goods, Golden Grains Baking Co. offers distribution services to restaurants, hotels, caterers, and other institutions. With a newly built production facility and state-of-the-art equipment, Golden Grains boasts that all the baked goods are carefully crafted with love and passion.

In addition to the huge array of baked offerings, Golden Grains Baking also features a “Concept Baking” service for retailers that would want a large manufacturer to market the product. This service also includes assistance in the co-packing aspect as well.

Services:

Wholesale product offerings
Catering assistance
Concept baking
Co-packing services
Product formulation
Fulfillment & distribution

Product Types:

Variety of bread (such as buns, hoagies, and sliced breads)
Rolls (long rolls, dinner rolls, and kaiser rolls)
Pastries (danish, cinnamon rolls, muffins, and sticky buns)
Scones
Stuffed meat rolls
Pet foods
Snack bars
Snack foods (crackers, nuts, mixes, cheese straws)
Flour mixes and dough
Frozen baked goods

Speciality product capabilities:

Non-GMO

Location: 547 Griffith Rd., Charlotte, NC 28217

Hearthside

A far-reaching private bakery but also the largest contract manufacturer in the United States, Hearthside is an industry leader and one of the major players in food manufacturing. Launched in 2009, the company has grown ever since and currently has 24 facilities in the US and 3 in Europe.

Being a large-scale enterprise, Hearthside is able to offer a wide array of different food including bars, cookies, crackers, and even frozen goods. With state-of-the-art solutions in packaging and production, Hearthside is nearly second to none when it comes to product diversity and manufacturing efficiency.

Services:

Production co-packing
Product formulation and testing
R&D
Processing and blending
Decorating
Commercialization

Product Types:

Different types of bars (functional bars, snack bars, granola bars)
Cookies and soft-baked goods
Fresh and frozen foods (salads, sandwiches, and sauces)
Snack foods (chips, crackers, pretzels, puffed and popped snacks, nuts & mixes)
Cereals & granolas

Speciality product capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic

Location: 3500 Lacey Rd., Downers Grove, IL 60515

Local Oven

Local Oven has a passion for manufacturing gluten-free baked goods from different breads, rolls, pizzas, and even pastas. Their gluten-free pasta offered is sourced from Italy, which shows zeal towards the authenticity of the goods offered. They are actively involved in businesses with restaurants, universities, hospitals, hotels, and other institutions. Local Oven is proud of their baked goods’ texture and flavor that is preferred over traditional wheat-based products by everyone–gluten intolerant or not.

Aside from catering to the gluten-free market, Local Oven has a significant investment in the keto and paleo diet industry, is peanut and dairy free, and also bakes with CBD/hemp. Committed to creating alternatives to wheat-based products with a distinct flavor, Local Oven has managed to garner a loyal base of customers and partners.

Services:

Foodservice production
Private labeling
Co-packing
Food wholesale service

Product Types:

Gluten-free breads (sliced bread, pita pocket, baguettes, flatbread, tortillas)
Gluten-free rolls (onion rolls, hoagie rolls, dinner rolls)
Gluten-free pizza (rimmed crust, flat crust, pizza dough balls)
Gluten-free pasta (spaghetti, penne rigate, fettuccine, lasagna)
Gluten-free desserts (brownies, cookies)
Gluten-free snack foods (bars, chips, crackers, popped snacks)
Gluten-free frozen baked goods
Gluten-free flour mixes

Speciality product capabilities:

Gluten-free
Peanut-free
Dairy-free
Kosher
Non-GMO
Keto
Paleo

Location: 4436 McEwen Rd., Farmers Branch, TX 75244

Lone Star Bakery

With a history dating back to as early as 1889, Lone Star Bakery’s reputation can be associated with consistent quality and excellent taste. After adopting modern baking techniques, the company has gone on to produce high volumes of baked goods for its consumers while maintaining the same assured quality from its early years.

Currently, Lone Star Bakery is among the most recognizable bakery manufacturing companies in the US. They are serving the country’s top foodservice distributors, grocery chains, and QSR brands all the while providing a variety of products for different food operators.

Services:

Foodservice production
Food wholesale service
Design and produce packaging
Product formulation
Concept baking

Product Types:

School meals
Kolaches and fried pies
Variety of desserts (brownies, bundt and ring cakes, sheet cakes, cinnamon rolls, and cookies)
Flour mixes and dough
Bread products
Snack foods (crackers and biscuits)

Speciality product capabilities: Not specified

Location: Two locations in China Grove, TX 78263

Natural Food Works

Established in 2013, Natural Food Works is a mid-sized distributor of baked goods that attracts clients based on its ability to customize production and manufacturing processes for businesses.

Capable of serving both large retailers and smaller clients, Natural Food Works is mainly invested in manufacturing organic products at the highest quality standards. They’ve sustained high praise for their environment-friendly manufacturing process and genial customer service.

Services:

Foodservice production
Food wholesale service
Co-packing
Contract and private label manufacturer
Pouching
Dehydration
Gluten-free, non-GMO, kosher, organic products
Frozen, refrigerated, and dry storage services

Product Types:

Extruded energy bars, granola bars, and baked bars
Muesli, oatmeal, cereals, and granola
Bake mixes, flour mixes, and dough
Dressings, salsas, marinades
Snack foods (like bars, chips, puffs)
Enrobed dough products

Speciality product capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic
Non-GMO

Location: 4220 Carson St. Unit 102, Denver, CO 80239

Richmond Baking

As the oldest family-owned cookie and cracker maker in the country, Richmond Baking has been providing quality baked goods since 1855. Today, the brand has expanded immensely with two high-end baking facilities which produce an extensive range of products from crackers to desserts.

The family-run business heeds to cozy, homestyle flavors and festive recipes on a large scale. They pride themselves on producing some of the most appetizing baked products and customer service that treats you like family. They also run completely nut-free facilities.

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Co-packing services
Foodservice production
Custom formulas and recipes
Can manufacture wheat free, gluten free, sugar-free, dairy-free products, as well as all-natural and organic products

Product Types:

Ice cream
Cookies
Crackers
Dessert crumbs
Confectionary treats
Breads
Spice blends, batters, and cracker meals

Speciality product capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic
Non-GMO

Location: 520 North 6th St., Richmond, IN 47374

Rise Baking Company

Services:

Contract manufacturing
Private label manufacturing
Food wholesale service

Product Types:

Artisan breads (which include different types of baguettes, loaves, and rolls)
Cakes (celebration, dessert, and ready-to-finish)
Dessert bars
Cookies, muffins, brownies, and crispy rice bars of various flavors
Frozen baked goods
Snack foods like crackers

Speciality product capabilities:

Kosher
Non-GMO

Location: 828 Kasota Ave. SEm Minneapolis, MN 55414

Toufayan Bakeries

Originally founded in 1926, Toufayan Bakeries started off as a pita bread bakery. Currently, it serves as one of the largest private specialty bakeries in the United States. With products ranging from bagels, breadsticks, croissants, flatbread, and of course their pita bread (and more), the company has vastly grown since its humble beginnings.

Toufayan Bakeries features a variety of different retail products under the Toufayan brand. Recently, they channelized their resources into sister brands, Good Girl and Sophia’s Cookies, which have been a hit among customers.

Services:

Retail products
Foodservice production
Low-carb and gluten-free options

Product Types:

Rolls, breadsticks,
Flatbreads, lavash, tortillas, and naan
Croissants and bagels
Frozen baked goods

Speciality product capabilities:

Kosher
Gluten-free
Organic
Non-GMO

Location:

Toufayan has three locations:

Ridgefield, NJ: Corporate Headquarters and Pita plant
Orlando, FL: Bakery
Plant City, FL: Bakery